A PHONOLOGICAL GRAMMAR OF A DIALECT OF ILOKANO by

A PHONOLOGICAL GRAMMAR OF A DIALECT OF ILOKANO

by

NORMA P OLAYA PNCG P h i l i p p i n e Normal C o l l e g e 1951 BSEE P h i l i p p i n e Normal C o l l e g e 1962

A THESIS SUBMITTED IN PARTIAL FULFILMENT OF THE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF

MASTER OF ARTS

i n the Department of C l a s s i c s D i v i s i o n of L i n g u i s t i c s

We accept t h i s t h e s i s as conforming to the req u i r e d standard

THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA August 1967

In p re sen t i ng t h i s t he s i s in p a r t i a l f u l f i l m e n t of the requirements

f o r an advanced degree at the U n i v e r s i t y of B r i t i s h Columbia I agree

that the L i b r a r y s h a l l make i t f r e e l y a v a i l a b l e fo r re ference and

Study I f u r t h e r agree that permiss ion fo r ex ten s i ve copying of t h i s

t he s i s f o r s c h o l a r l y purposes may be granted by the Head of my

Department or by h ]h r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s It i s understood that copying

or p u b l i c a t i o n of t h i s t he s i s f o r f i n a n c i a l gain s h a l l not be a l lowed

wi thout my w r i t t e n pe rmi s s i on

NORMA PERALTA OLAYA

Department of CLASSICS The U n i v e r s i t y of B r i t i s h Columbia Vancouver 8 Canada

Date August 9 1967

A PHONOLOGICAL GRAMMAR OP A DIALECT OP ILOKANO A b s t r a c t

Current l i n g u i s t i c s views grammar as an i n t e g r a t e d s y n t a c t i c - s e m a n t i c - p h o n o l o g i c a l d e s c r i p t i o n of a language as g e n e r a t i v e that i s that sentences have a d e f i n i t e s t r u c t u r e 1 t h a t there are an i n f i n i t e number of sentences and that t h e r e f o r e a grammar cannot be a l i s t of elements but i n s t e a d a f i n i t e s e t of e x p l i c i t r u l e s which can autoshym a t i c a l l y a s s i g n a s t r u c t u r e to an i n f i n i t e s et of sentences The present t h e s i s - a phono l o g i c a l grammar of the c u l t i v a t e d d i a l e c t of Ilokano as spoken i n the town proper of Bayombong Nueva Vizc a y a - has aimed to r e f l e c t these modem concepts of a grammar i n both i t s content and methodology I t suggests a methodology f o r the d e s c r i p t i o n of the sound p a t t e r n of a given d i a l e c t As to content the r e s u l t s of t h i s study should be u s e f u l as basis f o r a c o n t r a s t i v e phonology of Ilokano and E n g l i s h or the other P h i l i p p i n e languages and d i a l e c t s w i t h the end i n view of c o n t r i b u t i n g to an e f f e c shyt i v e second-language teaching and cur r i c u l u m c o n s t r u c t i o n

The study has the f o l l o w i n g s a l i e n t f e a t u r e s (1) Chapter 1 covers general d i s c u s s i o n s on Ilokano

and i t s d i a l e c t s and the r e l a t i o n s h i p s of Ilokano t o the other P h i l i p p i n e languages and d i a l e c t s Chapter 2 Includes p r e l i m i n a r y d i s c u s s i o n s on content and procedure of the desshyc r i p t i v e a n alyses

(2) The study operates on the taxonomic and explanashyt o r y l e v e l s of l i n g u i s t i c s c i e n c e The taxonomic l e v e l i s

V

achieved by the e t i c and the emic analyses i n Chapters 3

and k The explanatory l e v e l i s r e f l e c t e d i n Chapter 5 -

i n the phonological grammar which i s a system of 3k (23 segshymental and 11 suprasegmental) emic u n i t s of the Ilokano d i a l e c t and a set of kZ unordered s t r u c t u r e - a s s i g n i n g r e shyw r i t e r u l e s (32 phonetic r u l e s and 10 morphophonemic r u l e s ) which enumerate Ilokano utterances and t h e i r a s s o c i a t e d p h o n o l o g i c a l a n a l y s i s This f e a t u r e of the study may be s t a t e d i n terms of the outputs of each l e v e l the r e l a t i o n shys hips of which have been s c h e m a t i c a l l y shown as f o l l o w s

Taxonomic L e v e l Explanatory L e v e l

Phones 3k

Phonemes kZ

P h o n o l o g i c a l Rules

(3) For the d e s c r i p t i v e methodology and procedure employed i n t h i s study the w r i t e r has taken cues from two l i n g u i s t s (a) from Kenneth L P i k e h i s tagmemic theory which b a s i c a l l y assumes that any u n i t of purposive human behavior i s w e l l - d e f i n e d i f and only i f one describes i t i n reference to (1) c o n t r a s t (2) v a r i a t i o n and (3) d i s t r i b u shyt i o n This t r i m o d a l theory of a n a l y s i s has been b r i e f l y s t a t e d thus

Contrast U n i t = V a r i a t i o n

D i s t r i b u t i o n (b) from Noam A Chomsky h i s generative grammar theory which has been b r i e f l y s t a t e d i n the f i r s t paragraph of t h i s

v i

a b s t r a c t and discussed a t considerable l e n g t h i n Chapter 5

(0 The a n a l y s i s of the stream of speech a t the end of Chapter k g r a p h i c a l l y i l l u s t r a t e s some general concepts i n l i n g u i s t i c s as a p p l i e d to Ilokano

C (5) The t r i m o d a l scheme U = V i s operative a t

D both the taxonomic and explanatory l e v e l s of t h i s research The d e t a i l e d e t i c a n a l y s i s which i s predominantly a r t i c u l a -t o r y d e l i n e a t e s the raw m a t e r i a l s of speech - the kl e t i c u n i t s of the Ilokano d i a l e c t extracted from the phonetic data the corpus of utterances presented i n Chapter 2 By the c r i t e r i o n of phonetic resemblance and by the CVD-formula employed i n the process of phonemization - Chapter k - the kl e t i c u n i t s have been reduced to 3 emic u n i t s

(6) The patterns of occurrence r e l a t i o n s h i p s of the emic u n i t s are described i n terms of the phono l o g i c a l r u l e s Each r u l e i s of the form X ^ Y

Wit h i n the l i m i t s of i t s organized data f a c t s and information t h i s t h e s i s a s s e r t s

(1) That the phonemes e o f v h - oc c u r r i n g i n Spanish or E n g l i s h loan words which are c u r r e n t l y used by the Ilokanos represented i n t h i s study - have become a s s i m i shyl a t e d i n t o the phonemic system of the Ilokano d i a l e c t

(2) That the b a s i c s y l l a b l e s t r u c t u r e of Ilokano has f o r i t s u n d e r l y i n g p a t t e r n CV(C) and not V or CV and-

(3) That the l i n g u i s t i c d e s c r i p t i o n a t the explanashyt o r y l e v e l of the research i s gen e r a t i v e s i n c e the phono-

v i i

l o g i c a l s t r u c t u r e of the Ilokano d i a l e c t can best be accounted f o r not by an inventory of elements but by

v a system of r u l e s - i t s generative phonological grammar

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Among those to whom the writer is grateful for guidance and assistance in the preparation of this thesis are her professors Robert J Gregg by whose tremendous knowledge and a b i l i t y her Interest in phonology was stimushylated Ruth E McConnell who introduced her to transforshymational-generative grammar and by whose creative teaching this student was encouraged to write the phonological gramshymar of her Ilokano dialect and Frederick Bowers in whose graduate seminar she gained further orientation and insight into the transformational-generative grammar theory She is also grateful for the ideas shared by Professors Kenneth L Pike and Noam A Chomsky These linguists have promptly answered her inquiries into their theories of language and linguistics which pervade this thesis

For financial assistance in connection with the Colombo Plan scholarship granted her the writer should like to record her indebtedness to the External Aid Office of the Government of Canada as well as to the National Economic Council and the Bureau of Public Schools of the Department of Education Republic of the Philippines Without this aid the degree course and research study would in the f i r s t place have been impossible

For her orientation training and experience i n the teaching of English as a second language as well as in textshybook writing both of which provided background for linguistics

i i i

and in which linguistics In turn finds practical application she is very grateful to Miss Fe Manza Mrs Estela F Daguio and Mrs Trinidad S Marino a l l of the Bureau of Public Schoolsbull

She feels deeply obliged to the o f f i c i a l s and staff of the UBC International House the Housing Administration Office and the Office of the Dean of Women for providing her a home away from home

A special word of thanks is due to her parents and sisters and to the families and friends who have shown great concern about her well-being while she was preparing the manuscript

N P 0

CONTENTS

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS i i ABSTRACT iv LIST OP FIGURES AND TABLES x i i

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1

11 The Ilokano Language 1

12 Purpose and Importance of the Study 6

13 Review of Related Studies 7

1 k Scope and Delimitation 9

15 Definitions of Terms Used bull 12

16 Theoretical Framework 16

17 Methodology and Procedure 18 2 METHODOLOGICAL PRELIMINARIES 20

21 The Organs of Speech 20

22 Types of Speech Sounds 21

221 How Vocoids are Described and Classified 23

222 How Contoids are Described and Classified 29

23 The Syllable Its Function and Structure 31

2 k Transcription Signs and Symbols 35

25 Phonetic Data 39

3 THE SOUNDS OF SPEECH A PHONETIC ANALYSIS 31 Phonetic Charts 44

311 The Segmental Sounds 4-5

312 The Suprasegmental Features 4-5

ix

CHAPTER 32 The Segments in Detail 46

321 Vocoids i 46

3211 The Fronfc Vocoids[i I e a] 47

3212 The Central Vocoids [a a] 57

3213 The Back Vocoids [u U o] 60

322 Vocoid Chains 69

3221 The Fronting Vocoid Chains 70

3222 The Retracting Vocoid Chains 77

323 Contoids 82 323I Plosives [p b t d k g q] 82

3a232 Nasals [m n n] 93

3233 Lateral [ l ] 97

3234 Alveolar Flap [ r ] 98

3235 Fricatives [ f v s h n] 100

324 Contoid Clusters 105

3241 Prevocalic I n i t i a l Contoid Clusters 110

3242 Prevocalic Medial Contoid Clusters bull 115

3243 Postvocalic Pinal Contoid Clusters bull 121

33 The Supfcasegments in Detail 123

331 Stress and Rhythm 123

332 Length 129

333 Juncture Pitch and Intonation 131

3331 Juncture 131

3332 Pitch and Intonation 132

X

CHAPTER 4 PHONEMIC ANALYSIS 137

41 Rationale for Phonemizatlon 138 42 Determining the Set of Phonemes 139

421 The Phoneme Concept 139

422 Analytic Procedure Pikes Tagmemic Theory 14-1

4221 CONTRAST i 144

42211 Vowels -1 147 (a) Contrasts in a l l dimensions 151 (b) Contrasts in tongue height 152

(c) Contrasts in tongue advancement 154 42212 Consonants 155

( 9 amp i c ^ o i c e versus Breath 155

(b) Contrasts in Point of Articulation 160 (c) Contrasts in Manner of Articulation 167

42213 Suprasegmental Prosodemes 174 (a) Stress 175 (b) Length 176 (c) Pitch Intonation and Juncture (PIJ) 1 8

4222 VARIATION and DISTRIBUTION Phonotactics and Morphophonemics 181

42221 Phonotactics 182 (a) Diphthongs 182 (b) Consonant Clusters 186

x l

CHAPTER (c) Vowels bull 188 (d) Consonants 190 (e) Tonemes 195 (f) Junctonemes 1 196 (g) Stronemes 197

42222 Morphophonemics 199

(a) Phoneme Addition 200 (b) Phoneme Deletion 203

(c) Phoneme Substitution 204 H) (1) Assimilation 204

(2) Dissimilation 205

(3) Gradation 206 (4) Reduplication 208

43 The Stream of Speech bull - 209 431 Corpus 209

432 Concepts 209 433 Analysis 211

5 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS 216 51 Summary bull bull 216 52 Conclusions 237

BIBLIOGRAPHY 241

LIST OP FIGURES AND TABLES

FIGURE PAGE

1 Map of the Bhilippines showing Ilokano-speaking areas 2

2 Cross section of the head showing the organs most directly involved in the production of speech-sounds bull bullbull bull bull 22

3 The Eight Basic Cardinal Vowels 24 4 The Central Vocoid Triangle 26

5 Vocoid Matrix 28 6 Contoid Matrix 31

7 Ilokano Vocoids 44

8 Ilokano Vocoid Chains 44

9 Ilokano Contolds 45

10 Ilokano Vowel Pattern 150

11 Ilokano Consonant Pattern 172

TABLE

1 Philippine Languages 4

2 The Stream of Speech Analyzed 211

CONTENTS

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I i ABSTRACT i v LIST OF TABLES AND FIGURES v i i i

CHAPTER PAGE 1 INTRODUCTION 1

11 The Ilokano Language 1 12 Purpose and Importance of the Study 6 13 Review of Related Studies 7 14 Scope and Delimitation 9

15 Definitions of Terms Used 12 16 Theoretical Framework 16 17 Methodology and Procedure 18

2 METHODOLOGICAL PRELIMINARIES 20 21 The Organs of Speech 20 22 Types of Speech Sounds 21




24 Transcription Signs and Symbols 35

25 Phonetic Data 39

3 THE SOUNDS OF SPEECH A PHONETIC ANALYSIS 43

31 Phonetic Charts 44

311 The Segmental Sounds 45

312 The Suprasegmental Features 45

X

CHAPTER PAGE 32 The Segments i n Detail 46 321 Vocoids 46 3211 The Front Vocoids bull Z bull i 47

3212 The Central Vocoids 57

3213 The Back Vocoids 60

322 Vocoid Chains 69 3221 The Fronting Vocoid Chains 70


323 Contoids 82 3231 Plosives 82 3232 Nasalss 93

3233 Lateral 97

3234 Alveolar Flap 98

3235 Fricatives 100

3236 Semlvouelds 104



3242 Prevocalic Medial Contoid Clusters 115

3243 Postvocalic Final Contoid Clusters 121

33 The Suprasegments in Detail 123

3 31 Stress and Rhythm 123

332 Length 129


3331 Juncture lt bull bull bull 101


x i

CHAPTER PAGE

4 PHONEMIC ANALYSIS 137

41 Rationale for Phonemization 138

42 Determining the Set of Phoneme 139


422 Analytic Procedure P i k e ^ Tagmemic Theory 141

4221 CONTRAST bull 144 42211 Vowels 147 42212 Consonants 155

4 2213 Suprasegmental Prosodemes 174 (a) Stress 175

(b) Length 176

(c) Pitch Intonation and Juncture (PIJ) 178 4222 VARIATION and DISTRIBUTION 181

42221 Phonotactics 182


43 The Stream of Speech 209

4 31 Corpus 209 432 Concepts 209 433 Analysis J 211

5 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS 216 5 1 Summary bull bull 2 1 6

52 Conclusions a bull bull bull 2|2

BIBLIOGRAPHY 241

Chapter 1 INTRODUCTION 11 The Ilokano Language The Ilokano language like a l l the other Philippine

languages and dialects belongs to the Indonesian branch of 1

the Malayo-Polynesian linguistic family By typological 2

classification i t is an agglutinative language Ilokano is the third major Philippine language The

National Census of I960 l i s t s 3158560 native speakers disshytributed throughout the country the majority of whom live i n the four provinces where i t i s the native tongue namely Ilocos Norte Ilocos Sur Abra and La Union and In the areas where Ilokanos have heavily immigrated - Mountain Province Cagayan Isabela Nueva Vizcaya Nueva Eclja

3 Pangaslnan Tarlac Zambales and Manila

1 Jose V i l l a Panganiban The Family of Philippine

Languages and Dialects 1 Inclosure to Bulletin No 137 s 1957 Bureau of Public Schools Department of Education Manila BPS 1957 P If Charles F Hockett A Course i n Modern Linguistics New York Macmillan 1958 p 595 Leonard Bloomfield Language New York Holt Rinehart and Winston 1961 p 71

2 Ilokano makes extensive use of affixes to signal

grammatical meaning For details on types of linguistic structure see Edward Sapir Language An Introduction to the Study of Speech New York Harcourt Brace amp World Inc 1921 Chap 6

3 Bureau of the Census and Statistics Philippine

National Census of I960 (Summary Report) Manila BCS 1962 p 15 See also Fig 1 and Table 1 of this thesis

2

I l o c o s N o r t e h-

Abra I l o c o s Sur mdash I s a b e l a mdash La Union Nueva V i z c a y a

Pangaslnan Nueva E c i j a Zambales mdash T a r l a c mdash mdash

mdash Cagayan

mdash Mountain P r o v i n c e

Pig 1 Map of the P h i l i p p i n e s

showing the Ilokano-speaking

a r e a s

3

Although the Ilokano spoken i n each of these p l a c e s

i s a d i s t i n c t d i a l e c t a l v a r i a n t of the language - e s p e c i a l l y

i n phonology and t o some extent i n voc a b u l a r y - mutual i n t e l shy

l i g i b i l i t y between them i s of such a degree t h a t speakers

coming from r a t h e r w i d e l y separated l o c a l i t i e s can use i t

w i t h f a c i l i t y as a means of communication among themselves-

I t i s the informed o b s e r v a t i o n of the w r i t e r t h a t i n

the r e g i o n s where Ilokano i s an immigrant language phonoloshy

g i c a l d i a l e c t a l v a r i a t i o n can be a f u n c t i o n of i t s c o e x i s t e n c e

w i t h the n a t i v e language o r languages I n Nueva V i z c a y a f o r

i n s t a n c e the two n a t i v e languages Gadang and I s i n a y tend t o

h e l p Ilokano p r e s e r v e the f o r e i g n (Spanish o r E n g l i s h ) sounds

[ e o f VJ i n i t s p h o n e t i c code These sounds a r e i n the

phonemic systems of the two n a t i v e tongues thus Gadang phonshy

emes e and f as i n i p e f u q i pS f u q to begin n e f u f f u k

ne f u f f i k knocked onto and the I s i n a y phonemes e o

and v as i n mamvevoy mam vsect voy to p l a y The Ilokano

spoken i n the p r o v i n c e of Pangasinan on the oth e r hand has

a s s i m i l a t e d the tense schwa copy of the n a t i v e language and

has l o s t i t s f o r e i g n pounde3-sound which i s not i n the Pangasinan

phonemic code Thus most Ilokanos i n Pangasinan would say

f o r example g e r r a g l r r a q war not ggr r a q amen qamp min

bullamen not qfi men which does not t h e r e f o r e c o n t r a s t w i t h amln

qamp min a l l ageskwela qa g i s kwfi l a q go t o s c h o o l not

qa ges kwamp l a q

4

Table 1 Philippine Languages (A Partial List)

THE PHILIPPINES Number of -islands 7107 Land area 115t000 sq miles Total population (as of I960 census) 27087685

THE EIGHT MAJOR PHILIPPINE LANGUAGES Total No of Speakers

(I960 Census) Percentage

C ebuano 6529882 241 Tagalog 5694072 210

Ilokano 3158560 117

Hiligaynon 2817314 104

Bikol 2108837 78

Samar-Leyte 1488668 55

Pampango 875531 32

Pangasinan 666003 25

IER PHILIPPINE LANGUAGES Apayao Gadang Kulaman Sambal Ata Ibanag Magindanao Sanggil Bagobo Ifugao Mandaya Subanon Bajao Igorot Mangguangan Tagabili Blla-an Ilongot Mangyan Tagakaolo Bontok Isinay Manobo Tagbanua Bukidnon Ivatan Maranao Tausug Chavacano Kalamian Negrito-Aeta Tinggian Davaweno Kalinga Palawan Tiruray Dumagat Ke-ney Samal Yakan

HOtley Beyer List of Philippine Languages and Dialects 1942 (Mimeographed)

Another interesting observation about Ilokano i s the phenomenon which linguists c a l l hybrid message -bilingual or multilingual - such as the utterances combined of Ilokano and English for Instance

naohangean [na tyeln dyan] i t was changed1

fllnushna [ f l l nas naq] he flushed i t lyeschedulen poundql yes ke dyU len] schedule i t now mayad-adjust to [ma yad qad dyas toq] hell become

adjusted or those of Ilokano and Spanish for example

asekasuek poundqa se kas swek] I pay attention to from hacer caso de to pay attention to

alamanuen poundqa l a man nwen] to shake hands with from a l a mano near at hand

The linguistic phenomenon just cited has significant implications for Ilokano morphophonological structure which are summed up in what Sapir said about how languages influence each other He wrote

The borrowing of foreign words always entails their phonetic modification 1 There are sure to be foreign sounds or accentual peculiarities that do not f i t the native phonetic habits They are then so changed as to do as l i t t l e violence as possible to these habits Frequently we have phone11c compromis es5

5 Sapir opound oity p 197

6

lv2 Purpose and Importance of the Study

T h i s t h e s i s attempts t o e s t a b l i s h the phonemes and

prosodemes of a d i a l e c t of Ilokano and to d e l i n e a t e the

r e s t r i c t i o n s of c o m b i n a b i l i t y of the emlc u n i t s - i e

the p h o n o l o g i c a l p a t t e r n s which the emic u n i t s e n t e r i n t o

S p e c i f i c a l l y the study w i l l seek answers to the f o l l o w i n g

q u e s t i o n s

(a) What ar e the emic u n i t s of the c u l t i v a t e d

Ilokano d i a l e c t as spoken i n Bayombong Nueva

V i z c a y a

1) segmental phonemes

2) suprasegmental prosodemes

(b) What p h o n o l o g i c a l p a t t e r n s of occurence r e l a t i o n s

between the emlc u n i t s does the d i a l e c t permit

With I t s d e t a i l e d a n a l y s e s and i t s d e s c r i p t i o n s of

how the i n d i v i d u a l sounds and f e a t u r e s a r e produced and c l a s shy

s i f i e d how they v a r y and d i s t r i b u t e i n p e r m i t t e d p h o n o l o g i c a l

p a t t e r n s and w i t h the generous examples i l l u s t r a t i n g the

l i n g u i s t i c p r i n c i p l e s involved the r e s u l t s of t h i s study

sh o u l d be u s e f u l (1) as a b a s i s f o r a c o n t r a s t i v e a n a l y s i s of

Ilokano and o t h e r languages p a r t i c u l a r l y E n g l i s h and T agalog

the r e s u l t s of which w i l l i n t u r n serve (2) as b a s i s f o r p r e shy

p a r i n g i n s t r u c t i o n a l m a t e r i a l s i n E n g l i s h and Tagalog f o r

Ilokano speakers and (3) as s o u r c e n m a t e r i a l f l f o r the t e a c h i n g

and l e a r n i n g of Ilokano as a second language

7

13 Review of R e l a t e d Studies Two d o c t o r a l d i s s e r t a t i o n s and a masters t h e s i s

have d e a l t p a r t l y w i t h the p h o n o l o g i c a l a n a l y s i s of d i f f e r e n t

d i a l e c t s of I l o k a n o 6

C o n s t a n t i n o wrote a complete g e n e r a t i v e grammar -

phrase s t r u c t u r e grammatical t r a n s f o r m a t i o n s and morphoshy

phonemics - of the Ilokano d i a l e c t as spoken i n Santo Domingo

Nueva E c i j a The morphophonemic component of the grammar i n shy

cludes a phonemic a n a l y s i s and a g e n e r a t i v e p h o n o l o g i c a l

grammar of the d i a l e c t c o n s i s t i n g of 15 s t r i n g s t r u c t u r e

r u l e s and 2 t r a n s f o r m a t i o n a l r u l e s The phonemic a n a l y s i s

r e v e a l e d 25 phonemes as f o l l o w s

3 vowels a i u

16 consonants p t k b d g c m n n

h s 1 r w y

a word accen t bull

an emphatic s t r e s s

3 j u n c t u r e s [ J j

a s y l l a b l e boundary - ^ [3 o r pound] A c o n t r a s t i v e a n a l y s i s of the form and d i s t r i b u t i o n

6 E r n e s t o Andres C o n s t a n t i n o A G e n e r a t i v e Grammar

of a D i a l e c t of I l o c a n o (Unpublished Ph D d i s s e r t a t i o n I n d i a n a U n i v e r s i t y June 1959 200 pp)

7 I b i d pp 182-198

8 8

of English and Iloko segmental phonemes was made by 9

Sibayan As a basis for contrast he established the following segmental phonemes of the La Union-Baguio City

10 dialect

16 consonants p t k b d g s h m n n 1 r y w

5 vowels l e a a u 7 diphthongs i y copyy ay uy iw aw uw

11

HcKaughan and Forster developed a pedagogical grammar for Ilokano based on the La Union dialect The f i r s t group of lessons includes very brief descriptions of the phonemes The dialect has 19 segmental phonemes p t k b d g m n n s j l r w y i a a u and a suprasegment-a l phonemic stress No phonetic transcription of the

8 The word forms Iloko Ilocano and Ilokano have

been used by different writers i n refering to the language the last two only to the native speaker In line with the Philippine national orthography however the form Ilokano Is used i n the present study to refer either to the language or to the native speaker

9 Bonifacio Padllla Sibayan English and Iloko Segmental

Phonemes (Unpublished Ph D dissertation The University of Michigan 1961 188 pp)

10 Ibid pp 100-101

11 Howard McKaughan and Jannette Forster Ilocano An

Intensive Language Course (Published M A thesis Cornell University June 1952) Grand Forks ND Summer Institute of Linguistics 1957 PP 1-8

9

t e x t m a t e r i a l i s g i v e n While t h i s study i s h e l p f u l i n

p o i n t i n g out how d i a l e c t s of Ilokano d i f f e r In t h e i r phonemic

systems i t has l i t t l e t o o f f e r t o the present study i n terms

of l i n g u i s t i c procedures l i k e p honetic d e s c r i p t i o n and phon-

e m l z a t i o n

The t h r e e s t u d i e s on the whole can o n l y serve t o

emphasize the i n c r e a s i n g importance of s c i e n t i f i c a n a l y s e s -

t h a t a r e both comprehensive and deep - of the p h o n o l o g i c a l

systems of a m u l t i d i a l e c t a l language l i k e I l o k a n o

1 4 Scope and D e l i m i t a t i o n

Modern s t r u c t u r a l l i n g u i s t s advocate t h a t the desshy

c r i p t i o n - i e the grammar - of a language be c o n s i d e r e d 12 13

w i t h i n a wide scope Chomsky K a t z and P o s t a l and

s e v e r a l o t h e r s share the concept t h a t an i n t e g r a t e d l i n g u i s shy

t i c d e s c r i p t i o n of a n a t u r a l language c o n s i s t s of t h r e e com-14

ponents s y n t a c t i c semantic and p h o n o l o g i c a l S t u d i e s

12 Noam Chomsky Aspects of the Theory of Syntax

Cambridge The MIT P r e s s 1965 p 16 Current Issues_ i n L i n g u i s t i c Theory I n K a t z and Fodor The S t r u c t u r e of Language New J e r s e y P r e n t i c e H a l l I nc 1964 pp 50-118

13 -J e r o l d J Katz and P a u l M P o s t a l An I n t e g r a t e d

Theory of L i n g u i s t i c D e s c r i p t i o n s Hesearch Monograph No 26 Cambridge The MIT P r e s s 1964

14 Ibid pp 11-29

10

yielding such a comprehensive and integrated body of knowledge about any one language could well be the occupation of many generations of linguists This trend in linguistic research has however been optimistically encouraging especially for English and Russian Por Ilokano the grammar written by

15

Constantino is a bold step i n the right direction The present study deals mainly with the description

of the phonological component of a projected grammar of another dialect of Ilokano It covers both the taxonomic and explanatory levels of linguistic study as distinguished by Saumjan thus

linguistic science is concerned above a l l with an exact description and classification of observable facts That is the taxonomic level of lin g u i s t i c science But linguistics goes beyond a mere description and classification of observable facts i t sets i t s e l f the task of revealing the underlying immanent relations among elements inaccesshysible to direct observation That is the explanatory level of linguistic science 1

The writers interpretation of the above scheme is reflected i n the scope of her research The taxonomic level embraces the phonetic and phonemic analyses in

15

S1 K Saumjan Discussion on the paper of Henning Spang-HanssenV Mathematical Linguistics - A Trend i n Name or i n Pact read at the Ninth International Congress of Linguists Published In Horace G Lunt (ed) Proceedings of the Ninth International Congress of Linguists The Hague Mouton amp Co 1964 pp 61-71

17 Ibid p 70

11

Chapters 3 and 4 Chapter 5 reflects the explanatory level of the research - the phonological grammar which i s a system of unordered rewrite rules underlying the strucshyture of the cultivated Ilokano dialect as spoken In the town proper of Bayombong provincial capital of Nueva Vlzcaya

It is instructive to consider that the Nueva Vlzcaya Ilokano is an admixture of a l l the other dialects mentioned i n Sec 11 This fact renders It d i f f i c u l t to base the descriptive statements and generalizations on linguistic features and characteristics that can be ascribed to a l l speakers of the dialect i n question In view of this l i m i shytation the descriptive analysis w i l l inevitably be based on the writers Idiolect which is representative of the c u l t l -

18 vated speech in the area However in order to allow for the inherent diversity of different speakers and also to fore s t a l l accusations of being prescriptive rather than descriptive the statements and examples i n this study w i l l

18 Since the writer is the investigator-informant

facts about her idiolect might be mentioned here for the sake of the reader She was born to the La Unlon-Pangasinan variety of Ilokano which is her home dialect grew up and attended elementary and high schools i n Bayombong Nueva Vlzcaya where she learned the Gadang language and taught for ten years in the towns where Gadang and Isinay are the native languages Besides Ilokano and Gadang she speaks Tagalog Pangasinan Pampango Isinay English and has a f a i r knowledge of Japanese Spanish and French

12

wherever feasible be general enough as to admit variations of structures and systems

Languages di f f e r in many respects therefore i t is to be expected that most of the English glosses given with the examples are not the exact semantic equivalents of the word forms cited they only serve to identify or describe not define

15 Definitions of Terms Used

Por the sake of brevity and conciseness the followshying terms and concepts are defined and interpreted as to

19 their pertinence to this study

Grammar The term grammar is used in this thesis in Its modern concept that i s i t is a system of rules which characterizes the native speaker-hearers competence (his knowledge of his language) and performance (his actual use of the language i n concrete situations) Grammar can be specifically defined in terms of i t s three components nameshyly syntactic semantic and phonological

A phonological grammar of a given language or dialect

19 Based on the works by Chomsky op c i t Bernard

Bloch A Set of Postulates for Phonemic Analysis Language 2413-46 Charles C Fries and Kenneth L Pike Coexistent Phonemic Systems Language 2529-50 Mario Pel Glossary of Linguistic Terminology New York Doubleday amp Co 1966

13

t h e r e f o r e r e f e r s t o the system of r u l e s c h a r a c t e r i z i n g

the n a t i v e speaker-hearers knowledge of the phonemic code

of h i s language and h i s use of t h a t code i n a c t u a l speech

s i t u a t i o n s

D i a l e c t A s u b d i v i s i o n of a language spoken i n a

g i v e n g e o g r a p h i c a l a r e a d i f f e r i n g s u f f i c i e n t l y from the

o f f i c i a l s t a n d a r d form of the language i n one or a l l of

the l e v e l s of the language ( p r o n u n c i a t i o n syntax vocabushy

l a r y and i d i o m a t i c use of words) t o be viewed as a d i s t i n c t

e n t i t y yet not s u f f i c i e n t l y d i f f e r e n t from the o t h e r d i a l e c t s

of the language to be regarded as a separate language I n

l i n g u i s t i c s t u d i e s the term d i a l e c t Is not used i n i t s popushy

l a r p e j o r a t i v e sense of v u l g a r uneducated f o r e i g n or

r u s t i c speech

I d i o l e c t The i d e a l minimum phonemic system of one

i n d i v i d u a l h i s p e r s o n a l v a r i e t y of the community language

system A speech sound i n a g i v e n i d i o l e c t Is c a l l e d an

ldlophone and the phoneme an idlophoneme A c l a s s of i d i o shy

l e c t s w i t h the same p h o n o l o g i c a l system c o n s t i t u t e s a d i a l e c t

Phonology The t h i r d component of a grammar of a p a r t i shy

c u l a r language o r d i a l e c t which d e a l s w i t h (1) the d e s c r i p t i o n

and a n a l y s i s of the raw m a t e r i a l s o f speech - the v o c a l sounds

o r phones and (2) the o r g a n i z a t i o n of the phones Into f u n c shy

t i o n a l u n i t s the phonemes and i n t u r n the o r g a n i z a t i o n of

the phonemes Into p e r m i t t e d ^sequences o r p a t t e r n s The f i r s t

i s the p r o v i n c e of P h o n e t i c s the second Phonemics

Ik

The productive forms etic and emic are used quite extensively i n this thesis thus etic (from phonetic) to refer to the non-functional units and processes while emic (from phonemic) to the functional and distinctive units and processes Some of the following terms may not be conshyventional to professional linguists but i n any case they are here Included and defined in the sense that they are used i n this study

Unit of Non-functional Functional Variant or Etic or Emic or Al l o -

sound phone phoneme allophone bullpitch

ton-1 tone toneme allotone ^bullintonation

stress strone stroneme allostrone juncture junctone junctoneme allojunctone form morph morpheme allomorph meaning seme sememe alloseme

Phoneme The minimal bundle of relevant sound features called distinctive features or contrastive components distingshyuishing one utterance from another A phoneme is not a sound i t i s a class of sounds actualized or realized in a different way i n any given position or environment by i t s representative the allophone

Prosodeme A prosodeme i s an emic suprasegmental feature i n the sense that a phoneme is an emic segmental unit

15

Phonemic P a t t e r n The phonemic p a t t e r n of a language

c o n s i s t s of (1) i t s f i n i t e s e t of d i s t i n c t i v e f e a t u r e s o r

c o n t r a s t i v e components used t o i d e n t i f y i t s phonemes (2) i t s

f i n i t e s e t of phonemes and (3) i t s f i n i t e s e t of r u l e s f o r

grouping the phonemes i n t o sequences The s e t of r u l e s i e t

the a r b i t r a r y s t r u c t u r a l arrangements which a language imposshy

es on i t s phonemes makes l t d i s t i n c t from o t h e r languages

Thus Ilokano and E n g l i s h share the phonemes m p s t

but due t o the d i s t i n c t phonemic p a t t e r n of e i t h e r language

these phonemes f u n c t i o n and a r e arranged d i f f e r e n t l y i n each

I n E n g l i s h they can f u n c t i o n i n a c l u s t e r as i n glimpsed

g l i m p s t i n Ilokano however they must combine w i t h vowels

as I n impusot qim pu s 6 t weaned

U t t e r a n c e A s t r e t c h of meaningful speech put f o r t h

by a s i n g l e person b e f o r e and a f t e r which t h e r e i s maximum

s i l e n c e by t h a t person An u t t e r a n c e may be a mo n o s y l l a b i c

word o r a long complex sentence F o r example the s i n g l e

u t t e r a n c e Umay ngata d i a y ublng qu mSy na t a dyay qu b i n

W i l l the c h i l d p r obably come becomes three u t t e r a n c e s i n

the f o l l o w i n g s i t u a t i o n

Speaker 1 Umay ngata

Speaker 2 P l a y

Speaker 1 Ublng

Segment A f r a c t i o n of an u t t e r a n c e between any two

Immediately s u c c e s s i v e change-points The change-points

t h a t d e f i n e the l i m i t s of a segment a r e change-points i n

16

the a r t i c u l a t i o n of a speech organ o r of two d i f f e r e n t

organs Thus [ n ] i s a segment i n the u t t e r a n c e Umay ngata

[qU mal na f t a q ] I n the a r t i c u l a t i o n of the segment the

r a i s e d p o s i t i o n of the back of the tongue a g a i n s t the r o o f

of the mouth and the lowered p o s i t i o n of the velum b e g i n

and end a t the same times as the segment i t s e l f

Segmental and Suprasegmental U n i t s L i n g u i s t i c u n i t s

which c l e a r l y f o l l o w each other i n the stream of speech a r e

c a l l e d segmental or l i n e a r Those which c l e a r l y extend over

a s e r i e s of s e v e r a l segmental groupings are c a l l e d supraseg-

mental n o n l i n e a r or p r o s o d i c For example the p o s i t i o n s

of a r t i c u l a t i o n of the phonemes i n ublng ^qu-^bin i n the

f i r s t sample u t t e r a n c e above a r e segmental w h i l e the t o n -

ernes superposed on them a r e suprasegmental

To a v o i d too much v e r b o s i t y the term phoneme i n

g e n e r a l d i s c u s s i o n s a t l e a s t w i l l be taken to r e f e r t o both

segmental phonemes and suprasegmental prosodemes D i s t i n c shy

t i o n s between the two a r e o n l y made where s p e c i f i c a l l y necesshy

s a r y

20 1 6 T h e o r e t i c a l Framework

The p h o n o l o g i c a l t h e o r y u n d e r l y i n g the present study

20 Based on the views of s e v e r a l l i n g u i s t s For d e t a i l s

see Noam Chomsky on c i t M o r r i s H a l l e The Sound P a t t e r n

17

i s contained i n certain assumptions about the nature of linguistic structure and linguistic pattern These assumpshytions are stated in terms of formal conditions which the phonological analyses and descriptions must satisfy

(1) In phonology speech events are represented as sequences of segments and as interlocking suprasegments

(2) Every segment or suprasegment can be uniqaely identified as a phoneme i n the language by a feature ( a r t i -culatory auditory or acoustic) or a combination of featshyures of sound known as distinctive features or contrastive components

(3) A borrowed sound is considered assimilated into the native phonemic system when the loan is i n common use by native speakers of the language

(4) Phonology i s non-autonomous Some pnonetic processes depend on syntactic and morphological structures for their interpretation

(5) Any one language code has a phonemic pattern which i s analyzable and stateable

of Russian The Hague Mouton amp Co 1959 PP 20-41 R Jakobson C G M Pant and M Halle Preliminaries to Speech Analysis Cambridge The MIT Press 1965 pp 1-15 Bernard Bloch op c l t Kenneth L Pike bullGrammatical Prerequisites to Phonemic Analysis Language 33155-172 C C Pries and K L Pike op_ c i t et passim

18

1pound7 Methodology and Procedure

L i n g u i s t s d i f f e r c o n s i d e r a b l y from one another i n

t h e i r methods of s t u d y i n g a language I n terms of l i n g u i s t i c

u n i t s l e v e l s and d i r e c t i o n of a n a l y s i s and d e s c r i p t i o n one

s c h o o l of thought advocates proceeding from sound to sentence

w h i l e another moves converselybull i e from sentence to sound

The present study i s o r i e n t e d t o both methods i t proshy

ceeds from wholes ( u t t e r a n c e s ) t o p a r t s (segments and supra-

segments) and then t o wholes ( g e n e r a l i z a t i o n s or r u l e s )

The taxonomic procedure of segmentation and c l a s s i f i c a shy

t i o n w i l l be employed i n t h i s phonology of I l o k a n o Given

the raw m a t e r i a l of speech - the sample s e t of meaningful

u t t e r a n c e s r e p r e s e n t e d as s t r i n g s of sound segments or phones -

the f i r s t t a sk w i l l be t o i d e n t i f y the r e c u r r i n g speech sounds

and t o d e s c r i b e how they a r e produced The p r i n c i p l e s of a r t i -

c u l a t o r y phonetics w i l l dominate i n t h i s study f o r the simple

reason t h a t many aspects of speech can be d e s c r i b e d more e a s i l y

and simply i n a r t i c u l a t o r y terms than i n a c o u s t i c terms The

a c o u s t i c parameters of sound such as s t r e s s l e n g t h j u n c t u r e

p i t c h and i n t o n a t i o n w i l l however be c o n s i d e r e d

The next s t e p i s phonemization which i n v o l v e s c l a s s i f y shy

i n g the v a r i a n t e t i c u n i t s i n t o i n v a r i a n t (under c e r t a i n conshy

d i t i o n s ) f u n c t i o n a l u n i t s the phonemes and prosodemes

A f t e r the emic u n i t s of the d i a l e c t have been estabshy

l i s h e d g e n e r a l statements about t h e i r b a s i c p a t t e r n s or

19

r e g u l a r i t i e s of co-occurrence r e l a t i o n s a r e formulated 1

The g e n e r a l i z a t i o n s w i l l be s t a t e d i n the form of phonoloshy

g i c a l r u l e s

In sum the a n a l y t i c - s y n t h e t i c method w i l l be employed

i n t h i s study The steps a r e as f o l l o w s

(a) Segmentation or Phonetic A n a l y s i s Segmenting

the sample Ilokano u t t e r a n c e s (the phonetic data) i n t o e t i c

u n i t s and d e s c r i b i n g the c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s and p r o d u c t i o n of

each r e c u r r e n t u n i t

(b) Phonemizatlon or Phonemic A n a l y s i s C l a s s i f y i n g

the e t i c u n i t s i n t o the ernes of the Ilokano d i a l e c t and

(c) G e n e r a l i z a t i o n S t a t i n g g e n e r a l i t i e s - the

p h o n o l o g i c a l r u l e s - about the p a t t e r n s of emic c o m b i n a b i l i t y

The d e s c r i p t i v e procedure i n a l l the t h r e e s t e p s

p a r t i c u l a r l y (b) and ( c ) employs the t r i m o d a l theory of

a n a l y s i s

Contrast Unit a Variation

Distribution

which i s d i s c u s s e d a t l e n g t h i n Sec 423 of t h i s t h e s i s

Chapter 2

METHODOLOGICAL PRELIMINARIES

Certain referential frames which are basic to the understanding of the detailed phonetic and phonemic analyses and descriptions of Ilokano require discussion i n this chapshyter These include (1) the organs of speech (2) the types of speech sounds and the ways in which they are classified and described (3) the syllable (4-) transcription signs and symbols and (5) the phonetic data

2 1 The Organs o f Speech The primacy of articulatory phonetics in this study

of Ilokano speech sounds supposes an identification of the organs of the body directly involved in phonatlon the so-called organs of speech

Generally speech sounds are produced with the outshygoing breath stream The perceived differences in speech sounds while one is speaking are the result and correlate of the control and modification of the outgoing lung a i r In various ways at one or more points In the vocal tract

The speech organs which control and modify the egressive breath stream are either movable or stationary The movable parts called articulators include the l i p s tongue velum uvula vocal bands and of course the lower jaw Articulations involving the tongue can be specifical-

21

l y d e s c r i b e d i n t e r m s o f i t s s u b d i v i s i o n s n a m e l y t i p

b l a d e f r o n t b a c k a n d r o o t T h e s t a t i o n a r y p a r t s i n c l u d e

t h e t e e t h a l v e o l a r r i d g e o r gum r i d g e h a r d p a l a t e v e l u m

o r s o f t p a l a t e a n d t h e b a c k w a l l o f t h e p h a r y n x F i g 2

o n t h e n e x t p a g e s h o w s t h e s e a r t i c u l a t o r y s t r u c t u r e s a s w e l l

a s t h e f o u r r e s o n a n c e c h a m b e r s o r a l c a v i t y n a s a l c a v i t y

t h e p h a r y n x a n d t h e l a r y n x T h e l a r y n x c o n t a i n i n g t h e

v o c a l b a n d s i s t h e l o w e s t p l a c e o f a r t i c u l a t i o n

2 raquo 2 T y p e s o f S p e e c h S o u n d s

S p e e c h i s a c o n t i n u u m o f s o u n d s i n w h i c h e a c h u n i t

m e r g e s i m p e r c e p t i b l y i n t o a n o t h e r F o r t h e p u r p o s e o f

d e s c r i p t i o n i t may b e s e g m e n t e d i n t o d i s c r e t e e l e m e n t s

i n o r d e r t o a n a l y z e a n d s y m b o l i z e t h e a r t i c u l a t o r y m o v e shy

m e n t s i n v o l v e d i n i t s p r o d u c t i o n T h e s o u n d s e g m e n t s

r e s u l t i n g f r o m s u c h q u a n t i z a t i o n a r e t h e r e f o r e t o b e

c o n s i d e r e d a s m e r e a b s t r a c t i o n s o f t h e p h y s i c a l p h e n o m e n o n

o f s p e e c h

T h e s t r e a m o f s p e e c h o f I l o k a n o i s t o b e s e g m e n t e d 21

a n d c l a s s i f i e d i n t o t w o m a i n t y p e s

(1) C o n t o l d s t h o s e s p e e c h s o u n d s w h i c h a r e a r t i c u shy

l a t e d w i t h c o m p l e t e s t o p o r a u d i b l e f r i c t i o n T h e o u t g o shy

i n g a i r s t r e a m i s o b s t r u c t e d a t one o r m o r e p o i n t s i n t h e

21 dgt T h e t e r m s v o c o i d a n d c o n t o i d u s e d i n r e c e n t

p h o n e t i c l i t e r a t u r e t o d e s i g n a t e t h e p h o n e t i c t y p e s a s d i s t i n g u i s h e d f r o m t h e v o w e l - c o n s o n a n t p h o n e m i c c a t e g o r i e s a r e d u e p r i m a r i l y t o K e n n e t h L P i k e S e e h i s P h o n e m i c s A T e c h n i q u e f o r R e d u c i n g l a n g u a g e s t o W r i t i n g A n n A r b o r T h e U n i v e r s i t y o f M i c h i g a n P r e s s 1964pp 131 1 4 2 4

22

F i g 2 Cross s e c t i o n of the head showing the organs most d i r e c t l y i n v o l v e d

2 in the production of speech-sounds

Oral C a v i t y (Mouth) Nasal Cavity Velum (Soft P a l a t e )

Hard P a l a t e

A l v e o l e s (Gumridge)

pips

Tongue 1 Tip 2 Blade 3 Front 4 Back 5 Root

Trachea

Robert J Gregg A Students 1 Manual of French P r o n u n c i a t i o n Toronto The Macmillan Company of Canada L t d i 9 6 0 p 5 (Reproduced w i t h permission of the author)

23

vocal tract either by stopping the passage of a i r completeshyl y or by forcing i t into narrow channels producing audible f r i c t i o n

(2) Vocoids sounds produced with the continuous stream of a i r passing through resonance chambers - e g through the larynx and f i n a l l y out through the oral or nasal cavity - relatively unimpeded and without producing any audible f r i c t i o n Vocoids function as syllable nuclei

Intermediate between the two types are the semi-contoids These are vocoids patterning as contoids They are not syllabic

A sequence of two vocoids produced with a single 23

emission of the voice is a vocoid chain

2 2 1 How Vocoids are Described and Classified A vocoid description i s based mainly on auditory

judgments of sound relationships Since there is no contact of the tongue with the roof of the mouth only the l i p shape can be described by visual or tactile means Differences i n the degrees of tongue elevation and tongue advancement are so minute that i t is impossible to assess them quite accurately It is not feasible to say for instance that a given Ilokano vocoid is produced with the

23 The term vocoid chain i s used at the s t r i c t l y

phonetic level i n this study - in parallel terminology with vocoid and contoid Diphthong w i l l be used to refer to the same sound sequences at the phonemic level

24

back of the tongue r a i s e d to w i t h i n 4 m i l l i m e t e r s of the velum

A f i n e r d e s c r i p t i o n of vocoids can be achieved by-reference to the phonetic g r i d which l i n g u i s t s c a l l the

24

C a r d i n a l Vowel S c a l e I t c o n s i s t s of a s e r i e s of eight b a s i c vowels of known formation and a c o u s t i c q u a l i t i e s independent of the vowel sounds of any p a r t i c u l a r language The s e l e c t i o n of these eight c a r d i n a l vowels i s based upon the p r i n c i p l e t h a t no two of them are so near each other as

25 to be incapable of d i s t i n g u i s h i n g words These vowels and t h e i r p o s i t i o n a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s are shown on a trapezium below

Fig 3 The E i g h t B a s i c C a r d i n a l Vowels

24 A standard and i n v a r i a b l e s c a l e devised by D a n i e l

Jones- a B r i t i s h l i n g u i s t and adopted by the I n t e r n a t i o n a l Phonetic Association See D a n i e l Jones An O u t l i n e of E n g l i s h Phonetics Cambridge W Heffner and Sons L t d I960 ppT 31-39

25

The trapezium may be taken as a c o n v e n t i o n a l i z e d

r e p r e s e n t a t i o n of the human mouth w i t h the l i p s t o the

l e f t and the pharynx t o the r i g h t The dots r e p r e s e n t the

r e l a t i v e p o s i t i o n s of the tongue i n the a r t i c u l a t i o n of the 27

voxels I n the c a r d i n a l v o c o i d s poundi] and [ u ] the tongue

i s r a i s e d as c l o s e as p o s s i b l e t o the p a l a t e without f r i c shy

t i o n being produced and f o r C [ a ] i t i s brought as low as

p o s s i b l e w i t h s l i g h t r a i s i n g a t the extreme back These

thr e e sounds d e f i n e what a r e known as the vowel l i m i t s -

t h a t i s i f the tongue were r a i s e d even a f r a c t i o n of an

i n c h h i g h e r than c [ i ] or cpoundu] or r e t r a c t e d f a r t h e r back

than cpounda]raquo the sounds produced would be f r i c a t i v e c o n t o l d s

Thus c C i]gt[y] as i n y e t C [ u ] gt [ w ] as i n wet and cCct3gtC ] which f o r t y p o g r a p h i c a l convenience i s w r i t t e n

28 [jR] a s i n the French word a r b r e [aRbS] t r e e

C l o s e h a l f - c l o s e h a l f - o p e n and open r e f e r t o the

degrees of tongue e l e v a t i o n (see F i g 5) S t a r t i n g from

the cpoundi3 p o s i t i o n the f r o n t of the tongue i s lowered I n t e r n a t i o n a l P honetic A s s o c i a t i o n The P r i n c i p l e s of the I n t e r n a t i o n a l P honetic A s s o c i a t i o n London U n i v e r s i t y C o l l e g e 1965

25 I b i d p i+

26 I b i d p 5 (See valu e s of the vowels on p 27

of t h i s t h e s i s 27

F o r c o n s i s t e n c y and b r e v i t y the c a r d i n a l vowels w i l l h e n c e f o r t h be c a l l e d c a r d i n a l v o c o i d s and w r i t t e n as C [ i ] C [ e ] c[e] C [ a ] c[ a] C ( gt ] f C [ o ] and c[u]

28 R J Gregg op c i t p 52

26

g r a d u a l l y a t a u d i t o r i l y e q u i d i s t a n t p o i n t s r e p r e s e n t i n g

t h e v a l u e s f o r c[e e a ] Prom th e c[a] p o s i t i o n t h e

tongue i s r a i s e d a l s o a t e q u i d i s t a n t p o i n t s r e p r e s e n t i n g

t h e v a l u e s g i v e n t o C[o o bull u ]

V o c o i d s s i t u a t e d on t h e l i n e i - a o r n e a r t o i t a r e

c a l l e d f r o n t v o c o i d s and t h o s e i n t h e l i n e a-u o r s l i g h t l y

I n advance o f i t t h e back v o c o i d s The term c e n t r a l i n d i shy

c a t e s t h a t t h e h i g h e s t p o i n t o f t h e tongue i s i n t h e c e n t e r

o f t h e mouth midway between f r o n t and back A t r i a n g u l a r

a r e a r e p r e s e n t i n g t h e r e g i o n o f t h e c e n t r a l v o c o i d t y p e s

i s drawn s e p a r a t i n g t h e f r o n t v o c o i d s from t h e back v o c o i d s

The a d d i t i o n a l f e a t u r e s a r e shown below

F i g 4 The C e n t r a l V o c o i d T r i a n g l e

27

The values of the different cardinal vocoids may be illustrated from different types of English in which

29 the vocoid types are found

c[i] see [ s i ] (General) C[e] day [de] (Scottish)

c[e] [set] (Northern British English) C t gt ] back [bak] (Northern British English)

c[a] half [haf] (Southern British English) c[o] hot [hot] (Scottish) c[o] coat [kot] (Scottish) C[u] too [tu] (General) c[a] about [ 3 raquobaUt] (General) Ilokano vocoid articulations are to be described

and classified according to four c r i t e r i a namely (1) tongue height - close half-close half-open open (2) tongue advancement - front central back (3) tenseness or laxness and (4) l i p position - spread neutral rounded

A l l Ilokano vocoids are of the oral type Therefore the position of the velum - 1 e raised for oral vocoids lowered for nasalized vocoids - is not distinctive Tenseshyness and laxness are not distinctive either - may be safeshyly ignored

29 International Phonetic Association opound c i t

pp 8-9

28

The lip-tongue positional relationship i s summed up i n the principle of normal vowel opposition or bipolarity 1 e the front vocoid series [ i e e a] and [a] of the back series are pronounced with lips spread or open and pulled back whereas i n the three other back vocoids [lgt o u] the lips are rounded in varying degrees and are pushed forward

The relationships between the features of tongue height and tongue advancement are shown as a matrix thus

Front Central

Fig 5 Vocoid Matrix

29

222 How Contolds are Described and Classified For the articulatory description of Ilokano contoids

two factors are to be considered namely (1) point of articulation and (2) manner of articulation The presence or absence of vocal band vibration characterized as voiced or voiceless (breathed) respectively iSwalso taken into account

Point of articulation refers to the place of contact or near contact of an articulator with another articulator or with a stationary part (Sec 211) The following l i n g shyu i s t i c terms are used to describe the articulatory strucshytures involved i n relation to their speech function

Linguistic Terms Structures Involved Bi l a b i a l (or labial) both lips Labio-dental lower l i p upper teeth Dental tongue tip and rim upper

teeth Alveolar tongue blade or t i p and

blade alveolar ridge or gum ridge

Retroflex tongue t i p hard palate Palatal tongue back hard palate Velar tongue back soft palate Uvular tongue back extreme back

of velum known as the uvula Glottal vocal bands

3 0

Manner of a r t i c u l a t i o n refers to the degree of obsshy

t r u c t i o n - ranging from complete closure to s l i g h t narrowshy

ing - made by the speech organs at the point of a r t i c u l a shy

t i o n In terms of manner of a r t i c u l a t i o n the Ilokano

contoids are to be c l a s s i f i e d into the following types

enumerated i n decreasing degrees of closure

Plosive

Nasal

L a t e r a l

Flap

F r i c a t i v e

Semivocoid

These contoid types are described i n d e t a i l i n Sec 3 2 2

along with the speech segments which constitute them

The r e l a t i o n s h i p between the two dimensions of

contoid a r t i c u l a t i o n can be regarded as a matrix i n which

the columns represent the point of a r t i c u l a t i o n and the

rows the manner of a r t i c u l a t i o n A pair i n g of the

voiced (v) and breathed (b) v a r i e t i e s of the contoids

appear at the point of i n t e r s e c t i o n

The contoids of Ilokano are to be charted and desshy

cribed i n terms of the matrix shown i n F i g 6

31

P i g 6 Contoid Matrix

L a b i a l Labio-

Dental

Dental amp

Alveolar

Velar G l o t t a l

Plosive

Nasal

L a t e r a l

Flap

F r i c a t i v e

Semivocoid

23 The S y l l a b l e Its Function and Structure

The s y l l a b l e a phonological unit i s the basic

framework within which the r e l a t i v e d i s t r i b u t i o n and posshy

s i b i l i t i e s of occurence of phones and phonemes can be

stated Thus Ilokano phonemes of ambivalent status such

as the semivowels w and y may be categorized as either

consonants or vowels depending upon how they pattern with

other consonants or vowels i n the s y l l a b l e Furthermore

since Ilokano has a syllable-timed rhythm a s a t i s f a c t o r y

d e s c r i p t i o n of the suprasegmental feature of stress can

be made with respect to the s y l l a b l e structure of word

forms

The s y l l a b l e Einar Haugen states i s the smallest

unit of recurrent phonemic sequences which consists of

32

an irreducible minimum which we may c a l l the nucleus and an optional remainder which we may c a l l margin Margins in turn may either precede or follow the nucleus Each of the constituents of the syllable consists of one or more phonemes with vowels usually occupying the peak the

30 consonants the margins

In this study the pre-nuclear margin and the post-nuclear margin are - adopting the terms invented by C F Hockett - referred to as onset and coda respectively

Many linguists speak of the nucleus as the peak of sonority i n the syllable and of the vowels - being more sonorous than consonants - as the syllable nuclei The main function of a vowel therefore i s syllabification and a consonant that of i n i t i a t i n g and terminating a s y l l a shyble For example the six vowels a u u i o e represent the six syllables i n the Ilokano word aggurgurlgoren qag gur gu r i go ren He has a fever now

By Hocketts classification of syllable systems Ilokano i s of the onset-peak type i n that every syllable includes both an onset and a peak l t may or may not include

32 also a coda This writer takes It that the obligatory

30 Einar Haugen The Syllable in Linguistic Descripshy

tion i n Morris Halle and others (eds) For Roman Jakobson Essays The Hague Mouton amp Co 1955raquo PP 216-21

51 Charles F Hockett op c i t p 85

32 Ibid p 9 9

33

onset includes the glottal stop q because although

printwise a syllable begins with an orthographic symbol

representing a vowel e g a in ala get phonetically

ing the articulation of the vocoid - i e [qa] This

prevocalic glottal obstruction can be perceived by slightshy

ly pressing the fingers on the Adams apple while a r t i shy

culating i e a o u thus [qi ] [qe] [qa] [qo] [qu]

To Haugen and Hockett the coda is optional The

writer however believes that for Ilokano i t is only the

syllables in i n i t i a l and medial positions which may or may

not Include also a coda in final position the syllable

ending with an orthographic symbol representing a vowel

sound e g - la in ala is closed by a glottal stop She

postulates a post-vocalic-glottal-stop coda in such final

syllables since this is clearly perceptible in ala [qa

lotqjt and comes out equally clearly when a suffix is added

e g in alaen [qa la qen] to get Other examples wi l l

further illustrate the concept of the glottal-stop onset

and coda thus

there is a glottal obstruction (symbolized by [q]) preced-

al-o qal qoq pestle

tal-o t a l q 6 q bull l i f t

alto qfil toq bullalto

agaltoak qa gal t6 qak I l l sing alto

agaltoka qa gal td kaq Youll sing alto

34

Although the glottal stop q is not reflected in

the conventional orthography i t is structurally relevant

to the Ilokano syllable system and wi l l be so indicated in

this study

Ilokano exhibits the following syllable structures

cv ubing gu bin bullchild

CVG nganga na njiq open mouth1

CCV blusa b M saq blouse

GGVG trenta trSn taq thirty

CVCC komiks kd miks comics

cV waya wa yfiq bullspare time

CcV lualo lwfi loq bullprayer

cVC wang-it w^n q i t bullhead shake

CVv nguy-a nuv qfiq bullagony

cVv duyaw du ypoundw yellowbull

CcVv ruay rway bullabundance

CCcV empleado qem plya doq bullemployee

CCcVC nasaprian na sap pryfin bullrain-sprihkled

In summary the syllablestructures (SS) of Ilokano

can be briefly described using the following rules

Onset Nucleus Coda

SS Rule 1 S ^ (C)(C)C V

SS Rule 2 S raquo SS Rule 3 Sdnlt) raquo

(c)(c)c

(c)c

c

V

V

(c)(c)

c(c)

35

Consonant

Vowel 33

S emi c ons onant

Semivowel

Syllable in i n i t i a l or

medial position

Syllable in final position

Syllable with a diphthong

in Ini t ia l medial or

final position

24- Transcription Signs and Symbols

The phonetic and phonemic transcriptions in this

thesis make use of the conventional symbols of the Intershy

national Phonetic Association with some additions used by 34

many British and American phoneticians today It wi l l be

noted however that some of the signs and symbols have been

modified to suit the grammar of the Ilokano dialect under

study as well as for typographical convenience Thus the

33 Por the phonemic interpretations of w and y

as c or v see Sec 42511 of this thesis 3

International Phonetic Association opound c i t pp 7-14 A C Gimson An Introduction to the Pronunciashytion of English London Edward Arnold (Publishers) Ltd 1962 ppi vi i- ixx James Carrell and William R Tiffany Phonetics Theory and Application to Speech Improvement New York McGraw-Hill I960 p xv i i

Where C =

V =

c =

V =

3IV

36

symbols C e]raquo Ca] and Cdeg]raquo which have the q u a l i t i e s of lt3Cpoundbullbull] cpoundamp] and C [ D T | respectively are used i n t h i s study since

i n Ilokano there i s no contrast Involved either phoneticalshy

l y or phonemically between C e ] and Camp] between Ca] and C1reg]

and between Co] and C 3]laquo T n e symbols C l ] and Cu] stand f o r

C i ] and [v]raquo respectively

Segmental Symbols

Symbol Example

C i ] ima C qimaq] hand

Ci ] b l t b i t C b l t b i t ] load

Ce] verde Cverdeq] green

Ca] petpet [ p 8 t p a t ] grasp

Ca] bado [ba doq] dress

Ca] bato [batoq] stone

Co] bo l a Cbolaq] bull b a l l

Cu] buok [bU laquoqok] hair

Cu] ulo Cqu loq] head

CP ] Papag Cpa pog] bamboo bench

Ct] tatang [tatan] father

M kuko CkUlaquokoq] f i n g e r n a i l

Cb] babal [babaqlq] g i r l

Cd] dagidl Cdagldiq] those 1

Cs] gaget Cgaget] diligence 1

Cm] mameg [mameg] oppression

37

Cn] nanang C na nan] mother

ngangaw Cnanau] palate

a l - a l Câlqal] bullpanting

Cf] f i n o [finoq] bullfine

Cv] votos Cvotos] votes

[ s ] saludsod [salUdsod] bullquestion

Ch] husto [hHslaquotoq] bullright

Cfi] kolehlo CkoleGyoqf) college

C i ] l a l a k i [ l a l a k l q ] boy

Cr] r l r o Criroq] confusion

Cw] mi C wal] bullrattanbull

Cy] yuyem C yuyem] bullcloudy Suprasegmental and Other Modifying Signs and Symbols

Symbol Description Example C0 Phonetic stress (before the daydlay Cdqldyal] that

stressed syllable) V Phonemic stress (above the day dyfiy

vowel of the stressed syllable)

C] Palatalization (above the contoid) [daldyal]

C O Length the sound represented l n l t [qlnlt] sun by the preceding letter is ut-ot [qUtqot] pain long dakkel Cdakkel] laquobiglaquo

Note Consonant length is realized as gemination

38

Lgt] [3] [2] [1]

143

C 3

CD

Very hi g h p i t c h l e v e l High p i t c h l e v e l Normal p i t c h l e v e l Low p i t c h l e v e l L e v e l i n t o n a t i o n and

short pause F a l l i n g i n t o n a t i o n and

long pause R i s i n g I n t o n a t i o n and

long pause R i s i n g - f a l l i n g i n t o n a t i o n

and long pause F a l l i n g - r i s i n g i n t o n a t i o n

and long pause Brackets t o enclose e t i c

t r a n s c r i p t i o n s Slashes to enclose emic

t r a n s c r i p t i o n s S i n g l e dot to mark s y l l a b l e

boundary i n e t i c t r a n s shyc r i p t i o n s replaced by a l e t t e r space i n emic trans-c r i p t i o n s

Crossed bars to enclose morphemes

Nakapinpintas j

L^noka i n 3 p l n 2 t a s ] I t s very b e a u t i f u l Ngem [nemj] But

Napintas [ 2 n a pinHas^ J

I t s b e a u t i f u l Napintas [ 2 n a p l n ^ t a s ^ ] I t s b e a u t i f u l Ay wen [^qal 2weApound]

bullOh yes (Sure i t i s ) Agpayso [ 2 q a g p a l 1 soq J] Is l t true ( o r )

l u t o [lu toq] cook 1H t o q

luto + -ek bullcook Iraquo

39

lutoek [lUtoqek]

cook i t I

pen pen gt [pem pen] stack

lutoekltluto + -ek

n gt [m]

C _ ]

Asterisked barred slashes

to enclose hypothetical

word forms

^ becomes

^ comes from

-mdash^ is rewritten as or

is represented by

in the context (or environment)

^ j Braces to enclose a set

Choose only the item(s) that

apply each time

( ) Parentheses items enclosed

are optional

[] the rest of the items in

the syllable -unit

ltfgt native Ilokano word form

loan word form regkafe [kafeq] coffee

25 Phonetic Data

This section Includes a corpus of utterances occurlng

in Ilokano from which a l l the recurring speech sounds may

be picked out and specified and on which statements about

the distributional relationships among the features of the

sounds are based The corpus as a sample of the language -

more specifically of the Ilokano dialect in question - is

admittedly restricted i e i t is not exhaustive enough

to i n c l u d e a l l p o s s i b l e d i s t r i b u t i o n a l d e t a i l s of each speech sound This l i m i t a t i o n however i s not reason enough to consider the subsequent g e n e r a l i z a t i o n s i n v a l i d The gaps i n the corpus w i l l be f i l l e d i n by the copious examples i n t e r s p e r s e d i n the d i s c u s s i o n s Moreover the g e n e r a l i z a t i o n s are to be taken to apply to the d i a l e c t as a whole and not to the corpus alone

35 T i Amlan ken t i I n l t

Agsinsinnungbat t i amian ken t i i n i t no a n i a kada-kwada nga dua t i napigpigsa i d l husto nga sumungad t i maysa nga viahero nga adda naimeng nga kagay na nga k a s l a kapa t i reyna Nagtulag da nga no a n i a kadakwada t i a g b a l l i g i nga mangpauksob i t i v i ahero i t i kagay na i s u t i makuna nga napigshyp i g s a Saan a nabayag nagpug-ay t i amian i t i nakapigpigsa ket uray l a nga naguy-oy t i d i l a na Ngem no kasano t i pigsa t i panagpug-ay na ad-adda pay nga inkayetket a firme t i v i a shyhero t i kagay na i t i bagi na ket kamaudiianan na saan nan nga i n t u l o y t i nagpug-ay Nagtalna ket n a g p a l i i w Mapauksob ngata t i i n i t daydiay v i a h e r o sinaludsod na i t i bagi nar I d i kuan limgak t i i n i t Nadagaang t i aldaw ket dagus a naguksob t i v i a h e r o Anansa ngarud i n k a p i l i t a n nga inannugot t i amian nga napigpigsa t i i n l t ngem i t i i s u

35 An Ilokano t r a n s l a t i o n of The Northwind and the Sun

I n t e r n a t i o n a l Phonetic A s s o c i a t i o n pjgt c i t p 20 I t has been con s i d e r a b l y modified and augmented t o i n c l u d e a l l the speech sounds occuring i n the Ilokano d i a l e c t

41

1 2 1 it c j a m m y a n k s n t i c j U h i t

The Northwind and the Sun

qagsmsinnurjbat il a a m m y a n ken h c j i m t j

Arguing the northwind and the sun

no c jar tnya k a c l a k w a d a r j a d w a t i n a p i c j p i g s amp c j |

i f which of them two the stronger

c j jd i h v s rocj rja amp v m a r j a d t i m ax s a rja vyaheôcjj

when j u s t then approach the one t r a v e l e r

rja c j a d d a nacji rne-Q QO- k a g a i naqj rja k a s a k a p a t i

viho had warm cloak h i s that i s l i k e cape of

V e g n a c j ^ nacjfcujlag dacj | rja no aan nya k a d a k w a det |

queen Agreed they t h a t i f which of them

2 1 i t i ( jagbal l r g ic j rja m a r j p a q u k s o b a i h v y a f i e i r o ^ a i f c i

the s u c c e s s f u l to make undress the t r a v e l e r the

k a g a i nscj J c j i s u ki m a w n e q rja napxqpicj sacj 1 s a q a n

cloak h i s he the s a i d s t r o n g e r Not

t i 1 Z 1 l 4 5 X

a a n a b a y a q l n a c j p v g c j a i t i c j a m m y a n q i t i nakapigpig sacj long time blew the northwind very strong

2 1 Z I 1

i 2

nacj j rjemj no Ka sa n

and u n t i l dangle the tongue h i s But i f hovj^ver

ket quraila- na n a j u i c j o i hdila nacj J rjemj no kasaVio

il pxgsac| t i pctnagpugcjainaqj c adcjad da pax rja the s t r e n g t h the blowing h i s a l l the more th a t

q z r j k a y s t U d t Cja f i r m copy t i vyaPie 1 r o c j j t x k a c j a i na cji

huddled up f i r m l y the t r a v e l e r the cloak h i s t

j 1 2 2 bagi- na| kcopyt kamacj-uddya- n a n n a q | sacjanVjan r j a

body h i s and f i n a l l y not anymore he

i 2 1 A 1 i 2 qxrVtuloi t i nagpugqai^ âgtalnacj kcopyt nacjpctli- continued the blowing Kept s t i l l and observed

7 2 3 - mapacjuksob U cjini-t dcudyax zyaReroq| Gan make undress probably the sun that t r a v e l e r

1 2 1 1 Z 2 ainalvjclsod n a ejitx bagi rdcj cjidikwQ-nl linVgak asked he to s e l f h i s Then shone out

1 2 1 bull ti ejirnl| nadacjacjarj i cjaldev| kstdU VS rja the sun Warm the day and Immediately

1 2 naqj|c5ob ti vyafierltac| cjanansa t-jaVcucl | undressed the t r a v e l e r Therefore

i ( 2 1 2 1 2 cîrjkapilivlan laquo]a cjmannugoi ti cjarnmyanl o b l i g e d admitted the northwind

1 Z i 1 1

that stronger the sun than he

Chapter 3 THE SOUNDS OP SPEECH A PHONETIC ANALYSIS

Speech i t must be re-emphasized is a continuum

of different articulations produced by the vocal organs

the division of this continuum into discrete segments and

suprasegments is an abstraction an ar t i f i c ia l process

nevertheless a sine qua non in linguistics As Nadel

aptly puts i t If scientific insight is insight into the

order of things observation must be directed towards breakshy

ing up the continuum of data into units - units which can be

manipulated or ordered in a fashion more systematic than the

ambiguous and fortuitous ordering inherent in naive observa-36

tion It i s however only the record of the speech event

that can be segmented and manipulated

This chapter is concerned with a detailed phonetic

description of the raw materials of speech - the different

segmental sounds and suprasegmental features - extracted

from the corpus of utterances recorded in Sectiohxi25 of this

thesis

The phonemization procedures in the next chapter wi l l

reveal that not a l l of the etic units enumerated and described

here wi l l ultimately prove to be separate emic units of the

dialect

36 F S Nadel The Foundations of Social Anthropology

London Cohen and West Ltd 1951 P 75

44

Fig 1 9 A Chart of Ilokano Contolds

L a b i a l Labio-

Dental

Dental amp

Alveolar

Velar G l o t t a l

Plosive M M

Ct] Ca]

M Cs]

[q]

Nasal M Cn]

L a t e r a l Ci]

Flap Cr]

F r i c a t i v e Cf] Cv]

Cs] Ch]

Ch]

Semivocoid 1 [w] Cy]

3raquo12 The Suprasegmental Features

Length C q 1 n I t ] sun

C qccm myan] northwind

Stress CdagUs] immediately 1

pound sUmunad] toapproach

Cnaplgplgsaq] stronger

46

Pitch

Intonation

r 1 2 2 1 j _ [ q l d l laquokwan 11mgak t i laquoqinltj j

Then the sun shone out r2 1

amp Juncture ymapaqUksob nata t i q i n i t daldyal

vyane roqp ] Can the sun make the travel e r take o f f his cloak

32 THE SEGMENTS IN DETAIL

321 Vocoids

A l l the vocoids of Ilokano l i k e those of French are

pure and simple I e they do not have the diphthongal

q u a l i t y of the English vocoids The following are examples

compared i n terms of C[i3

Ilokano b l i t [ b l q i t ] for a moment

French v l t e [ v i t ] fast

English beat [ b i y t ] (Standard English)

Vocoid length and stress are i n t e r r e l a t e d The

strength of pronunciation modifies the quantity of [ieaou]

In f a c t some l i n g u i s t s use the term strength as a portmanshy

teau form of stress plus length Considering the stress-length

co-occurence at least i n non-final s y l l a b l e s i n Ilokano the

length symbol [] c a n D e s a f e l y l e f t out i n the examples f o l shy

lowing each vocoid d e s c r i p t i o n

The treatment of each Ilokano vocoid includes an a r t i shy

culatory description and an assessment of q u a l i t y i n terms of

the Cardinal Vowel Scale and examples of d i s t r i b u t i o n a l f e a t shy

ures i n utterance and s y l l a b l e

4-7

3211 The Front Vocoids [ i I e a]

32111 [ i ]

[ i ] is the closest of the Ilokano front vocoids

It is articulated with the front of the tongue slightly-

backed and raised to a height just below the close front

position of c[i] the teeth nearly in occlusion and with

the lips spread and drawn back This speech sound may be

classified as a close front tense rounded vocoid

The Ilokano pound i ] occurs only in stressed syllables 37

in a l l positions [ i ] in i n i t i a l syllable

bllang^ [bullbilon] bullnumber

dl la [dilaqj tongue

gita [gitaqQ C venom

ini t [ qinlt] sun

kilo [bullkiloq] bullkilogram

lipay [bulll i pal] a leguminous vine

mikl [mlklq] noodle

nlpa Cnipaq] bulla species of palm

ngina [ninaq] price value

pilaw CpilaU] blemish

rimas [rlmas] bullbreadfruit

slka [bullsikaq] dysentery

tlbung [tibUn] bullvibration

37 A l l positions means in i t ia l ly medially and finally

in the utterances The examples are arranged according to the indicated

amp8

[ i ] in medial syllable ibingay [qlbinal] to share with ad iff [qadiglq] bullpost sagiden [saglden] to touch ahitan [qanitan] to shave pit-ingan [pltqinan] to chip o f f akikid [qakikld] narrow1

u i i l a [qUlilaq] orphan kamiring [kamirln] bullnettle rash manipud [manipUd] start from napintas [napintas] beautiful barikes [barikes] belt girdle kusilap [kUsilap] poutraquo batibat [batibat] nightmare kawitan [kaVitan] rooster

] in f i n a l syllable ubing [qUbin] child diding [dldin] bullwall rugl [rUgiq] beginning s u i l [sUqil] pry or lever bakl [bakiq] chicken coop nagalis [nagalis] slippery

position of occurrence of the sound in the utterance e g i f the sound in question is Indicated as occurring in uttershyance f i n a l the utterances are enumerated according to the alphabetical order of their f i n a l syllables

49

ikumit [qlkUraquomit] to entrust

dandani [dandaniq] almost

kupin [kUraquopin] bullfold

tagari [tagarlq] bulltalk p r a t t l e

pus i t [pUlaquosit] bullsquid

pating [patln] whale

awit [qawit] bullload

32112 [ I ] The close front semi-tense vocoid [ i ]

duced with the tongue t i p nearer to center than to front

and raised just above the h a l f - c l o s e p o s i t i o n of c[e] l i p

and tongue muscles are r e l a t i v e l y lax compared with the tenshy

sion f o r [ i ]

[ i ] occurs i n unstressed s y l l a b l e s i n a l l positions

[ i ] i n I n i t i a l s y l l a b l e

blgat [blgat] morning1

d i l d i L a n [ d l l d i l o n ] bullto l i c k lap

g i t a [ g l taq] o i l y taste of nuts

i t e d [ q l t e d ] bullgive

k i k l t [ k l k i t ] ear f i n g e r

l i b a s [ l l b a s ] bulla species of flowering vine

mi l a t [mllaquolat] bullgrime

pilaw [pilaquolaU] bullpool of stagnant water

rikep [ r i k e p ] bullshutter

slk a [sikaq] you

t i r i t i r [ t l r i t l r ] twist wring

wlngiwing [winiwln] bullto shake the head i n dissent

50

[ i ] i n medial syllable rabii [rablraquoqiq] bullnight agadiwara [qagadlraquowa raq] diffuse fragrance rugitan [rUgltan] to s o i l nakiro [naklroq] bulldisorderly confusing aglibak [qag H bak] bullto refrain from divulging maminsan [mamlnsan] oncebull aniniwan [qanlniwan i] shadow bull kanginaan [kanlnaqan] the most expensive kupinen [kUplnen] to fold karison [karlson] bullcart pulled by an ox kasinsin [kasinsin] bullcousin kutingi [kUtllaquoniq] the smallest of a l i t t e r siwlwidawld [slwlwlda wld] empty-handed

[] i n f i n a l syllable tagibi [tagiblq] foster child padl [bullpadlq] bullpriest aggidigid [qaggldigld] to rub against a post s u l l [suqll] a kind of hoe lalak i [lalaklq] bullboy man sabali [saballq] bullanother1

amin [qamln] a l l agani [qaganlq] harvester angin [qanln] bullwind

51

p a l p i t [ p a raquo q i p l t ] c a r p e n t e r s v i s e

s a r i r i t [ s a v r l r l t ] s a g a c i t y

n a k u s i m [ n a bull k u s l m ] bull f a s t i d i o u s i n f o o d

k a m a t i s [ k a bull m a t l s ] t o m a t o

k a w i w i t [ k a w i w l t ] t o c l a s p w i t h t h e l e g s

32113 [ e ]

A r t i c u l a t i o n o f t h e I l o k a n o v o c o i d [ e ] c a l l s f o r a

t o n g u e p o s i t i o n l o w e r a n d m o r e c e n t e r e d t h a n t h a t f o r c[e]lt

a n d j u s t a b o v e t h e t o n g u e h e i g h t f o r c[pound] T h e t o n g u e i s

humped t o w a r d t h e f r o n t o f t h e mouth t h e jaw o p e n w i d e r

t h a n t h a t f o r cCe] a n d t h e l i p s s p r e a d a n d o n l y s l i g h t l y

r e t r a c t e d T h i s h a l f - o p e n f r o n t s p r e a d t e n s e v o c o i d

o c c u r s i n b o t h s t r e s s e d a n d u n s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e s i n a l l

p o s i t i o n s

Ce] i n s t r e s s e d i n i t i a l s y l l a b l e

copy B e l o C b e l o q J bull s h o r t f o r I s a b e l o

f e c h a [ f e t t y a q ] d a t e bull

copy g e r r a C g e r r a q ] bull w a r

copy h e f e C raquo h e f e q ] bull c h i e f 1

k e n C k e n ] bull a n d 1

copy k e n d i C k e n d l q ] bull c a n d y

copy L e a h C bull l e q a q ] a g i r l s name

m e t C me t ] bull a l s o

copy m e d i a s C m e d y a s ] bull s t o c k i n g s

52

regNena [ nenaq] a g ir l s name

copypecho [pettyoq] chicken breast

copyreses [reses] bullrecess

copyselyo [sellyoq] stamp seal

copyte la Ctelaq] bullfabric

copyverde [verdeq] bullgreen

wenno [wennoq] or

copyyerro [yerroq] galvanized iron roofing

[e] in stressed medial syllable

kobeta [kobetaq] toilet

[kandelaq] candle

[fal igeraq] a family name

[qcu nenteq]

copykandela

copyFalguera

copyahente

copybangkete

copy b l s l k l e t a

copyAmerica

copychlnelas

copysupero

copysirena

copykasera

copykafetera

copyS evero

bullagent

[barjketeq] banquet

[blslkkletaq] bicycle

[qamerlkaq] America

[tyl ne las ] s Uppers

[sUperoq] soup bowl

[slrenaq] sirenf nymph1

[kas er aq] landlord tenant

[kafeteraq] coffee pot

[severoq] a boys name

[e] in stressed final syllable

rebbeng [rebben] responsibility

baddek [badraquodek] step tread

53

raem [ra bullqem] bullrespect

kaf e [ka bullfeq] bullcoffee

agek [ltla bullgek] kiss

copykahel [ka bullfiel] bulla variety of oranges

baket [ba bullket] bullold woman1

ules [ltlU bullles] blanket

simek [ s i bullmek] bullutterance conversation

buneng [bU bullbolo

tengnged [ten laquoned] bullneck

reppet [rep bullpet] bullbundle

gargaret [gar garet] belongings 1

pisel [p l rsel] bullpressure (hand)

art em [qar tern] pickle

tawen [ta wen] bullyear age

kuyemyem [kUyemyem] 1 cloudy1

[e] in unstressed i n i t i a l syllable

bengngat

derraas

emma

ftetteng

kebba

leppas

melmel

nengneng

ngernger

[ben bullnat] bullaccent i n speaking [ d e r bullraqas] p r e c i p i c e 1

[qem bullmaq] bullmeekness [ g e t bullten] bull s c i s s o r s [keb baq] bullbreathlessnessbull [ l e p bullpas] completion [mel bullmel] bullmouthful 1

[neij s t u p i d [ n e r bullHer] bull s n a r l growl

54

peggad [peggad] danger rebba [rebbaq] bullwreckage

seldan [ s e l d a n ] bulllarge water j a r tengnga [ t e n jaq] bullmiddle center wenno [wen noq] or

[yegyeg] tremble

[ e ] i n unstressed medial s y l l a b l e nabenfebeng [notben berj] t h i c k close-woven i

agdeppa [qccgdep paq] to extend the arms s l d e w i s e 1

paggelgelan [pag^gelgeIan] starch s t r a i n e r kagkadked [qagkedked] to r e s i s t payment i s a l e k s e k [ q l s a l e k s e k ] to s t u f f dumenden [dUmenden] to move to a g i v e n po i n t paheknek [paneknek] proof 1

dengngepen [deijije pen] to apply hot compress agpessa [qagpessaq] to h a t c h 1

iremrem [qlremrem] to submerge salensenan [sdlensenan] to overburdendn 1

agteddak [qagteddak] to burst abscesses ayek-ek [qayekqek] audible l a u g h t e r

[ e ] i n unstressed f i n a l s y l l a b l e plnakbet [ p i Aiakbet] a k i n d of vegetable r e c i p e 1

sardeng [ bullsardeij] stop laeng [laqeri] only

55

copyCleofe [klyofeq] a g i r l s name copyasoge [qasogeq] bullmercury copyehe [qeneq] axle b a r i k e s [ b a r i k e s ] b e l t u l e g [quleg] raquosnake timek [timek] voice

copysine [sineq] movie cinema anges [qanes] bullbreathbull ipes [qipes] cockroach bareng [baren] bull i f perhaps awisen [qabullwisen] to i n v i t e

copybote [boteq] b o t t l e copylyave [bulllyaveq] key wrench agaweng [qagawen] to r i n g t o resound

copykalye [ k a l l y e q ] s t r e e t

32114 [ a ]

The Ilokano [ a ] the openest of the f r o n t vocoids i s s l i g h t l y centered I t i s a r t i c u l a t e d w i t h jaws and l i p s wideshyl y open and w i t h no part of the tongue coming i n contact w i t h the upper molars

This open f r o n t l a x v o c o i d occurs i n s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e i n a l l p o s i t i o n s

[ a ] i n i n i t i a l s y l l a b l e agum [qagttm] greed covetousness banga [baiiaq] earthen pot

56

daniw [daniu] lyric poem

galip [ gallp] slice

kayo [laquokayoq] bulltree

langka [ larjkaq] laquojackfrui t

mangga [marjgaq] mango

nanam [nanam] bulltaste

ngalug [nalUg] bullpurslane (Portulaca

payong [laquopa yog] umbrella

ramay [ramal] finger

sangi [sanlq] molar tooth

tabo [ta boq] a kind of dipper

vale [valeq] bullcredit coupon

was ay [bullwasal] axe

yaman [yakan] thanks

i] in medial syllable

naata [not qataq] unripe

abaga [qabagaq] shoulders

ladawan [lavdawan] picture

sagaba [sagaibaq] bullsufferingsbull

akaba [qakabaq] wide broad

balayang [ba^la^yan] bulla variety of banana

kamakam [kamakam] overtake

kanawa [kanawaq] defense

sungani [sUnanlq] contrary oppos ite

lapayag [lapayog] bullear

57

arasaw [qa ralsaU] bullrice washing lansangan [lan sanan] street kawayan [kawayan] bamboo 1

bayabas [bayabas] guava

a] i n f i n a l syllable tay-ak [talqak] meadow saba [sabaq] banana adda [qaddaq] bullthere i s there are daga [dagaq] bullearth land saka [s alaquokaq] bullto redeem mortgaged property galad [galad] rank a b i l i t y 1

raman [raman] taste flavor baknang [bak narj] wealth a wealthy person sanga [s anaq] branch tinapa [tlnapaq] smoked f i s h nadaras [nadaras] quick rasa [r asaq] bulllarge edible crab mata [mataq] eye lawag [lawag] light laya [layaq] ginger

3212 The Central Vocoids [copy a] 32121 [ 9 ] The Ilokano [d]raquo a central lax vocoid is articulated

with neutral l i p and tongue positions i e the tongue with

58

i t s r i m i n c l o s e contact w i t h the upper molars i s midway between the height f o r c[S] and c[e] I n the phonetic conshyt e x t of the v e l a r c o n t o i d s [ k g r p however the tongue may be s l i g h t l y more r a i s e d and r e t r a c t e d e g the medial and f i n a l s y l l a b l e s of gettengek [gcopyttanak3 I cut i t G e n e r a l l y the Ilokano schwa [copy] i s produced w i t h the l e a s t e f f o r t c h a r a c t e r i s t i c of any of the vocoids Although there are some Ilokano speakers who pronounce i t w i t h r e l a shyt i v e tenseness

The v o c o i d s u b s t i t u t e s f r e e l y f o r [ e ] i n a l l p o s i t i o n s only i n n a t i v e Ilokano word forms never i n loan

38 words

32122 [ a]

This normally short v o c o i d i s a r t i c u l a t e d w i t h l i p s and jaws more open than t h a t f o r and more clo s e than that f o r [ a ] A s h i f t from [ a ] t o [ a ] brings the rim of the tongue i n near contact w i t h the upper molars [ a ] may be c l a s s i f i e d as a half-open l a x c e n t r a l v o c o i d

I n Ilokano [ a ] occurs i n unstressed s y l l a b l e s i n a l l p o s i t i o n s

[ a ] i n i n i t i a l s y l l a b l e a l - a l [ q a l q a l ] laborious b r e a t h i n g 1

babawi [babawlqj repentance 1

38 Examples of lo a n words are marked i n Sec 3113

of t h i s t h e s i s ~

59

dalayap [dalayap] lemonbull

gandat [gandat] intention

kalapaw [kalapaU] bulla hovel

lastiko [lastl koq] rubber band

mamati [mamatlq] to believe

nalaka [nalakaq] cheap easy

nganngani [ijan nanlq] almostbull

papaya [papayaq] papaya

rangkap [ragkap] donation

sardam [sardam] evening

tayab [tayab] flight

wagwag [wagwag] bulla variety of r ice

yantangay [yantagal] whereas

t] in medial syllable

aalunusen [qaqalUnu sen] can be eaten

ababa [qababaq] short

adayo [qadayoq] bullfar distant

agama [qagamaq] father and child

dakami [dakamiq] weraquo

kulalanti [ k U l a l a n raquo t i q ] f irefly

manmano [manmanoq] few

panateng [panaterj] cold catarrh

sangapulo [sanapuloq] ten

sapata [sapataq] oath

karatay [karatal] knapsack

60

pasaray [ p a s a r a l ] sometimes

n a t a l n a [ n e t t a l naq] p e a c e f u l

wayawaya [wayawayaq] freedom l i b e r t y

[ a ] i n f i n a l s y l l a b l e

baak [ ba qak] aged

b a r i b a r [ b a bull r i b a r ] bullcrosswise

dadag [ da dag] bull r i p e n i n g pods of legumes

a d e l f a [ltla bull d e l f a q ] a f l o w e r i n g shrub

sagad [sa gad] broom

raha [ ra naq] bulla Moro c h i e f t a i n

saka [sa kaq] bull f o o t

d a l a n [da lan] road way

apaman [ q a pa man] bullas soon a s

ganat [ ga nat] hurry

gangat [ga bullnat] k i n d l e

kapas [laquoka bullpas] cotton

nabara [ n a haraq] red-hotbull

agbasa [qag basaq] bullto r e a d

katawa [ k a 1 tawaq] l a u g h t e r

kawayan [ k a 1 wayan] bullbamboo

3213 The Back V o c o i d s [u- U o]

32131 [ u ]

The Ilokano [ u ] i s a c l o s e back tense rounded

v o c o i d I n i t s a r t i c u l a t i o n the l i p s a r e almost puckered

61

t h e jaws a r e p a r t e d about t h e same degree as f o r [ i ] and

t h e tongue i s r a i s e d as c l o s e as p o s s i b l e t o t h e p a l a t e

w i t h o u t p r o d u c i n g f r i c t i o n The q u a l i t y I s t h a t o f c [ u ]

The I l o k a n o [ u ] o c c u r s i n s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e s i n a l l

p o s i t i o n s

[ u ] i n i n i t i a l s y l l a b l e

b u l o c bullbuloq] bulla v a r i e t y o f bamboo 1

d u l a n g c dulozj] bulla low t a b l e 1

guyod [ bullguyod] laquopulllaquo

k u d i l [ k u d l l ] bull s k i n

l u g a n c bull l u g a n ] r i d e v e h i c l e 1

muging c muglrj] f o r e h e a d

nupay c bullnupal] bull a l t h o u g h

pukaw [ bullpukaU] l o s s

r u p a [ bullrupaq] f a c e

s u k a t [ bull s u k a t ] measurementbull

t u r o g c bull t u r o g ] s l e e p

umok [ bullqumok] n e s t

yuyem [ bullyuyem] o v e r c a s t ( w e a t h e r )

[u] i n m e d i a l s y l l a b l e abungot [ q a b u n o t ]

baduya

dagudug

agkurang

k u l u k o l

[baduyaq]

[dUgudUg]

[ q a g k u r a t j ]

[ k U l u k o l ]

a head wear

banana o r r i c e f r i t t e r s

n o r t h e a s t w i n d

insufficientlaquo

au g e r

62

maldumuaum pantmot anguyob malapunos murumor asukar patupat

i n a u d l ayuyang

[ u ] i n f i n a l abut adu gugut p a r l k u t salup

mamutmut danum bang us putput ngarud i s u sag-ut yubyub

[maql dUmudUm] to f a l l prone [pabullnunot] thought [ltla naiyob] blowpipe [malapunos]to be floo d e d [mUrumor] seedling [qasukar] sugar [patupat] r i c e pudding wrapped

i n p l a i t e d palm l e a v e s [qlnaqudlq] younger s i b l i n g [qaytiyan] r e s o r t

s y l l a b l e [qabut] [qa fduq] [gUgut] [ p a r l k u t ] [ s a l u p ]

[mamUt mut] [danum] [banus] [putput] [naraquorud] [ q l s u q ] [sagqUt] [yUblaquoyub]

hole bullmany bullgum (of the t e e t h ) bull bullproblem d i f f i c u l t y bulla measure of c a p a c i t y equal t o three l i t e r s bull bullcomprehend thoroughly 1

bullwater m i l k f i s h

sound of horns ( c a r s ) therefore he she i t 1

cotton yarn sound of c o n f l a g r a t i o n

63

32132 [u]

For Ilokano [u] the tongue i s relaxed from the close

p o s i t i o n of [u] and i s advanced from true back There i s no

fir m contact made between the tongue and the upper molars

The l i p s are loosely rounded The rel a t i o n s h i p of [u] with

[u] i s s i m i l a r to that between [ i ] and [ i ] [u] has the

qu a l i t y of a relaxed lowered and centralized c[u] I t may

be c l a s s i f i e d as a close back semi-tense rounded vocoid

The Ilokano [u] occurs i n unstressed s y l l a b l e s i n a l l

p o s itions

[u] i n i n i t i a l s y l l a b l e

buok [bU bullqok] hair

dukot [dU kot] anxiety

gubal Lsu raquobal] bullcoarseness

husto [hUs bulltoq] right correct

kulot [kU bulllot] curly ( h a i r )

[lUp laquopoq] thigh

mulumog [mU bulllumog] bullgargle

nutnot [nUt bullbullnot] thumbsucking

ngurungor Cgu bullrunor] cutthroat

pungdol [pun tot] stump of a tree

rurod [rU bullrod] anger resentment

suliso g [sU bulllisog] bulltemptation

tuwato [tu bullwatoq] dragonfly

yubuyob [yu bullbuyob] sound of the bellows

64

[ll] i n medial syllable tlmbukel [tlmbUraquokel] round sldunget [sIdUraquonet] serious looks gunguna [gUrjgUnaq] reward gain llkudan [llkUdan] to turn ones back to lulunan [lUlUnan]

tamudo klnuna bungunen allpuffpog sumaruno blsukol batulang

the soft part of a childs cranium index finger said j

to wrap up [qa11pUgpog] whirlwind [sUmarUnoq] follow [blsUkol] a kind of mollusk bull[batU la^] a large cage for enclos-

[tamUdoq] [klnUlaquonaq] [bUnUnen]

Ing chicken bayungubong [bayUnuborj] diarrhea

[u] i n f i n a l syllable libut ClibUt] bullprocession agpidut [qagpidUt] to pick up umigup [qUmlgUp] bullibo sip irakus [qlrakUs] to t i e to a tree or post alus [qaaus] second hand (garment) imut [ qlmUt] avaricious stingy inut [qlnUt] laquoa l i t t l e at a time pingud [pinUd] one-eared

65

ipus [bullqipUs] laquotailraquo

agparut [qagparUt] to uproot

sumusup [sUmusUp] to suck to i p u f f at a cigar

gutung [ gutUrj] hidden rocks stonesbull

laud [laqUd] west

aguvus [qaguyUs] bullto doff ones s h i r t

32133 [o]

The Ilokano [o] i s a r t i c u l a t e d with the back of the

tongue raised between the half-open and half-c l o s e positions

with no contact being made between the tongue and the upper

molars I t has medium l i p rounding Its q u a l i t y i s that of

a raised C[0] This speech sound may be described as a h a l f -

open back semi-lax rounded vocoid

In Ilokano the vocoid [o] (1) varies f r e e l y with [u]

except i n loan word forms (2) normally occurs i n stressed

f i n a l s y l l a b l e s and (3) occurs also i n unstressed f i n a l

s y l l a b l e s

[o] i n stressed i n i t i a l s y l l a b l e

copybo l a [bullbolccq] b a l l

copydose [doseq] twelve

copygoma [gomaq] rubber 1

copykola Ckolaq] bullpaste glue

copylola [lolaq] grandmother

copyMoro [moroq] Moor Mohammedan

66

no [noq] i f i n case that copyoras [qoras] 1time hour copyposo [posoq] bullartesian well copyrosas [rosas] bullpink copysolo [soloq] bullalone1

tono [tonoq] tune1

votos [ votos] 1votes 1

yoyo [ yoyyoci] yoyo

[o] i n stressed medial syllable copymabolo [maboloq] a species of fr u i t t copyadobo [qadoboq] pickled pork copyAlfonso [qalfonsoq] a boys name copypagoda [pagodaq] a Chinese edifice copymakopa [makopaq] bulla kind of f r u i t copyDolores [dolores] a g i r l s name copykamote [kamoteq] sweet potato copyanonas [qanonas] custard apple copylaoya [laqoyaq] stew copykapote [kapoteq] raincoat copyparokia [parokyaq] parish copyTesoro [tesoroq] a family name copypastores [pastores] shepherd copychayote [tyayoteq] a kind of vegetable

67-

[ o ] i n s t r e s s e d f i n a l s y l l a b l e sabot [ s a bullbot] kubbb [kUb boq] angdod [qarj laquodod] sumakdo [sUmakdoq] g u l g o l [ g U l g o l ] sago [ s a bullgoq] taho [ t a raquohoq] sukog [sU raquokog] l i t t u k o [ l i t tUkoq] 3kolor [ko bull l o r ] t a l l o [ t a l f l o q ] isakmol [ q l s 3akmoi] ammo [qam moq] manok [ma nok] kasano [kapound sanoq] ngongoy [no bullnol] dungngo [dug laquonoq] sab-ong [sab laquoqog] rag-o [ r a g bull qoq] tumapog [tUmapog] dapo [da Poq] pur ok [pU bullrok] 1 d i r o [ d l roq]

bullcoconut s h e l l bullhumpbacked stench o f f e n s i v e odor bullto draw water shampoo arrowroot ginger a l e mold shape bull r a t t a n f r u i t c o l o r three to put i n the mouth knowledge bullchicken 1

how bullwhimpering bulllove a f f e c t i o n bulldowry bull d e l i g h t bullto jump i n t o the water bullashesbull bullgroup hamlet 1

bullhoney

68

bugsot [bUgsot] agony 1

suso [sUsoq] a k i n d of f r e s h water s n a i l

l l b t o n g [ l l b t o i j ] pond

bato [batoq] stone

paryok [paryok] a la r g e f r y i n g pan

bagyo [baggyoq] storm

[ o ] i n unstressed f i n a l s y l l a b l e tabo [taboq] dipper bado [badoq] dress Rufo [rufoq] a boys name pugo [pugoq] q u a i l

iho [qihoq] son lu k b t [ l u k o t ] r o l l b i l o g [ b i l o g ] a s m a l l boat

damo [damoq] f i r s t time

banor [banor] dried meat a l i n g o [ q a l i n o q ] wild boar

regtipo [tipoq] type copysero [seroq] zero kusot [kusot] sawdust batog [batog] row

copyrelievo [relflyievoq3 r e l i e v e kayo [kayoq] t r e e

69

3122 Vocoid Chains A vocoid chain was defined earlier as a syllabic

consisting of a continually changing blend of one pure vocoid which is the syllabic center plus a semivocoid

38 which is the nonsyllabic offglide

In describing this type of Ilokano speech sound two sub-types are to be distinguished

(1) Fronting vocoid chains those syllables which have as their center one of a large choice of vocoids followed by a close-front off glide Thus the movement from syllabic to offglide is either forward or upward and forward as in [al] in way [wal] bullrattan 1j and

(2) Retracting vocoid chains those with close-back off glides- i e the movement from syllabic to off-glide is either backward or upward and backward e g the [au] i n waw [wall] bullthirst

38 To account for specific details at the phonetic

level of analysis in this study the nonsyllabic offglide Is to be represented by the vocoid characters [ i I u u ] The semivowels w and y w i l l be used to represent the offglides at the phonemic le v e l

Some linguistic analysts indicate the nonsyllabic element by the d i a c r i t i c [bdquo] beneath the vocoid character e g pay [paly t s t l l l But since no two individual voshycoids can occur in sequence without an intervocalic contoid including the glottal stop [q] J no misinterpretation arises i f the nonsyllabic offglide is l e f t unmarked and the vocoid chain is then read off as a digraph or single phonetic entity and not as a dissyllabic form [bullpaqlq]

70

3221 The F r o n t i n g Vocoid Chains

32211 [ i i ]

The [ i i ] c hain of Ilokano begins w i t h the tongue and jaw i n the p o s i t i o n s f o r [ i ] and g l i d e s i n the d i r e c t i o n of [ l ] there being a very s l i g h t c l o s i n g movement of the lower jaw This speech sound occurs very r a r e l y and only i n i t i a l l y as the f i r s t s y l l a b l e of a r e d u p l i c a t i o n thus

i y - i y e g k o [laquoqllqlyegkoq] Im b r i n g i n g i t

I t w i l l be noted that the resonance g l i d e i s induced by the semicontoid [ y ] of the root morpheme [yeg] b r i n g

71

3 2212 [ e i ]

The Ilokano [ e i ] r e s u l t s from a r a p i d movement upward from the half-open tongue humping f o r [ e ] toward the f r o n t v o c o i d [ i ] although the tongue probably never reaches a p o i n t q u i t e as high as i t does f o r [ i ]

T h is v o c o i d c h a i n has a low frequency of occurence Immigrants from I l o c o s Norte s u b s t i t u t e [ e i ] f o r [ a l ] thus

dayta deyta [deitaq] that daytoy deytoy [ d e i t o l ] t h i s mays a meysa [Ulmelsaq] one

I n a d d i t i o n t o the above phonetic contexts [ e i ] occurs only In the f o l l o w i n g word forms

Leyte [ l e i t e q ] name of a province copyReynaldo [reinaldoq] a boys name copyreyna [reinaq] queen tapey [ t a p e i ] r i c e wine

copyBassey [bccssei] name of a town copyGhristo Eey [ k r i s t o r e i ] C h r i s t the K i n g

3 2213 [ a l ]

The resonance s h i f t of [ a l ] proceeds from the Ilokano open-front [ a ] t o the vocoid q u a l i t y of [ i ] The g l i d e i s much more extensive than that of [ e i ] The l i p s change from a n e u t r a l to a l o o s e l y spread p o s i t i o n

This v o c o i d chain g e n e r a l l y occurs i n s t r e s s e d f i n a l s y l l a b l e s

72

[ a l ] in stressed f i n a l syllable nam-ay [namqal] ease comfort labay [ l a b a l ] a mixture of b r o t h and

cooked r i c e biday [ b l d a l ] a v a r i e t y of mint p l a n t lakay [ l a k a l ] old man balay [ b a l a l ] house umay [qUmal] come I s i n a y [ q l s l n a l ] a n a t i v e language i langay [ l a n a l ] romp and f r o l i c Paypay [ p a l p a l ] fan turay [ t U r a l ] r u l e a u t h o r i t y k l s s a y [ k l s s a l ] decrease patay [ p a t a l ] death naruay [ n a r r w a l ] abundant

32214 [ a l ] Por Ilokano [al]raquo the tongue g l i d e begins a t a

c e n t r a l p o s i t i o n j u s t below half-open l e v e l and moves In the d i r e c t i o n of [ i ] Por the i n i t i a l resonance the l i p s are shaped s i m i l a r to that described f o r [ a ] but have a tendency t o spread f o r the second

The d i s t r i b u t i o n a l r e l a t i o n s h i p of [ a l ] w i t h [ a l ] i s s i m i l a r t o tha t between [ a ] and [ a ] i e [ a l ] occurs i n s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e s and [ a l ] elsewhere

73

[ a l ] i n i n i t i a l p o s i t i o n ay-ayam [ q a l qayam] bay-am [b aIqam] dayta [ d t t I t a q ] gayyem [gal yem] kaybaan [kalbaqan] laylaquoasan [ l a l q a s o n ] mays a [malsaq] ngay [ g a i ] naynay [ n a l n a l ] pay-us [ p a l qus] ray-aben [ralqaben] say-open [salqupen] tay-ak [ t a l q a k ] way [wal]

[ a l ] i n medial s y l l a b l e nakaay-ay-ay [nakaqalqal balaybay [ b a l a l f b a l ] agpayso [qagpal soq] narayray [ n a r a l r a l ]

[ a l ] I n f l n a l y s y l l a b l e abay [qabal] k l d a y [ k i d a l ] pagay [raquopagal] Mabuhay [m abuEal]

play game bullleave i t alone that f r i e n d

bull f a i r y of the mound to reduce horse feed one an i n t e r r o g a t i v e adverb fr e q u e n t l y a v a r i e t y of r i c e bullto t e a r garment by p u l l i n g bullto s m e l l meadow

r a t t a n

bullqal] woeful laundry on the c l o t h e s l i n e true b r i g h t burning

besidebull

eyebrows

r i c e (unthreshed)

Long l i v e J

74

yakay Cyakal] bullto drive into a herd 1

P i l a y [ bull p i l a l ] bulllamebull

ramay [ramalj finger

anay [qanal] termite 1

[bigal] bullshare

apay [qapal] why

aray [qaral] row l i n e

wasay [wasal] bullaxe

patay Cpatal] bullstand support

away [qawal] bulloutskirts

3i2215 [ai] The gl i d e of [dl] begins from the c[a] position and

moves i n the d i r e c t i o n of the pos i t i o n associated with

Ilokano [ i ]

The fronting vocoid chain [ amp l ] occurs only i n the

morpheme tapey [tapal] rice wine I t i s pronounced [ e i ]

by some Ilokano speakers hence Ctapei]

32216 [ o l ] The Ilokano [ o l ] features a resonance glide from

the half-open back [o] to the front-vocoid p o s i t i o n f o r [ i ]

The l i p s are open rounded f o r the f i r s t resonancej changing

to neutral f o r the second Just as i t s pure vocoid countershy

part [ o ] i s pronounced as [ti] so i s [ o l ] r e a l i z e d as [ i l l ]

by a few conservative native speakers

75

[ol] has a more restricted phonetic context than

the pure-vocoid [o] i ey l t does not normally occur

in i t ia l ly and medially In reduplications the u-o

sequential pattern operates e g aguy-oy CqqgUIqoll

bullto dangle1 For some speakers however the i n i t i a l

element of the first chain is phonetically realized as

[o] hence [qagolqol] This variation is quite acceptshy

able

[ol] in stressed final syllable

naraboy [narabol] bull fra i l (body)

aglusdoy [qaglUsdol] to droop

tangkoy [tagkol] a gourd-like vegetablebull

agsalloy [qagsal f lol] to exhaust energy

apjonnoy [qagonnol] bullto moan

langoy [lagol] bullswim

pul-oy [pUlqol] breeze

agsuysoy [qagsUT sol] to ravel or fray

kastoy [kastol] bulllike this

)l] in unstressed final syllable

baboy [ babol] bullpig

dalayudoy [dalayudol] bullpulp

guyugoy [gUyugol] enticement

sarakoy [sarakol] to buy in gross without

choosing

tuloy [tulol] continuation

76

uyaoy [qUyaqol] to dangle agsalayusoy [qagsalayusol] s a i d of wind or

water passing through permeable m a t e r i a l s

3 2217 [Ul]

The Ilokano v o c o i d chain[ui] g l i d e s from a tongue p o s i t i o n s i m i l a r t o th a t used f o r [u]t towards the f r o n t p o s i t i o n f o r [i] e x a c t l y opposite i t The l i p s remain s l i g h t l y rounded during the a r t i c u l a t i o n of both elements of the cha i n The Cl] i n t h i s c h a in i s t h e r e f o r e someshywhat abnormal i e i t i s produced w i t h the tongue and l i p s both f r o n t e d

[ui] p a r t i c i p a t e s as the f i r s t chain i n a r e d u p l i shyc a t i o n thus

buyboy [bUIlaquobol] a k i n d of grass nakuykoy [nakUIkol] scraped together n a l u y l o y [ n a l U I l o l ] bull o i l y

panuynuyan [panUInuyan] to condescendto

aguy-oy [qagUIqol] to dangle

puypoy [pUIpol] bullcaudal f i n of a f i s h

agruyroy [ q a g r U I r o l ] bull to wear outbull agsuysoy CqagsUIsol] to r a v e l or f r a y

tuytoy [ t U I tol] a k i n d of cruet f o r hold Ing winde o i l e t c J

77

3 2 2 1 8 [ u l ] The abnormal t o n g u e - l i p c o r r e l a t i o n i n the o f f g l i d e

resonance f o r the Ilokano c h a i n [ u i ] i s s i m i l a r t o that described f o r [ u i ] Of course i n [ u i ] there i s r e l a t i v e tenseness the tongue i s c l o s e r to the p a l a t e and the l i p s are rounded during the onglide and the o f f g l i d e resonances A stronger s t r e s s i s concentrated on the o n g l i d e

An i n s i g n i f i c a n t number of n a t i v e speakers repl a c e [ o l ] or [ U l ] by [ u i ] although t h i s i s l i m i t e d to such word forms as

kasuy

nakapuv l r u y

[naJlkapui] [ q i r u i ] [kccsui] 1cashew

weak a v a r i e t y of r i c e

3 2 2 2 The l e t r a c t i n g Vocoid Chains

78

32221 [iu] She Ilokano [ i u ] i s symmetrically opposed to [ u i ]

The s t r e s s and leng t h a s s o c i a t e d w i t h the g l i d e i s concenshyt r a t e d on the i n i t i a t i n g element [ i ] The tongue and l i p p o s i t i o n s f o r the onglide are t h e r e f o r e those f o r [ i ] but the l i p s move to the p o s i t i o n f o r [ u ] w i t h in-rounding r a t h e r than puckered

[ i u ] normally occurs i n f i n a l s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e s u s u a l l y as the second pomponent of a r e d u p l i c a t i o n thus

klwklw l l w l l w nglwngiw r i w r i w slwsiw

Other contexts which are not r e d u p l i c a t i o n s are the f o l l o w i n g

t l l i w [ t l l i u ] to c a t c h k l s s l w [ k l s s i u ] e pilepsy t l w a t i w [ t l w c t t i u ] pendulum

32222 [ l U ] A s h i f t to a lower vocoid-chain q u a l i t y from the

symmetrically opposed [ u i ] and [ i u ] produces the correspondshyin g opposites [ u i ] and [ i u ]

Por the onglide of the Ilokano vocoid chain [ i u ] the tongue and l i p p o s i t i o n s are those f o r [ i ] The tongue

[ k l U k i u ] t a i l of a f i s h [ l l U l i u ] f i s h i n g t a c k l e [ n l U n i u ] upper l i p [ r l U r i u ] thousands [ s l U s i u ] sauce

79

p o s i t i o n held constant the l i p s move to the position f o r

[ u ] The stress of a r t i c u l a t i o n f a l l s on [ i ] which i s

s l i g h t l y lengthened 1

[ i u ] occurs i n unstressed s y l l a b l e s usually but

not always the f i r s t component of a reduplication

[IU] i n i n i t i a l s y l l a b l e (see also Sec 3 2 2 2 1 )

glwgjwangan [ g l U g l wanctn] bullmaking a gap

[qlUbullqiwaq] s l i c e s 1

[klUklwaren] s t i r r i n g to mix 1

[lIU 11 waq] consolation

[nlUniwen] to squander 1

[nlUniwat] mouthsbull

[pIUplwiren] distortingothe l i p s

[slUsiwan] sauce

lw-lwa

kiwklwaren

liwliwa

nlwnlwen

ngiwnglwat

plwplwlren

siwsiwan

[IU] i n f i n a l s y l l a b l e

palliw

l l l w

danlw

maatiw

[ p a i l i q l U ]

[ bull q i l i u ]

[bulldaniu]

[mai qatiu]

observation

bullhomesickness

l y r i c poem

to be defeated

3 2223 [aU]

A r t i c u l a t i o n of t h i s r e t r a c t i n g vocoid chain

proceeds from the r e l a t i v e l y more stable resonance of [a]

and glides o f f toward the closed p o s i t i o n f o r [ u ] Just

as i n the case of a l l the other vocoid chains the f i r s t

element has considerable l a t i t u d e of a r t i c u l a t i o n

80

[aU3 occurs only in stressed syllables thus pan-aw [panqaU] bullcogon grass narabaw [narabau] bullshallow aldaw [qaldaU] day kalgaw [kal fgaU] dry season pukkaw [pUkraquokaU] shout ullaw [qUllalj] kite agslkmaw [qagslkmalj] bullto take a bait (fish) nanawnaw [nanaUnau] dissolved ngangaw [jjanau] bullpalate

kalapaw [kalapau] hovel puraw [pUraquoraU] white pi saw [pilaquosaU] bullsplash aglataw [qaglatau] to float agsawaww [qagsawau] bullto vent 1

uyaw [qUyaU] bullcriticism s c o f f

32224 [au] The resonance shift of Ilokano [aU] begins at a

central position and moves in the position for [u] Por the ini t i a t i n g resonance the lips and tongue are neutral but the lips are slightly rounded for the offglide [ifj

This lax vocoid chain occurs in unstressed syllables

[aU] i n i n i t i a l syllable

aw-awagan [qaUqawagan] is calling baw-ing [baUqiij] swerve daw-as [daUqas] a brief stopover

81

gawgaw [gaU bullgaU] bullst a r c h kawkaw [kaU bullkau] dip f i n g e r i n water lawlaw [ l a U laU] surroundings nawnawen [ n a u nawen] to d i s s o l v e paw-it [paU bull q i t ] bull p a r c e l raw-akan [ r a U qakanj bullto p u l v e r i z e sawsawan [ s a u sawan] sauce tawwatawwa CtaUwataUwaq] castor o i l p l a n t

aU] i n f i n a l s y l l a b l e 1 igaaw [qlgaqaU] f a i r weather kabaw [laquokabau] f o r g e t f u l pudaw [bullpudaU] l i g h t complexion naagaw [naqagaU] snatched pukaw CpukaU] l o s s ulaw CqulaU] d i z z i n e s s kumaw [kumau] deadly dragon panaw [panaU] departure bangaw EbanaU] bulllarge h o u s e f l y sapaw [sapaU] shade s h e l t e r araraw [qararaUj bulllamentation basisaw [b a slsaU] bladderbull bulalayaw [bUlalayaU] rainbow

82

3 2 3 Contolds Contoids as discussed e a r l i e r are a r t i c u l a t e d

w i t h v a r y i n g degrees of o b s t r u c t i o n of the breath stream -ranging from a complete stop to a s l i g h t narrowing which produces a u d i b l e f r i c t i o n - a t one or more points i n the speech t r a c t as i t passes outward from the lungs I n t h i s s e c t i o n the Ilokano contoids are analyzed i n some d e t a i l according to the place a t which the o b s t r u c t i o n i s made and how i t i s made This Includes v o i c i n g or l a c k of i t

The sequence of p r e s e n t a t i o n i s as f o l l o w s Stops

P l o s i v e s p b t d k g q Continuants

Nasals m n rj L a t e r a l 1 F l a p r F r i c a t i v e s f v s h n Semivocoids w y

3 231 P l o s i v e s A complete p l o s i v e a r t i c u l a t i o n c o n s i s t s of three

stages the onset or implosion stage during which the speech organs i n v o l v e d move c l o s e together to obstruct the outgoing lung a i r the hold or compression stage during which the a i r i s compressed behind the c l o s u r e and the r e l e a s e or e x p l o s i o n during which the organs

83

forming the o b s t r u c t i o n part r a p i d l y a l l o w i n g the compressed 39

a i r t o escape a b r u p t l y I t w i l l be noted that Ilokano p l o s i v e s are never

a s p i r a t e d u n l i k e those of E n g l i s h which are g e n e r a l l y a s p i r a t _ ed i n i n i t i a l p o s i t i o n a t l e a s t i n s t r o n g l y s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e s Furthermore a l l the p l o s i v e s are a r t i c u l a t e d w i t h the s o f t p a l a t e r a i s e d and the n a s a l resonator shut off Other general features of the Ilokano p l o s i v e s are the f o l l o w i n g

(a) There i s no a u d i b l e r e l e a s e preceding other p l o s i v e s e g padto [padtoq] prophesy ubbing [qUbbig] c h i l d r e n

ybO) When fo l l o w e d by a homorganic n a s a l c o n t o i d a p l o s i v e r e l e a s e i s n a s a l e gy pudno [pUdnoq] true i r i k e p mo [qlrlkepmoq] close i t

(c) I n the sequence of a homorganic d e n t a l [ t ] or [ d ] plus [ l ] the r e l e a s e of a i r i s l a t e r a l i e one or both s i d e s of the tongue are lowered t o a l l o w the a i r t o escape Such l a t e r a l r e l e a s e occurs f o r i n s t a n c e i n maikatlo [mal kat tloq] t h i r d pound and âdles [pad dies] p r e d i c t i o n

(d) B i l a b i a l d e n t a l and v e l a r p l o s i v e s are o f t e n p a l a t a l i z e d when fo l l o w e d by the semi-contoid [ y ] e g pyek [pyek] chick tyan [tyan] tummy kyosko [kyoskoq] kiosk blag [byag] l i f e daydlay [ d a l d y a l ] that bagyo [bqggyoql storm

39 A C1 Gimson op_ c l t p 1^5

84

(e) P o s t v o c a l i c Ilokano p l o s i v e s tend t o be gem-minated when fo l l o w e d by the a l v e o l a r sounds [ r l ] i n a s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e as shown I n the f o l l o w i n g examples

[ p l ] suplad [sUp bulllad] bullwooden s h o v e l [ b l ] s u b l a t [sUb bull b l a t ] bull exchangebull

[ p r ] apro [qap bullproq] bull b i l e [ b r ] sobra [sob bullbraq] e x t r a

[ t l ] i t l o g [ q i t bull t l o g ] egg

[ d l ] padles [pad bulldies] bull p r e d i c t i o n [ t r ] k a t r e [ k a t bulltreq] bed

M Pedro [ ped bulldroq] Peter

Ckl] s a k l o t [ s a k bull k l o t ] l a p s

[ g l ] s l g l o t [ s l g bull g l o t ] knot [ k r ] t a k r o t [tcxk bull k r o t ] coward [ g r ] sagrapen [ s a g bullgrapen] negative recompense

3 2311 B i l a b i a l P l o s i v e s [py b] Complete o b s t r u c t i o n of the egressive a i r stream i s

made by the c l o s u r e of the l i p s simultaneously w i t h the r a i s i n g of the velum s h u t t i n g o f f the n a s a l resonator While the a i r i s thus being compressed behind the b i l a b i a l closureV the v o c a l bands are he l d wide apart f o r [ p ] but are made to v i b r a t e during the compression stage f o r [ b ] g i v i n g i t i t s v o i c e d q u a l i t y L a b i a l i z a t i o n i s a s p e c i a l f e a t u r e i n the a r t i c u l a t i o n of [ p ] and [ b ] i e the l i p p o s i t i o n i s conditioned by that of the adjacent vocoid thus

85

there i s a n t i c i p a t o r y l i p spreading f o r [ p ] and rounding f o r [ b ] i n pabo [paboq] turkey

[ p ] and [ b ] i n i n i t i a l p o s i t i o n p i l i d [ bull p i l i d ] bullwheel pekkel [ p e k k e l ] knead p a l a [palaq] shovel

[laquopoloq] polo s h i r t pulo [puloq] ten

b i l i d [ b i l l d ] border or r i m bekkel [ b e k k e l ] bull s t r a n g l e b a l a Cbalaq] bull b u l l e t b o l a [bullbolaq] b a l l bulo [buloq] a v a r i e t y of bamboo

)] and [ b ] i n medial p o s i t i o n sipnget [sip-net] darknessraquo reppet [ r e p p e t ] bundle tapno [tapnoq] bullso t h a t kopa [kopaq] tumbler g o b l e t tupra [tUppraq] bullsputum

a g i b t u r [ q a g l b t u r ] to endure rebbeng [rebbeg] r e s p o n s i b i l i t y r a b nisen [ r a b n i s e n ] to snatch lobo [ loboq] bullballoon tubngar [tubraquonar] bull c o n t r a d i c t i o n 1

[p] and [ b ] i n f i n a l p o s i t i o n s i r l p [ bull s i r l p ] peep peek ulep [qulep] cloud naatap [naqatap] untamed narukop [narUkop] e a s i l y t o r n takup [ t a k o p ] patchwork

s i r i b [ s i r i b ] bullwisdom agdaleb [qagdaleb] bullto f a l l prone i s a r a b [ q l s a r a b ] bullto sear1

ungngob [qUggob] noseless kalub [ k a l u b ] bull l i d

32312 Dental P l o s i v e s [ t 1 d] For the a r t i c u l a t i o n of [ t ] and [ d ] the main

o b s t r u c t i o n to the breath stream i s formed by a^complete c l o s u r e made between the t i p and r i m of the tongue and the f r o n t and s i d e t e e t h During the hold or compression stage the v o c a l bands are open f o r [ t ] but are made to v i b r a t e producing the v o i c i n g f o r [ d ]

J u s t l i k e the case f o r [ p ] and [ b ] the l i p p o s i shyt i o n i s conditioned by tha t of the adjacent sounds e g spread l i p s f o r [ t ] i n l t l [ q l t i q ] the a n t i c i p a t o r y l i p rounding f o r [ t ] i n to [ t o q ] l a t e r and twalya [twallyaq] towel

8

A sudden se p a r a t i o n of the l i n g u a - d e n t a l c l o s u r e allows the a i r stream to escape w i t h f o r c e unless i t has been blocked by a second c l o s u r e and channeled elsewhere i n a n t i c i p a t i o n of the con t o i d f o l l o w i n g i t - i e behind the a l v e o l a r r i d g e as f o r [ k ] i n kudkod [kUdkod] bulls c r a t c h forward of the a l v e o l a r r i d g e as f o r [ p ] In kepkep [kepkep] bullhug or d i v e r t e d through the nose by the lowering of the s o f t p a l a t e as f o r [IJ] i n ngetnget [êtrjet] gnaw

The d e n t a l p l o s i v e s occur i n a l l p o s i t i o n s

[ t ] and [ d ] i n i n i t i a l p o s i t i o n

timek [timek] voice tengnga [tegnaq] bullmiddleraquo t a l l o [ t c t l l o q ] bullthreebull t o l d a [tolraquodaq] bullcanvass shed 1

tuldek [tUIlaquodek] bullpe r i o d 1

d i l a Cdilaq] tongue deppa [deppaq] fathom dalan [bulldaIon] path way Domingo [do bullmirjgoq] bullSunday dulang [dulag] low t a b l e

88

[ t ] and [ d ] i n medial p o s i t i o n b i t l a [ b i t l a q ] speech k e t d i [ k e t d i q ] 1 r a t h e r patneng [ p a t nerj] native denizen by b i r t h votos [votos] votes puto [putoq] r i c e pudding

biddut [ b i d d u t ] bullmistake beddal [bedlaquodal] rude person pad to [padtoq] prophesy boda [bodaq] bullwedding 1

pudno [pUdnoq] true

[ t ] and [ d ] i n f i n a l p o s i t i o n i k i t [ q i k l t ] aunt baket [ b a k e t ] bullold woman i g a t [ qigat] e e l k a r o t [ k a r o t ] a w i l d e d i b l e l i b u t [ l i b U t ] bullprocession

i f i i d [ bull q i g l d ] edge border baked [b aked] brawn igad [qigad] grater rukod [rUlaquokod] measurement1

ngarud [rja rud] therefore

19

32313 V e l a r P l o s i v e s [ k g] A complete o b s t r u c t i o n to the breath stream i s

formed by a c l o s u r e made between the back of the tongue and the s o f t p a l a t e or velum The lung a i r i s compressed behind the v e l a r c l o s u r e during which the v o c a l bands are wide open f o r [ k ] but are s e t i n v i b r a t i o n producing the v o i c i n g f o r [ g ] L a b i a l i z a t i o n f o r [ k ] and [ g ] i s conditioned by that of adjacent sounds i e l there i s a n t i c i p a t o r y l i p rounding f o r the p l o s i v e s before back vocoids and the semi-con t o i d [w] e g kukwa [kukwaq] ones belongings and a n t i c i p a t o r y l i p spreading f o r the p l o s i v e s before f r o n t vocoids e g g i g i r [ g l g l r l apprehension

Advancement or r e t r a c t i o n of the l i n g u a - v e l a r c l o s u r e i s induced by the adjacent vocoids Thus before or a f t e r f r o n t vocoids the [ k g] closu r e s are near p a l a t a l whereas i n the context of back vocoids e s p e c i a l l y [ u ] the contact i s correspondingly r e t r a c t e d The compressed lung a i r i s re l e a s e d w i t h f o r c e upon the sudden s e p a r a t i o n of the l i n g u a -v e l a r c l o s u r e otherwise the r e l e a s e Is n a s a l p a l a t a l or l a t e r a l

Ilokano v e l a r p l o s i v e s occur i n a l l p o s i t i o n s [ k ] and [ g ] i n i n i t i a l p o s i t i o n

k l t a [laquokit aq] look kebba [kebbaq] convulsive r e s p i r a t i o n k a r i t [ k a r l t ] impudence koreo [koreyoq] mail kura [kuraq] c l e r g y

Rita Cgitccqj venom1

gebba [igebbaq] to burn clay

g a r l t [garlt] stripe

Gorlo [gorryoq] a boys nickname

gura [ gurccq] hatred

[k] and [g] In medial position l k l t [ q i k l t ] aunt

sekka [sekkaq] clay

sako [sakoq] sack

tokwa ntokwaq3 bean cake

r u k l t [rUkit3 t i l l the s o i l

i g l d [ q i g l d ] edge

segga [seggaq3 anxiety

sago [sccraquogoq3 arrowroot

toga [ ftogaq3 gown toga

r u g l t [rUgit3 d i r t

[k3 and [g3 i n f i n a l position i r i k [ q l r i k 3 unhusked r i c e

pusek [pUsek3 compactness

slak [syak3 I

batok [laquobatok3 dive

Taruc [tarUk3 a family name

9

a r i g [qarlg] l i k e as i f pus eg [puseg] navel s i a g [syag] swerve

batog [batog] bullrow or f i l e

Tayug [ t a y u g ] bullname of a town

32314 G l o t t a l P l o s i v e I n the a r t i c u l a t i o n of the p l o s i v e [ q ] the breath

stream i s completely obstructed by the c l o s u r e of the v o c a l bands The ho l d or compression stage of i t s a r t i c u l a t i o n c o n s i s t s of s i l e n c e which i s perceived a u d i t o r i l y by the sudden stop of the preceding sound or by the sudden onset of the f o l l o w i n g sound

[ q ] f u n c t i o n s as a s y l l a b l e onset when the i n i t i a l o rthographic symbol of the s y l l a b l e represents a vo c o i d e g aldaw Cqql daU] day rang-ay [ranqall progress and as a s y l l a b l e coda when the f i n a l orthographic symbol represents a v o c o i d e g bado [badoq] dress

Thus i n conventional orthography [ q ] i s not r e p r e shysented although l i n g u i s t i c a l l y i t f u n c t i o n s as e i t h e r of the contoids i n the CVC s y l l a b l e p a t t e r n e g adda [qaddaq] there i s (see a l s o Sec 23)

A s i g n i f i c a n t number of Ilokano speakers s u b s t i t u t e [ q ] f o r [ p t k ] i n s y l l a b l e finalraquo utterance medial p o s i t i o n Examples

slpnget [ s l p r ^ e t ] gt [ s l q n e t ] darkness l u t l o t [ l U t l o t ] gt [ l U q l o t ] laquomirelaquo bukbok [bUkbok] gt [bUqbok] wood borer

92

A few immigrants from I l o c o s Norte s u b s t i t u t e [ q ] f o r [ p t kO i n utterance f i n a l p o s i t i o n Por example

taep [touqep] gt [taqeq] c h a f f met [met] gt [meq] a l s o badok [badok] gt [badoq] my dress

LJ i n I n i t i a l position H o t [ q i l o t ] massage e l l e k [ q e l l e k ] mute w i t h c r y i n g awan [qawan] nothing oras [qoras] time hour ur a t [ q Urat] nerve

[ q ] i n medial p o s i t i o n p a i t [ p a q i t ] b i t t e r n e s s raem [raqem] respect saan [ s a qan] bullno buot [buqot] bullmold mildew sag-ut [sagqut] yarn

[q] i n f i n a l position bagl [ b a g i q ] body bote [boteq] b o t t l e s i k a [ s l k a q ] you s l k o [sikoq] elbow adu [qaduq] many

3232 Nasals [mv n n]

Ilokano n a s a l contoids are a r t i c u l a t e d i n a manner s i m i l a r to the p l o s i v e s except f o r two f e a t u r e s (1) f o r the n a s a l s the velum i s lowered a l l o w i n g the lung a i r t o escape through the nose and (2)) the nasals are always v o i c e d so there i s no voi c e - b r e a t h o p p o s i t i o n

U n l i k e those of E n g l i s h Ilokano n a s a l contoids are always n o n s y l l a b i c

32321 B i l a b i a l Nasal [m] The speech sound [m] r e s u l t s from a complete b i l a b i a l

c l o s u r e as f o r [ p b] and a lowering of the velum which gives the outgoing breath stream a predominantly n a s a l resonance

[m] i n i n i t i a l p o s i t i o n misa [misaq] met [met] mata [mataq] mo [moq] mula [mulaq]

[m] i n medial p o s i t i o n

bullmass (church) a l s o 1

bulleye 1

your bullplant

rimas [ r i mas] bull b r e a d f r u i t kemmeg [kernmeg] pounce raman [raman] t a s t e lomo [lomoq] l o i n lumut [lumUt] bullmoss

Cm] i n f i n a l p o s i t i o n s i i m [silaquoqim] spy 1

i s em [qisem] bullsmilebull uram [qurom] bulloonflagrat i on naluom [nalU fqom] bull r i p e bull danum [danum] bullwater

32322 D e n t a l Nasal [ n ] The Ilokano [ n ] i s r e a l i z e d w i t h a l i n g u a - d e n t a l

o b s t r u c t i o n as f o r [ t d] and a lowered velum The l i p p o s i t i o n i s conditioned by that of the adjacent vocoids e g the l i p s are s l i g h t l y rounded i n no ]noq] i f n e u t r a l i n na [naq] h i s her i t s and spread i n n i [ n i q ] prenominal a r t i c l e (used w i t h proper names) I n Ilokano t h i s c o n t o i d i s normally given a d e n t a l r a t h e r than an a l v e o l a r a r t i c u l a t i o n

[ n ] f r e q u e n t l y a s s i m i l a t e s to the f o l l o w i n g b i l a shyb i a l or v e l a r c o n t o i d thus

penpen [penpen] gt [pempen] stacks banban [baniban] gt [bamban] bamboo

s t r i p s saanman [saqanman] gt [saqamman] bullwhy not kenka [kenkaq] gt [kenkaq] to you gingined [ g l n g l n e d ] ~ [ g l i j g l n e d ] earthshy

quake

96

[ n ] i n i n i t i a l p o s i t i o n n i p a [ nipccq] a species of swamp palm nepnep [nepnep] rainy days nak em [nakem] idea Norma [normaq] a g i r l s name nupay [nupal] although

[ n ] i n medial p o s i t i o n anlniwan [qanlnlwan] shadow

[bennek] a species of e d i b l e clam bennek annad

cono buntog

[qannad] [konoq] [bUntog]

caution bull r i c e m i l l bull s l u g g i s h

[ n ] i n f i n a l p o s i t i o n kupin [kUpln] baen [baqen] uban [quban] duron [dUron] arun [qarun]

bull f o l d sneeze bullwhite h a i r push k i n d l i n g m a t e r i a l

32323 V e l a r Nasal

Por the n a s a l contoid L Jt a complete o r a l c l o s u r e i s formed between the back of the tongue and the s o f t p a l a t e resembling t h a t f o r the p l o s i v e s [ k g ] With the tongue and velum i n t h i s p o s i t i o n the v o i c e d breath stream i s

96

emitted through the n a s a l c a v i t y L i p p o s i t i o n i s d e t e r shymined by that of the preceding or f o l l o w i n g v o c o i d i e spread and withdrawn l i p s as i n nglwat [niwat] mouth 1 s l i g h t l y spread as i n tengngel [ t e g g e l ] hold rounded i n ungngo [qUgnoq] k i s s

I n I lokano the n a s a l c o n t o i d Cg]raquo occurs pre- and p o s t - v o c a l i c i n a l l p o s i t i o n s

[np i n I n i t i a l p o s i t i o n [glpen] [ gem] [gataq] [ noqok] [gUdel]

ngipen ngem ngata ngoak ngudel

[r-j] i n medial p o s i t i o n s i n g i n dengngep

[sigin]

dangaw agngungot dungngo

[degnep] [dagaU] [qaggUtrjot] to gnaw [dUrj-goq] a f f e c t i o n

tooth but perhaps cry of the water b u f f a l o dullness ( k n i f e )

twin hot compressbull bullstinkbug

[ IJ] i n f i n a l p o s i t i o n

gusing s l l e n g nanang alsong gutung

[gUsig] [ s i l e g ] [ nanag] [qalsog] [ gutUn]

h a r e l i p g l i t t e r mother bullmortar hidden rocks

3233 L a t e r a l [ l ] The Ilokano [ l ] an a l v e o l a r l a t e r a l i s a r t i c u l a t e d

w i t h a complete velo-pharyngeal c l o s u r e s h u t t i n g o f f the n a s a l resonator 3 and w i t h a p a r t i a l c l o s u r e between the tongue margins or r i m and the upper t e e t h With the tongue i n t h i s p o s i t i o n the v o i c e d breath stream i s r e l e a s e d esshycaping l a t e r a l l y on bothssides of the l i n g u a - a l v e o l a r conshyt a c t

[ l ] i s s l i g h t l y devolced a f t e r the v o i c e l e s s b i l a b i a l a l v e o l a r and v e l a r p l o s i v e s f o r example

plaka Cplakaq] t u r n t a b l e 1

i t l o g [ q l t t l o g ] egg a k l o [qokkloq] l a d d i e

o

The a c t u a l l p o i n t of contact of the tongue f o r [ l ] i s a n t i c i p a t e d by the p o i n t of a r t i c u l a t i o n of the f o l -

33 lowing c o n t o i d Thus [ l ] i s d e n t a l i z e d i n p a l t a t [ p a l t a t ] c a t f i s h p a l a t a l i z e d i n k a lye [ k q l l y e q l bull s t r e e t v e l a r i z e d In t a l g e d [taged] r e l i a n c e

[ l ] i n i n i t i a l p o s i t i o n l i m a [ l l m a q ] f i v e l e t t e g [ l e t t e g ] b o i l f u r u n c l e lasag [ l a s a g ] f l e s h

33 These v a r i a n t a r t i c u l a t i o n s w i l l not be marked

elsewhere throughout the t h e s i s i n the phonetic n o t a t i o n s

l o l a lunes

98

[ l o l a q ] [lUlaquones]

grandmother bull t a r n i s h

[ l ] i n medial p o s i t i o n k i l l o [ k l l l o q ] bullcrooked belnas [ b e l l nas] r i n s e k a l d i n g [ k a l d l g ] goat soldado [soldadoq] bull s o l d i e r 1

bulsek [bullaquosek] b l i n d

L] i n f i n a l p o s i t i o n k u d i l [ k u d l l ] bull s k i n bukel [bUkel] bullseed a d a l [qadal] learning isakmol [qlsakmol] to mouth a s u l [ q a s u l ] blue

3234 A l v e o l a r F l a p [ r ] The n a s a l resonator i s completely shut o f f by

the velo-pharyngeal c l o s u r e The tongue t i p i s r a i s e d up toward but not touching the a l v e o l a r r i d g e The back margins of the tongue touch the upper molars - t h i s makes a hollow a t the center of the tongue i n t o which the breath stream i s channelled and then emitted through the a l v e o -l l n g u a l c o ntact The Ilokano [ r ] i s u s u a l l y produced w i t h a s i n g l e f l a p i e the tongue t i p taps only once a g a i n s t the a l v e o l a r r i d g e as i n pera [perqql cent I n the case of gemination however the [ r ] i s produced w i t h a

99

l i n g u a l r o l l 1 e a r a p i d succession of f o u r or more taps by the t i p of the tongue on the a l v e o l a r r i d g e The r o l l i n g of the [ r ] i s p e r c e p t i b l e i n perres [ p e r r e s ] lemon j u i c e 1 but not i n pera above Other examples are

k i r r i i t [ k l r r i q l t ] d ried f r u i t g e r r e t [ g e r r e t ] s l i c e k a r r a [ k a r r a q ] spinning awry of tops t o r r e [ torreq] tower gurrood [gUrroqod] thunder

L i p p o s i t i o n f o r [ r ] depends upon that of the a d j a shycent vocoid thus the l i p s are spread f o r the f i r s t [ r ] and then rounded f o r the second i n r i r o [ r i r o q ] confusion

[ r ] i n i n i t i a l p o s i t i o n r i g a t [ r i g a t ] d i f f i c u l t y r e g t a [ r e g t a q ] righteousness r a k i t [ r a k l t ] r a f t r o s a l [ r o s a l ] gardenia rusat [rusat] s t a r t

[ r ] i n medial p o s i t i o n s l r l b [ s i r l b ]

[verdeq]

[koronaq] [ kurajj]

verde korona kurang

wisdom bullgreen 1crown i n s u f f i c i e n t

100

[ r ] i n f i n a l p o s i t i o n bangir [baglr] bullthe other s i d e t a e r [ t a q e r ] elegance agungar [qagugar] to r e v i v e kasaor [kasaqor] east wind k u r i k u r [ k U r i k U r ] e a r p i c k

3amp35 F r i c a t i v e s [ f v s h h] F r i c a t i v e c o n t o i d a r t i c u l a t i o n s i n v o l v e a p a r t i a l

o b s t r u c t i o n made by two speech organs brought s u f f i c i e n t l y c l o s e together f o r the outgoing breath stream to produce a u d i b l e f r i c t i o n The f r i c t i o n may be v o i c e d or breathed The velum i s r a i s e d and the n a s a l resonator shut o f f

32351 Labio-Dental F r i c a t i v e s [ f v ] A p a r t i a l o b s t r u c t i o n to the a i r stream i s formed

between the i n n e r surface of the lower l i p and the edge of the upper teeth The f r i c t i o n i s v o i c e l e s s or breathed f o r [ f ] and i s v o i c e d f o r [ v ] The a c t u a l p o i n t of l a b i o shyd e n t a l contact v a r i e s according to the p o i n t of a r t i c u l a shyt i o n of the adjacent v o c o i d s Thus the contact on the lower l i p tends t o be more f r o n t e d i n veses [veses] times than i n voses [voses] voice

[ f ] and [ v ] occur only i n loan words i n i n i t i a l and medial p o s i t i o n s never s y l l a b l e f i n a l or word f i n a l

101

[f] and [v] i n i n i t i a l p o s i t i o n

fi n o [raquofinoq] fineraquo

f e r i a [ferryaq] holiday f a i r

f a lda [faldaq] raquoskirtraquo

forma [formaqj bullform shape

fundo [raquofundoq] bullfirnd

v i s l t a [ v l s l t a q j v i s i t o r

verde [verdeq] green

vapor [varaquopor] bullboat ship

votante [votanteq] bullvoter

f] and [ v ] In medial position

T e o f l l a [ t y o f l l a q ] a g i r l s name

Kafe [kafeq] bullcoffee

Josefa [hosefaaq] a g i r l s name

Rufo [rufoq] bulla boys name

s e r v i s i o [servisyoq] service

S everino [severinoq] a boys name

lavandera [lavanbullderaq] bulllaundry woman

Navotas [navotas] name of a town

32352 Dental F r i c a t i v e [ s ]

For the Ilokano [ s j the upper and the lower teeth

are i n near occlusion The side margins of the tongue touch

the upper side teeth This forms a narrow groove i n the

center of the tongue into which the breath stream i s chan-

102

neled and forced through the dental point of near occlusion

producing a his s i n g f r i c a t i v e sound L i p pos i t i o n f o r [ s ]

depends upon that of the adjacent vocoid e g the l i p s

are rounded f o r the f i r s t [ s ] and then spread f o r the second

i n susIk [suslk] dispute 1 [ s ] i s the only Ilokano f r i c a

t i v e contoid without a voiced counterpart

[ s ] i n i n i t i a l p o s i t ion

s l i t

s e l l a g

sao

Soledad

[ s l q i t ]

[ s e i l a g ]

[sccqoq]

[soledad]

[sUkaq] Suka

[ s ] i n medial position

thorn

moonlight

word utterance

raquoa g i r l s name

bullvinegar

r i s s i k [rlsraquosik] bullspark

kessen [kes sen] shrinkage

kasla [kasaq] bull l i k e same as

kosina [koslnctq] raquokitchenlaquo

kuspag [kUspag] bullarrogance

5] In f i n a l p o s i t i o n

arbis [qarfels] bullshower1

anges [ qarjes] bullbreath 1

agas [ qagas] bullmedicine

bulos [bulos] bullastray 1

dalus [daraquolus] bullcleanliness

103

32353 G l o t t a l F r i c a t i v e s [ h i - h] Ilokano has bothhthe v o i c e l e s s [ h ] and the voi c e d [ f i ]

g l o t t a l f r i c a t i v e contoids 1 [ h ] occurs only i n s y l l a b l e i n i t i a l p r e v o c a l i c p o s i t i o n I t i s produced by the passhysage of a strong v o i c e l e s s breath stream through the open g l o t t i s - the opening between the v o c a l bands A c t u a l l y the f r i c t i o n i s produced i n the o r a l c a v i t y r a t h e r than a t the g l o t t i s - and i s a s s o c i a t e d w i t h the a r t i c u l a t i o n of the f o l l o w i n g v o c o i d This s i t u a t i o n makes f o r the d i f f e r shyent patterns of resonance f o r [ h ] i n [ h i ] [ h e ] [ h a ] [ h o ] and [hu]

Since a l l vocoids are v o i c e d the v o i c e l e s s [ h ] becomes v o i c e d [ n ] i n i n t e r v o c a l i c p o s i t i o n because i t partakes of the voi c e d q u a l i t y of the adjacent vocoids The p r o n u n c i a t i o n of [ f i ] t h e r e f o r e seems to be accompanied by v o c a l band v i b r a t i o n 1

[ h ] i n I n i t i a l p o s i t i o n h l s t o r l a [hisbullraquotorryaq] h i s t o r y

[bullhefeq] c h i e f [haranaq] serenade [horheq] a boys name [hUstoqc] r i g h t

hefe harana Jorge husto

104

[n] i n medial position

a h l t [raquoqanlt]

kahel [ k a i n e l ]

kaha [bullkahaqj

Bohol [bolaquonol]

bullshave

raquobox

name of a province

green oranges

3236 Semivocoids [w y]

Prom an a r t i c u l a t o r y standpoint the semivocoids [w]

and [ y ] d i f f e r from the c o n s t r i c t i v e contoids i n the degree

of o r a l s t r i c t u r e present In t h i s s e c t i o n however they

are treated as contoids mainly because they function and

d i s t r i b u t e as such - i e as s y l l a b l e margins rather than

s y l l a b l e n u c l e i [w] and [y] i n i t i a t e s y l l a b l e s and p a r t i shy

cipate as the second or t h i r d member of a prevocalic contoid

c l u s t e r

3k^236l Labio-velar Semivocoid [w]

In the a r t i c u l a t i o n of [w] the velum i s raised the

vocal bands vibrate and the tongue assumes the pos i t i o n

f o r [u] and glides r a p i d l y to the position of the following

vocoid L i p position f o r [w] depends upon that of the adjashy

cent vocoid e gy the l i p s are s l i g h t l y rounded i n the

f i r s t [w] and then spread i n the second i n wawek [wa wek]

in s e r t a dagger i n a wound1 [w] i s devoiced a f t e r [ t j and

[ k ] ^ as i n twalya [twallyaq] towel kwlntas [kwintas]

necklace

105

[w] I n i n i t i a l and medial p o s i t i o n s wlnglwlng [ w l n i w l n ] shake head i n d i s s e n t welwel [welwel] s l o t h f u l watlwat [watiwat] long d i s t a n c e

3 2 3 6 2 P a l a t a l Semivocoid [ y ] For the v o i c e d p a l a t a l semlvocoid [ y ] the tongue

assumes the p o s i t i o n f o r [ i ] and g l i d e s immediately to the p o s i t i o n of the f o l l o w i n g v o c o i d [ y ] i s devoiced when i t f o l l o w s the v o i c e l e s s p l o s i v e s [ p t k ] i n a co n t o i d c l u s t e r Before [ y ] [ t d k g n n l ] are p a l a t a l i z e d

[ y ] i n i n i j b l a l and medial p o s i t i o n s

yegyeg [yegyeg] tremble yakayak [yakaycck] sieve yubuyub [yUbuyUb] sound of the bellows

3 2 4 Contoid C l u s t e r s A sequence of two or more contoids without an i n t e r shy

vening v o c o i d or s y l l a b l e d i v i s i o n c o n s t i t u t e s a co n t o i d c l u s t e r I n the indigenous p h o n o l o g i c a l system of Ilokano there were no co n t o i d c l u s t e r s apart from the sequence of i n i t i a l p l o s i v e s [ p t k b d] plus a semlvocoid [w] or [ y ] and the gemination of p l o s i v e s f o l l o w e d by [ l r w y ] [gwj chowjever represents a hole or case v i d e i n the system

106

The f o l l o w i n g examples i l l u s t r a t e the p o i n t puak [laquopwak] caudal f i n tuad [twad] bulla long f i s h net kuak [kwak] mine 1

buaya [bwayaq] c r o c o d i l e dua [raquodwaq] two gu piek [pyek] chick t i a n [ bulltyan] tummy k i a d [kyad] bullwalk w i t h abdomen p r o t r u d i n g blag Cbyag] l i f e d i a y Cdyal] that g i a k [gyak] a k i n d of hornet

a p l a t [ q a p p l a t ] aphid apro [qapproq] b i l e tapuak [tappwak] dive l u p i a s [lUpraquopyas] overflow b i t l a [bitlaquotlaq] bullspeech discourse pastreken [pastreraquoken] bullto l e t i n b i t u e n [bitlaquotwen] s t a r patiem [pattyern] believe i t a k l o [qakkloq] l a d d i e t a k r o t [takraquokrot] coward sikuan [slkkwan] anative s p o o l takiapj [tak^yag] arm

10pound a b l a t [ q c t b laquo b l a t ] bull l a s h

s a b r a k [ s a b b r a k ] bull d i s c o u r t e s y 1

s u b u a l [ s U b b w a l ] bull s h o o t s s u c k e r s bull

g a b i o n [ g a b b y o n ] g r u b h o e

p a d l e s [ p a d d i e s ] bull p r e d i c t i o n

k u d r e p [ k U d raquo d r e p ] d i m n e s s

k a d u a [ k a d d w a q ] c o m p a n i o n p a r t n e r

g i d i a t [ g l d raquo lt f y a t ] d i f f e r e n c e

s i g l o t [ s l g g l o t ] bull k n o t

m a d i g r a [ m a d i g g r a q ] bull t o be s c a r e d

t a g u a b [ t a g g w a b ] l e a n - t o r o o f

b a g v o [ b a g g y o q ] s t o r m

T h u s c o n t o i d c l u s t e r i n g o t h e r t h a n t h e t y p e s i l l u s shy

t r a t e d a b o v e d o e s n o t f i t t h e n a t i v e p h o n e t i c h a b i t s o f

m o s t o l d p e o p l e a n d t h e r e s i s t a n c e t o i t i s s h o w n b y t h e

f o l l o w i n g p h e n o m e n a i n t h e i r p r o n u n c i a t i o n o f l o a n w o r d s

(1) A n i n t r u s i v e v o c o i d b e t w e e n t h e c l u s t e r s

p l a t o [ p l a t o q ] gt [ p a l a t o q ] p l a t e

p r i n s l p e [ p r i n s l p e q ] gt [ p i r i n s l p e q ] p r i n c e

t r a b a h o [ t r a b a h o q ] gt [ t a r a b a h o q ] s o r k

k l a s e [ k l a s e q ] gt [ k a l a s e q ] c l a s s k i n d

b r a s o [ b r a s o q ] gt [ b a r a s o q Q a r m

A n d r e s [ q a n laquo d r e s ] gt [ f l a n d e r e s ] A n d r e w

108

(2) A p r o s t h e t i c vocoid introduced before the s - c l u s t e r s occuring i n i t i a l l y i n E n g l i s h l o a n words

i s p e l l n g [ q l s p e l l n ] s p e l l i n g l s p l k e r [ q l s p i k e r ] speaker istambay [ q l s t o r n b a l ] stand by eskeleton [qeskeleton] skeleton The p r o s t h e t i c vocoid phenomenon may be a t t r i b u t e d

to the i n f l u e n c e of Spanish l o a n words i n the Ilokano l e x i c o n f o r example

estas i o n [qestccsyon] s t a t e i o n e s p e s l a l [qespesyal] s p e c i a l eskoba [qeskobaq] shoe brush

(3) The e l i s i o n of e i t h e r element i n a c o n t o i d c l u s t e r as i n the f o l l o w i n g few cases

r e p o r t [ r e p o t ] report post ( o f f i c e ) [pos] post oompadre [kompareq] ones c h i l d s godfather

The f i r s t and t h i r d phenomena are deviant phonetic r e a l i z a t i o n s t h a t can s a f e l y be Ignored s i n c e they do not f o l l o w thesnormal p a t t e r n which has become f i r m l y e s t a b l i s h shyed And s i n c e Spanish and E n g l i s h loan words are i n common use by a great m a j o r i t y of the n a t i v e speakers of Ilokano many f o r e i g n sounds and sound patterns have become a s s i m i l a t e d i n t o the n a t i v e p h o n o l o g i c a l system I n cases where the a s s i shym i l a t i o n e n t a i l e d gross v i o l a t i o n of the n a t i v e phonetic h a b i t s

1 0 9

bullcopra 1

bullbed bulls e a l i n g wax book

phonetic compromises were o f t e n made such as the gemination of the p l o s i v e s i n i t i a t i n g medial c l u s t e r s i n Spanish loan words e g

kopra [kopraqj gt [koppraq] k a t r e [katreq] gt [ k a t t r e q ] l a k r e [lakreq] gt [lakkreq] l i b r o [ l i b r o q ] gt [ l l b b r o q ] eroplano [qeropianoq]gt[qeroppianoq] a i r p l a n e t a b l a [tablaq] gt [t a b b l a q ] board s l a b r e g l a [bullreglaq] gt [r e g g l a q ] foot r u l e r

Thus there are three c o n t o i d c l u s t e r types permitted i n the sound p a t t e r n of Ilokano They are

40

P r e v o c a l i c I n i t i a l C l u s t e r s (IK)

C 1 C 2 V -P r e v o c a l i c Medial C l u s t e r s (MK)

CVC-^V

or cvc 1 c 1 c 2 (c 3 )v

P o s t v o c a l i c P i n a l C l u s t e r s (FK)

- v e i deg 2

40 Where I M P = I n i t i a l M e d i a l F i n a l r e s p e c t i v e l y K = Contoid C l u s t e r

110

3241 Prevocalic- I n i t i a l Contoid C l u s t e r s I n Ilokano p r e v o c a l i c i n i t i a l c l u s t e r s are l i m i t e d

t o two c o n t o i d s hence the p a t t e r n bull IK CC~V-

41 which i s represented by four phonetic r u l e s -

IK n

IK

IK

IK

gt C

gt C-

gt C

gt C

P k -

b graquo + C 2 [ 1 ] f

Urn 4

P t k

D d S t + C 2 [ r ] f

P t k b d S raquo

m n + C 2 M f v

_s h

P t k

b d m n

[ y ] 1

J + C 2 [ y ] 1 r f v

bull s

Exception The c o n t o i d [ q ] a g l o t t a l s top does not enter i n t o c l u s t e r s of any type

I l l

The f o l l o w i n g examples i l l u s t r a t e the IK r u l e s Tamp1 [ p i ] p l e g l s [ p l e g l s ] f o l d p l a i t

p l a s a [plasaq] plaza square pluma [plumaq] plume w r i t i n g pen

[ k l ] k l i m a [klimccq] climate Clemente [klementeq] a boys name k l a s e [klaseq] c l a s s k i n d k l o r o [kloroq] c h l o r i n e

[ b l ] blangko [blankoq] blank bloke [ b l o i k e q ] block b l u s a [blusaq] blouse

[ g l ] G l l c e r l a [ g l l s e r r y a q ] a g i r l s name Glenda [ glendcxq] a g i r l s name g l a d i o l a [glgddyolno1 g l a d i o l a g l o r i a [glorryaq] glory g l u [gluq] glue

[ f l ] f l e t e [ f l e t e q ] f a r e f l a n [ f l a n ] cus t a r d f l o r e r a [ f l o r e r a q ] flower vase

I K 2 [ p r ] primo [primoq] cousin p r e s i o [presyoq] p r i c e p r a k t i s [prcck t i s ] p r a c t i c e e x e r c i s e pronto [prontoq] ready t r i p a [ t r i p a q ] t r i p e e n t r a i l s t r e s e [treseq] t h i r t e e n

112

[ g r ]

[ f r ]

trahe t r o s o trumpeta [

[ k r ] k r l s l s [ krema [ kraker [ k r o s l n g [ krus [

[ b r ] b r i l i a m t e

Brenda braso brocha bruha

[ d r ] d r i l drama( drowlng [ g r i s [ greko grado groto grupo f r i t o

f reno franko Fronda f r u t a s

bullgown1

bulllog of wood traneq] trosoq]

trUmpetaq] trumpet k r i s l s ] c r i s i s kremaq] k r a k e r ] k r o s l n ] k r u s ]

creambull crac k e r bull c r o s s i n g bullcross

b r l 1 l y a n t e q ] diamond brendaq] a g i r l s name brasoq] brot tyaq] brunaq] d r i l ]

dramaq] drowln] g r i s ] grekoq] gradoq] grotoq] grupoq] f r i t o q ] frenoq] frankoq]

frondaq] f r u t a s ]

bullarm painters brush witch bullstrong c l o t h drama p l a y bulldrawing gray bullGreek bullgrade grottobull bullgroup f r i e d brake c o n t r o l frank a f a m i l y name fruit(s)raquo

113

puede pwedeq] bullcan may1

puak c pwak] bullcaudal f i n t a i l

[ tw] t u a l i a [ t w a l l y a q ] bulltowel

[kw] kuin t a s [ kwintas] bullnecklace

kuetes [ bullkwetes] fi r e w o r k s

k u a r t a [ kwartaq] bullmoney

[bw] buis [ bullbwis] tax

buenas [ bwenas] bullgood l u c k

bua [ bwaq] bullbe t e l (areca) nut

[dw] due to [ bulldwetoq] duetlaquo

dua [ dwaq] two

guantes [ bullgwantes] gloves

guapo [ gwapbq] bullhandsome

[mw] muebles [ mwebbles] f u r n i t u r e bull

muelye [ bullmwellyeq] metal s p r i n g

[nw] nueve [ bullnweveq] nine

nuang [ bullnwan] water b u f f a l o

Cfw] f u e r a [ bullfweraq] bullbesides

f u e r s a [ bullfwersaq] bullforce s t r e n g t h

[vw] vuelo [ vweloq] s w i f t motion

v u e l t a [ raquovweltaq] bull t u r n 1

[sw] s u i t i k [raquoswitlk] cheat

sueldo [ sweldoq] raquosalary1

suako [ swakoq] ciga r p ipe

[hw] hues [ bullEwes] judgebull

Hueves [ nweves] Thursdaybull

Juan [ nwan] bullJohn

114

Cpy] Piek [laquopyek] chick p i a Cpyaq] health P i o L fpyoq] a boys name

Cty] chismis [ t y l s mis] gossip cheke CSyekeq] cheque t i a n Ctyan] bulltummy Choleng Cbulltyolen] a g i r l s nickname

C amp ] k i e t C kyet] bullcrouch k i a d C Icyad] walk w i t h abdomen proferud kiosko [kyoskoq] bullkiosk

Cby] bienes Cbyenes] property biang [byan] care concern

CdV] d i e s Cdyes] dime t e n diaya Cdyayaq] o f f e r Dios [dyos] God

Cmy] mlentras [myentras] bullwhile Mierkoles fmyerko l es l Wednesdavbull

CnV] Nieves [nyeves] a g i r l s name nipg Chyog] coconut ngiaw C|yau] meow

Ciy] l i e v o Clyevoq] carry l i a v e [lyaveq] key

Cry] r i e n d a Cryendaq] reins ( h o r s e ) r i a t C r y a t ] bull s l i t on c l o t h e s 1

riuma C Tyumaq] rheumatism

115

[ f y ] fiambrera [fyam brerctql bulldinner p a i l r - f i a r [ f f y a r ] bull t r u s t

f i e s t a [ laquofyestltxq] bullf e a s t h o l i d a y

[ v y ] Viernes [vyernes] bullFriday vlahe [vyaheq] t r a v e l voyage v i o l i n r [ f v y o l I n ] v i o l i n v iuda [vyudccq] bullwidow

[ s y ] s i e t e [syeteg] s even slam [laquosyam] nine sl u d u t [syudUt] peevishnessbull

3242 P r e v o c a l i c Medial Contoid C l u s t e r s The medial c l u s t e r s r e f e r r e d to are those sequences

of two or three contoids occuring immediately a f t e r the s y l l a b l e boundary () Ilokano has no p o s t v o c a l i c medial c l u s t e r s - i e occuring before a s y l l a b l e boundary -except f o r the lo a n word e k s t r a [raquoqekstrctq] e x t r a 1

Therefore

MK gt -VC( X) 0 ^ 2 ( 0 )V-

C^2j i n d i c a t e s that there i s always a pre-boundary C which may or may not be the f i r s t element of a gemination For example compare

kopra k a t r e

to kompra s a s t r e

-VC-jCC-jCgV-

[koppraq] coconut copra [ k a t t r e q ] bed -VCC^gV-

[kompraq] buy [ s a s t r e q ] t a i l o r

116

C^CgC^ i s a marginal sequence p a t t e r n i s always a semivocoid [w] or Cy]

The r u l e s f o r the Ilokano medial co n t o i d c l u s t e r s (MK) are s i m i l a r to those f o r the i n i t i a l c o n toid c l u s t e r s IK-^ g 3 v There are however a few exceptions and a d d i shyt i o n s thus

MK 1 IK 1 except C- [ f ] but i n c l u d i n g [ t d ]

I K 2

3 IK 3 except C- [ v h]

MK IK but i n c l u d i n g C poundg h]

Three a d d i t i o n a l r u l e s to account f o r i n the

bull^1^2^3 c l u s t e r p a t t e r n are as f o l l o w s

MK 5

MK6 gt Q1 [ p ] + C 2 [ l ] + C 3 [ y ]

MK gt C x [ p ] + C 2 [ r ] + C 3 [w]

Por the MK r u l e s the f o l l o w i n g examples are adduced MK- [ p i ] supplemento [sUppiementoq] supplement

kup l a t [kUpplat] peel o f f

templaen [ternplaqen] to moderate

[ t l ] k a p i t l o [ k a p i t t l o q ] t h i r d degree c o u s i n

[ k l ] b u k l i s [ b U k A l i s ] bullgreedy buklen [bUkklen] bullto form i n t o a whole b i k l a t [ b i k k l a t ] cobra s a k l o t [ s o k k l o t ] bulllaps

[ b l ] s u b l i [ s U b b l i q ] r e t u r n sable [sabbleq] bullsaber c u t l a s s a b l a t [ q a b b l a t ] bull l a s h nablo [nabbloq] maimed

[ d l ] padles [pad dies] p r e d i c t i o n

Csi] paglen [Pagglen] bullto p r o h i b i t reglamento [regglrr men toq] r e g u l a t i o n p i g l a t [ p i g g l a t ] scar s i g l o t [ s l g g l o t ] knot

[ p r ] s a p r i [ s a p p r i q ] r a i n passing through i n t e r s t i c e s

repres entante [reoores en 1 tantea1

bull r e p r e s e n t a t i v e tupra [tUppraq] bullsputum apro [qapproq] b i l e

[ t r ] P a t r i c i o f b r rt t r i s v o a l bull P a t r i c k matrera [mattretaq] shrewd woman kontra [kontraq] i n i m i c a l a g a i n s t maestro [maqestroq] 1 male teacher

[ k r ] konkreto [ k o n k r e t o q l concrete napokray [na-pokkrail f r i a b l e crumbly bukros [bUklaquokros] corpulent obese

[ o r ] A b r i l [ q a b b r i l ] A p r i l sobre [sobbreq] envelope sobra [sobbraq] extra masabrot [masdbbrot] can compensate f o r

[ d r ] padrino [paddrinoq] godfather madre [maddreq] bullnun Alejandro [qalehandrool Alexander

[ g r ] ingreso [qlngresoq] submit d e p o s i t i n g r a t a [ q l n g r a t a q ] i n g r a t e l o g r o [loggroq] p r o f i t

[ f r ] A l f r e d o [ q a l f r e d o q ] A l f r e d

[pw] tapwak [tappwak] dive [tw] b i t u e n [ b i t t w e n ] s t a r

batuag [battwag] t i l t e d seesaw [kw]i akoen [qakkwen] bullto admit g r a c i o u s l y

eskwela [qeskwelaq] school sanikua [sanlkwaq] property

[bw] rubuat [rUblaquobwat] bullpreparation t o leave [dw] kadua [kaddwaq] partner c ompani on [gw] agua [qagwaq] perfume

taguan [taggwan] oar

[mw] ammoen [qammwen] bullto know f i n d out

rumuar [rUmmwar] bullto e x i t

[nw] an-anoen [qanqan fnwen] bullHow

banuar [bannwar] hero [nw] sangoanan [sonnwancin] i n f r o n t o f

dungngoen [dUnnwen] to l o v e [sw] p a s s u i t [ p a s s w i t ] w h i s t l e

assuang [qasraquoswan] witch

bullEpy] apien [qappyen] bullto cut o b l i q u e l y k o pia [raquokopyaq] copy l i m p i o [limpyoq] bullclean neat

[ t y ] koche [kotlaquopoundyeq] car achara [ q a t tfyaraq] bull p i c k l e s ancho [ qantfyoq] 1 w i d t h breadth

O ] pakiaw [pokkyaU] gross purchase Eustaquii D [yUs raquotakyoq] a boys name

[^] ab-ablen [qabqabbyen] to v i l l i f y kamblo [kambyoq] g e a r s h i f t

[ay] daydiay [daldyal] that Hudio [hUddyoq] bullJew

[gy] pagyanan f Paggya 1nan] l o c a t i o n bagyo [baggyoq] storm

[my] amianan [qammyanan] north premio [premmyoq] p r i z e

120

M O baniera [banriyeraq] bullbathtub1

banias [bannyas] 1 iguana1

panio [pannyoq] bullhandkerchief

sangyo [sonnyoq] shrewbull

[ amp ] kalye [kal lyeq] streetbull

al-alya [qalqalbulliyaq] ghostbull

repolyo [re pollyoq] bullcabbage1

parla [parryaq] bitter melon

pariok [parfyok] large frying pan

rosario [rosarryoq] rosary

[^] infierno [qln fyeriinoq] h e l l

conflansa [konfyansaq]confidence t r u s t [ v y ] Noviembre [novyembreq] November

novlo [novyoq] f i a n c e [ s y ] pasear [passyar] s t r o l l

pasion [passyon] passion (Lenten hymns) [hy] r e l i h i o n [ r e I I h v o n ] r e l i g i o n

M K 5 [ P i y ] empleado [qemplyadoq] employee empleo [qempiyoq] bullemployment

Mamp6 [ p r y ] nasaprian [nasappryan] besprinkled [ t r y ] I n d u s t r l a [ q l n d u s t r y a q ] i n d u s t r y [ b r y ] n a b r i a t [hcxB bryat] torn [ d r y ] Adriano [qaddryanoq] a boys name

MK7 [prw] aproan [qapprwan] add b i l e t o

121

3243 P o s t v o c a l i c F i n a l Contoid C l u s t e r s (FK) F i n a l c l u s t e r s are very r e s t r i c t e d i n occurence -

1 e only i n E n g l i s h l o a n words - i n the Ilokano phonoloshyg i c a l system I t w i l l be noted that most of the E n g l i s h l o a n words i n which they occur have been I l o k a n i z e d

The s e q u e n t i a l p a t t e r n f o r f i n a l c o n t o i d c l u s t e r s i n Ilokano i s

FK gt -VC-jCg

which i s p h o n e t i c a l l y r e a l i z e d i n the f o l l o w i n g r u l e s

k

FK-j C n

J r

+ C [ s ]

FK 2 - mdash gt C X [I] + c 2 [ k ]

F K 3 gt C x [ r ] + C t d

FK^ gt C1 [ s ] + C 2 [ t ]

122

The f o l l o w i n g examples i l l u s t r a t e the four EK r u l e s

F K X [ k s ] Felixa- [ f e l l k s ] komiks [komlks] A l e x [qaleks] kyuteks [kyuteks]

Cns3 hangs [bans] [rs] nars [nars]

a boys name comics a boys name n a i l p o l i s h 1

[ n s ] bins (pork and) [bins] beans

a type of h a i r d o

nurse

FK 2 [nk] Frank [frank] Frank

[ r k ] pork ( b a r r e l ) [pork] pork

FK^ [ r t ] Bert [bart] ekspert [ ltfekspart] erport [qerport] report [ r e p o r t ]

[ r d ] kard [kard] blakbord [ b l a k bord[J

a boys nickname expert a i r p o r t report

card blackboard

FK^ [ s t ] post ( O f f i c e ) [post] post

1231

3 23 THE SUPRASEGMENTS IN DETAIL The phonetic a n a l y s i s of Ilokano that has so f a r

been presented deals l a r g e l y w i t h the sounds of speech as i n d i v i d u a l l i n e a r segments and separable u n i t s Since speech i s a dynamic continuum r a t h e r than a s t r i n g of s t a t i c i n d i v i d u a l sounds i t i s important t o take i n t o account the way i n which the d i s c r e t e phones are grouped together i n a c t u a l d i s c o u r s e Thus i n the f o l l o w i n g subsections w i l l be d escribed the u n i f y i n g features of the speech continuum the suprasegmental features of s t r e s s l e n g t h juncture and p i t c h and i n t o n a t i o n These extend over s t r e t c h e s of many l i n e a r segments hence some l i n g u i s t s c a l l them p l u r i s e g -mental f e a t u r e s

Suprasegmental features i n Ilokano are r e s t r i c t e d to the phenomena of s t r e s s l e n g t h and p i t c h and i n t o n a t i o n -juncture t y i n g i n very c l o s e l y w i t h p i t c h and i n t o n a t i o n Along w i t h t h e i r u n i f y i n g i n f l u e n c e a l l three features w i l l be considered i n terms of the degree of prominence each gives to a s y l l a b l e i n comparison w i t h other s y l l a b l e s i n the l i n e a r sequence

331 S t r e s s and Rhythm S t r e s s r e f e r s t o the r e l a t i v e l y great breath e f f o r t and

the loudness w i t h which a sound or s y l l a b l e i s a r t i c u l a t e d I t i s a f e a t u r e of accent or prominence Ilokano s y l l a b l e s are e i t h e r s t r o n g l y s t r e s s e d () or weakly s t r e s s e d (unmarked)

i2gt

Thus i n the p o l y s y l l a b i c word f o r example agllllnnemangan [ q q g l l linnemme nan] play hide and seek

the t h i r d and l a s t s y l l a b l e s are gi v e n prominence by the strong s t r e s s the others subordinated by weak s t r e s s

Subsequent examples w i l l show that the s t r e s s p a t t e r n of Ilokano i s f i x e d I n the sense that the strong s t r e s s always f a l l s on a p a r t i c u l a r s y l l a b l e of any gi v e n word^ Thus the strong s t r e s s f a l l s r e g u l a r l y

(1) on the f i r s t s y l l a b l e i n the d i s s y l l a b i c forms tudo [tudoq] r a i n s l p i t [ s i p i t ] tongs bayad [ bull ba yqd] payment

(2) on the meamplsgl s y l l a b l e i n the p o l y s y l l a b i c forms kawayan [kawayan] bamboo n a l a b a s l t [nalcc b a s l t ] red b u l l a l a y a w fbUIlqlayqU] rainbow

(3) on the l a s t s y l l a b l e i n the d i s s y l l a b i c and p o l y s y l l a b i c forms

adu [qqduq] many a l u t e n [qalUten] f i r e b r a n d k u l a l a n t l [kUlalanlaquotiq] f i r e f l y

But the s t r e s s i s f r e e and dynamic i n the sense that i t i s not t i e d to any p a r t i c u l a r s y l l a b l e I n the process of morshyp h o l o g i c a l expansion using a f f i x e s

I lokano as pointed out e a r l i e r i s a g g l u t i n a t i v e i e i t makes grammatical use of many a f f i x e s Thus the

125

a n a l y s i s of i t s s t r e s s patterns s t a r t s w i t h the base or root morphemes and proceeds to the word forms w i t h bound morphemes the a f f i x e s p r e f i x i n f i x and s u f f i x Delvshyi n g i n t o morphological d e t a i l s such as d e f i n i n g the types of the bound morphemes i s beyond the scope of t h i s a n a l y s i s I t merely aims to demonstrate the s t r e s s dynamics of Ilokano a t the morpheme l e v e l thus

S t r e s s P a t t e r n xx

oxx xxo

oxxo

oxoxo

oo xo xo

ooxoxo

ooxoxoo

xx o xx

42

b i l a n g a g bllang b i l a n g e n i b i l a n g a n

agblnnllangan

a g b i b i n n l l a n g a n

maklbinnilangan

bullcountbull bullto count ( v i ) bullto count ( v t )

Example [ b i l a n ] [ q a g bull b i l a n ] [ b l l a n e n ] [ q l b l l a n a n ] to count

f o r someone [qagblnnllanan] bullto count f o r each other [ q a g b l b i n n l l a n a n ] to count f o r one another [maklbinnllanan]

to j o i n In the mutual counting makiblnnilanganen [maklbinnilananen]

to j o i n i n the mutual counting now pudot [pudot] heat napudot [napudot] hot

42 Where x=

o = t

s y l l a b l e of the base morpheme s y l l a b l e of the bound morpheme or a f f i x s t r e s s mark before the s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e

OQXK napudpudot [napUdpudot] h o t t e r

oooxx nakapudpudot [nakapUdpudot] very h o t

oxxo kapudutan [kapUdutan] h o t t e s t

ooxxo kapudpudutan [kapUdpUdutan] w h i l e s t i l l h o t

ooxoxo maki p l n n u d u t a n [ m a k l p i n n U d u t a n ]

i d i o m - t o f a n t h e embers

xxx p a l i l w [ p a l i q l U ] o b s e r v a t i o n

oxxx a g p a l l l w [ q a g p a l i q l U ] to o b s e r v e ( v i )

ooxxx a g p a l p a l i i w [qagpalpa11qlU] i s o b s e r v i n g

xxxo p a l l l w e n [ p a H q i w e n ] to observe ( v t )

oxoxxo a g p l n n a l l l w e n [ q a g p i n n a l i q l w e n ]

to o b s e r v e each o t h e r now

ooxxxo p a g p a l p a l l l w a n [ p a g p a l p a I I q i w a n ]

time a l l o t e d t o o b s e r v a t i o n

ooxoxx a g p l p i n n a l l i w [ q a g p i p i n n a 1 1 q l U ]

to observe one a n o t h e r

oooxooxx m a k l p a g p i n p i n n a l i i w [ m a k l p a g p i n p i n n a l i q l U ]

u n c a l l e d f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a n o b s e r v a t i o n

xx a y a t [ q a y a t ] l o v e

oxx naayat [ n a q a y a t ] l o v i n g

xxlaquoo a y a t e n [ q a y a t e n ] to l o v e

oooxx nakaay-ayat [ n a k a q a l q a y a t ] l o v e l y

ooxx panagayat [ p a n a g a y a t ] way of l o v i n g

oxxo pagayatan [ p a g a y a t a n ] l i k i n g d e s i r e

oooooxx m a k i l n n a y a n - a y a t [ m a k l qinna 32aaqa y a t ]

to be i n l o v e w i t h

12

xx lemmeng oxx ilemmeng

oxxo llemmengan obullxox 1o aglinnemmengan

oxooxo aglilinnemmengan

[lemmen] i n h i d i n g [qllemmen] to h i d e [qllemmenan] to hide from [qaglinnemmenan] to hide from each other [ q c c g l l linnemme nan] to play hide-and-seek

ooxooxoo makilinlinnemmenganen [makllinlinnemmenanen] i s now p a r t i c i p a t i n g i n the game of hide-and-seek

The phonetic s t r e s s patterns of Ilokano may be summarized 43

as f o l l o w s

S t r e s s P a t t e r n Example Word Forms w i t h One Strong S t r e s s

(a) U l t i m a t e xx

xxx xxxx

(b) Penultimate

sandi balinsuek b a t l k u l e n g

xx xxx

xxxx xxxxx

sagad apigod talimudaw a l u m p l p i n i g

[sandiq] s u b s t i t u t e [ballnswek] upside down [ b a t l k U l e n ] g i z z a r d

[sagad] broom [qapigod] left-handed [tallmudaU] v e r t i g o [qalUmplpinig] wasp

i+3 D i s r e g a r d i n g the morpheme type - base or a f f i x -

to which the s y l l a b l e s belong S t r e s s i s the p e r t i n e n t aspect i n q u e s t i o n Each x represents a s y l l a b l e

128

(c) Antepenultimate xxxx karlssabong [karissabon]

young f r u i t 1

xxx1xxx agparintumengen [qagparlntumenen] bullto kneel kown now9

44 Word Forms with Two Stresses

(a) Pre-ultimate xxxxx nakaay-ayat xxxxx agllnnemmengan xxxxxx agllnllnnemmengan xxxxxxx makiinnayan-ayat

(b) Pre-penultimate x xx xx agblnnilangan xxxxxx maklblnnllangan x lxxx xx pagpalpaliiwan

xxxxxxxx makipagplnplnnalliw xxxxxxxx maklllnlinnemmenganen

(c) Pre-antepenultimate x^xxxx agplnnalllwen xxxxxxx makiblnbinnllanganen Rhythm results from the occurrence and recurrence of

strongly stressed and weakly stressed syllables in utterances

44 For the phonetic transcriptions and glosses refer

to pages 124 through 126

129

longer than the word In Ilokano- the syllable stress found at the word level generally retains its isolate-word identity in connected speech Por example

Palliwen no saan a napudot t i aglilinnemmengan [pallqiwen no saqan qa napudot t i qaglllin nemmenanj Observe i t i t is not too hot to play hide-and-seek

332 Length The suprasegmental feature of length [] is associshy

ated with the duration of articulation of sounds or syllables This duration or length of sounds is also called their quan-tity

In Ilokano length is a feature of prominence which is a complex of stress and length itself - at least in an open syllable occurring in i t i a l l y and medially Thus the fi r s t syllable is longer and therefore more prominent in plto [pitoq] pipette1 than i t is in pito [pltoq] seven

A syllable in final position however is always short whether or not i t is strongly stressed It takes as much time to pronounce [toq] as i t does [toq] in the examples above Other examples illustrate the point further

Compare bagl [raquobaglq] share and bagl [bagiq] body basa Cbasaq] read and basa [basaq] wet

139

Contoid l e n g t h Is r e a l i z e d as gemination The onset i n the a r t i c u l a t i o n of the f i r s t c o n t o i d of a geminate i s fol l o w e d by a ho l d or tenue and then w i t h a renewed momenshytum across the s y l l a b l e boundary the second contoid i s r e a l i z e d as the r e l e a s e or coda blending as i t were w i t h the next speech sound Por example

t u k k o l [ t U k o l ] gt [ t U k k o l ] break snap labba [ l a b a q ] ^ [labbaq] large basket serrek [ s e r e k ] y [ s e r r e k ] entrance S y l l a b l e - f i n a l contoids are long when fol l o w e d by

a g l o t t a l stop [ q ] thus n a l a p - i t [ n a l a p q l t ] bull p l i a b l e t

ud-od [qUdilaquoqod] bargain t

nasanHlt [nasamqlt] bullsweet b i n - i g [binqlg] purely e x c l u s i v e l y sang-aw [sonraquoqaU] breath b a l - e t [ b a l q e t ] between i

a g k i r - i n [ q a g k l r q i n ] to move s l i g h t l y pes-akan [pesqakan] to soak yarn or c l o t h

Vocoids are g e n e r a l l y lengthened at the end of quesshyt i o n s or statements This phenomenon of vocoid lengthening i s Induced by the suprasegmental fe a t u r e of i n t o n a t i o n However i t can be a f u n c t i o n of the i n d i v i d u a l speakers unique speech h a b i t s or i d i o l e c t and may thus be taken as an idiophone

333 Juncture P i t c h and I n t o n a t i o n

3331 Juncture From a phonetic point of view speech i s seldom d i v i d e d

i n t o words I n o v e r l y c a r e f u l speech Mapan ka i d i a y Go (you) t h e r e 1 i s u t t e r e d i n i t s i s o l a t e - w o r d forms [mccpan ka q l d y a l j ] when s a i d i n a n a t u r a l manner however i t i s r e a l i z e d as [mabullpankaldyal] The phenomenon of blending due t o a s s i m i l a t i o n [uk] and e l i s i o n [ k a q l ] gt [ k a l ] i s obvious P h o n e t i c a l l y t h e r e f o r e the sounds i n the whole utterance f o l l o w each other without i n t e r r u p t i o n there i s nothing whatever of an a r t i c u l a t o r y or a c o u s t i c nature which corresponds p r i n t w l s e to the white space between words Again t h i s demonstrates the concept of speech as a continuum and of w r i t i n g as an i n a c c u r a t e m a n i f e s t a t i o n of speech

The way i n which s y l l a b l e s blend together i n contextshyu a l speech i s here r e f e r r e d to as juncture As a demarcating de v i c e i n Ilokano t h a t i s t h i s suprasegmental f e a t u r e i s observed a t the end of a c e r t a i n span of s y l l a b l e s i t s u n i shyf y i n g i n f l u e n c e being coterminous w i t h i n t o n a t i o n I n f a c t grammatical c o n s i d e r a t i o n s along w i t h p i t c h and i n t o n a t i o n are brought to bear upon juncture placement i n Ilokano

The Ilokano d i a l e c t i n question has only two juncture phones or junctones a non-terminal junctone [J] which i s aqbr i e f pampuse roughly equivalent t o that represented by a comma i n conventional orthography and a t e r m i n a l junctone

132

[||]raquo which represents a longer pause marking the end of a sentence The d i a l e c t does not have the i n t e r n a l plus junc-tone [+] c h a r a c t e r i s t i c of E n g l i s h which i s p e r c e p t i b l e and d i s t i n c t i v e i n such p a i r s as

[ bull n a l + t r e l t ] n i t r a t e and [naltH-relt] night r a t e [a+nelm] a name and [ a n e l m ] an aim

3332 P i t c h and I n t o n a t i o n P i t c h as an a c o u s t i c parameter of speech has been

determined by a c o u s t i c phonetics as the number or frequency of sound waves per second Low-pitched sounds have r e l a t i v e shyl y low frequency and a perceived r i s e i n p i t c h i s a c o r r e l a t e of the i n crease i n the number of sound waves per second

Some l i n g u i s t s describe p i t c h i n terms of l e v e l s c a l l e d p i t c h l e v e l s (PL) These may be i n d i c a t e d by numbers i n both phonetic and phonemic t r a n s c r i p t i o n s thus

P i t c h L e v e l Symbol Very High 4

High 3

Normal 2

Low 1

P i t c h l e v e l k i s c h a r a c t e r i z e d by emphatic and emotional speech Only the n a t u r a l speech i n Ilokano which makes use of the p i t c h phones [PL-^ 2 3] w i l l be considered i n the present d i s c u s s i o n

P i t c h v a r i a t i o n s g i v e a s y l l a b l e prominence more e f f e c -

133

t i v e l y than s t r e s s does Thus the s y l l a b l e [ p i n ] i n napintas [ n a p i n t a s ] 1 b e a u t i f u l 1 when s a i d on a monotone even w i t h exaggerated s t r e s s [ x x x ] i s not as prominent as when the s t r e s s i s a s s o c i a t e d w i t h p i t c h change e g 1 2 1

[napintas] However p i t c h prominence a t the morpheme l e v e l may be l o s t i n connected speech while s t r e s s i s more s t a b l e and the l a t t e r i s always on a s y l l a b l e w i t h a potenshyt i a l change of p i t c h

P i t c h v a r i a t i o n s during speech - a combination of two or more of the p i t c h phones - c o n s t i t u t e what i s c a l l e d a t e r m i n a l contour or i n t o n a t i o n I n t o n a t i o n may be i n d i shycated by the symbol [if ] [ ^ ] or [ J ] depending upon whether the p i t c h r i s e s f a l l s o f f or remains l e v e l and by the c i r c u m f l e x [^] or [gt^] f o r s u b t l e p i t c h changes r i s i n g - f a l l shyi n g or f a l l i n g - r i s i n g

Since juncture t i e s i n very c l o s e l y and i s coterminous w i t h i n t o n a t i o n both suprasegmentals share the same symbols thus

Symbol Juncture laquobdquo n bdquo bdquo I n t o n a t i o n

Short pause

Long pause

[ | fj Sustained or l e v e l ] F a l l i n g

R i s i n g 1 R i s i n g - f a i l i n g

sect 1 F a l l i n g - r i s i n g

134

The same example as the one g i v e n e a r l i e r - expanded or reduced - may be used to i l l u s t r a t e the combined supra-

45 segmental features of juncture p i t c h and i n t o n a t i o n

2 ]_ (a) Mapan ka i d i a y [ma pankql dyal^] Go th e r e

(b) Mapan ka [mapankaq^] You go

2 (c) Mapan ka [mapankaqI] You go

2 (d) I d i a y [ q l d y a l l ] To

(e) Mapan ka i d i a y [mapankaldyalj] You go t o

1 3 ( f ) I d i a y [ q l d y a l ^ ] Where

2 1 (g) I d i a y [ q l d y a l l ] There

2 3 2 (h) I d i a y [ q l d y a l J ] (Did you say) There

2 1 3 ( i ) Mapan ka i d i a y r m q p a n k q l d y a l T 1 You are going there

or You are going where k a d i ^46 _9 - 3 ngatg

( j ) Mapan ka V i d i a y [mqpankqkqdl ql d y a l ^ P ] bullngata j raquo

Are you going therelaquo x r 2 3 1 An (k) Mapan ka i d i a y [_ma pankql dyal T) Are you going there

45 Each p i t c h phone i s to be read as extending up t o

the next p i t c h phone e g the p i t c h phone [ 2 ] i n example (a) extends from [mq] to [ k q l ] the p i t c h s h i f t s to [ 1 ] In [ d y a l ]

46 The s t r u c t u r e words k a d i and ngata [nqtaq] perhaps

s i g n a l a question man [man] a request

135

x r 2 1 () Ma pan ka i d i a y saan kadi [mapankaldyal|

2 3 - ^7 sa qanka diqT] Youre going there arent you

(m) Napan ka saan [napankaq | saqanf] You went d i d n t you

2 1 2 3 (n) I d i a y d i kadi [ q l d y a l [ dlkadiqT]There i s n t i t

or 2 1 k 2 1

(o) I d i a y d l kadi [ q l d y a l l d l k a d i q l l T h e r e i s n t i t

(p) Mapan ka man i d i a y [m apankamanqldyal^] Could you please go there

(q) Mapan ka i d i a y eskwela mi wen

_2 3 l 3 2 bdquo 2 3 [mapankaldyal qeskwelami J weny or [wen raquo T ]

bullGo to our s c h o o l w i l l you

(ri) Wen mapan kami amin [ wen ma pankaml qamlnp Yes w e l l a l l go

47 Tag questions i n Ilokano d i s r e g a r d agreement i n

person number gender and tense Thus any of the utterances a t the l e f t (below) can mean any of those at the r i g h t

Saan kadi (Is i t (he she) Di kadi I - J I s n t i t (he she) Saan ( 1 Are (arent) you (they)

J J)o (Did) you (they )

9 W i l l (Could) you

136

(s) n l Juan n i R o s a r l o n i Ramon ken s i a k

1 2 1 2 1 2 2 1 [ n l h w a n l n i ro sar ryoq | nlramon kensyakj] bullJohn R o s a r l o Ramon and I

(t) Maysa dwa t a l l o uppat

nl 2 i 1 2 i 1 2 i 2 1 I [ m a l 1 saq J bull dwaq j t a l 1 l o q I qUp pat IJ

One two thr e e f o u r

The combined suprasegmental features of p i t c h i n t o n shya t i o n and juncture (PIJ) may be summed up i n the f o l l o w i n g p a t t e r n s

Communication P I J P a t t e r n Examples S i t u a t i o n

Statement of f a c t C21J ] ( a) (s) () Command C21^] (a)

Request [323^] (p) H e s i t a t i o n u n c e r t a i n t y

or i n t e r r u p t e d speech [2 | ] (c) (d) (d) S e r i e s

or f (s) ( t ) [ 2 l | l 2 f ]

Yes-No questions [232Al or V (h) ( i ) ( j ) (k)

[213^] Echo questions [ 23^] ( f ) ( i ) Tag questions [2l|23^1

or ] (1) (m) (n) (o) (q) [2l|324]

Chapter 4

PHONEMIC ANALYSIS

The phonetic analysis in the preceding chapter has

specified the total range of speech sounds or phones -

largely the idiophones of the writer - in the cultivated

Ilokano dialect of Bayombong Nueva Vlzcaya A brief

inventory of the phones reveals 9 vocoids 19 contoids

12 vocoid chains 89 contoid c l u s t e r s2 strones 2 junc-

tones 4 pitch phones or tones and 5 terminal contours

not to mention the potential modifications of segments in

context such for instance as those of [ l ] which may be

labialized [ l w ] as in luag [ laquo l w w a g ] raquofroth

dentalized [ l ] as in paltat [pql tatl catfish

palatalized [if] as in liad [ raquolfyad] t ] _ e a n backward

velarized [] as in pllko [pikoq] bend

No attempt has however been made to account for

such extralingulstic factors as rate of speaking physical

and psychological state and the l ike which may be brought

to bear upon the actual or potential phonetic differences

and variability of the speech sounds To delve into such

phonetic minutiae would yield data too unwieldy to be treatshy

ed by the present attempt at a scientific description of the

sound pattern of Ilokano

^bullQ- Rationale for Phonemlzatlon Most l i n g u i s t s c o n c u r i n t h e b e l i e f t h a t i t i s

h i g h l y u n l i k e l y t h a t one e v e r makes e x a c t l y t h e same

group o f speech movements t w i c e i n a l i f e t i m e and i f one 48

does i t i s t o be a t t r i b u t e d t o chance r a t h e r t h a n t o law

M o r e o v e r j no p h o n e t i c t r a n s c r i p t i o n i s adequate enough t o

a c c o u n t f o r a l l t h e f l u c t u a n t speech sounds i n t h e r e p e r shy

t o i r e o f even one i n d i v i d u a l s p e a k e r

The p h o n e t i c a n a l y s i s can answer o n l y t h e q u e s t i o n

o f how speech sounds a r e r e a l i z e d 1 b u t i t does n o t g i v e

a n a c c o u n t o f w h i c h o r how many o f s u c h speech sounds a r e

l i n g u i s t i c a l l y r e l e v a n t i n communication T h i s l i m i t a t i o n

t o g e t h e r w i t h t h e i n f i n i t e v a r i a b i l i t y o f t h e phones i n

a d i a l e c t o r more s p e c i f i c a l l y an i d i o l e c t emphasizes

t h e r e f o r e t h e i m p o r t a n c e o f a s t u d y o f o n l y t h e r e l e v a n t

and c o n s t a n t speech u n i t s T h i s i s t h e f u n c t i o n o f Phoneshy

mlzatlon w h i c h a c c o r d i n g t o Malmberg i m p l i e s t h e r e d u c shy

t i o n o f a n u n l i m i t e d number o f v a r i a n t s [ t h e phones] t o a

l i m i t e d number o f i n v a r i a n t s [ t h e phonemes] The s m a l l e r

t h e number t h e s i m p l e r t h e d e s c r i p t i o n and i t i s u n d e n i a b l e

t h a t i n any science 1 a d e s c r i p t i o n w h i c h needs a s m a l l e r

amount o f d a t a i s s u p e r i o r t o one w h i c h supposes a l a r g e r

number supposed t h a t t h e d e s c r i p t i o n i s e q u a l l y e x h a u s t shy

i v e A d e s c r i p t i o n w h i c h c h a r a c t e r i z e s a l i n g u i s t i c

48 W i l l i a m F r a n c i s Mackey1 Language Teaching A n a l y s i s

London Longmans Green amp Co1 L t d 1 9 6 51 Plaquo 48

139

system by means of 40 phonemes i s consequently i n p r i n -49

c i p l e j s u p e r i o r to one which uses 100 or 150

42 Determining the Set of Phonemes I t i s the task of t h i s s e c t i o n to answer the f o l l o w shy

i n g questions (1) what i s l i n g u i s t i c a l l y d i s t i n c t i v e and relevant and what i s not among the speech sounds set up on the b a s i s of a r t i c u l a t o r y phonetics and (2) how are these d i s t i n c t i v e and re l e v a n t u n i t s to be s p e c i f i e d

421 The Phoneme Concept A p o i n t of departure would be a d e l i n e a t i o n of what

i s sought f o r - the phoneme L i n g u i s t s have d i f f e r e n t views on what phonemes are some regard them as psycholoshyg i c a l u n i t s others as p h y s i c a l r e a l i t i e s w h i l e to s t i l l o t h ers they are both p s y c h o l o g i c a l and p h y s i c a l r e a l i t i e s The f o l l o w i n g are a few of the d i f f e r e n t concepts of the phoneme

a f a m i l y of sounds i n a given language which are r e l a t e d i n character and are used i n such a way t h a t no member ever occurs i n a word i n the same phonetic context as any other member -Jones

49 B e r t i l Malmberg S t r u c t u r a l L i n g u i s t i c s and

Human Communication New York Academic Press Inc 1963 PP 83-84

50 D a n i e l Jones The H i s t o r y and Meaning of the

Term Phoneme London I n t e r n a t i o n a l Phonetic Assoshyc i a t i o n 1957 P 14

140

a f u n c t i o n a l l y s i g n i f i c a n t u n i t i n the r i g i d l y d e f i n e d p a t t e r n or c o n f i g u r a t i o n of sounds p e c u l i a r to a language has no singleness of reference -Sapir51

a minimum u n i t of d i s t i n c t i v e sound fea t u r e The phonemes of a language are not sounds but merely features of sounds which the speakers have been t r a i n e d to produce and recognize i n the curshyr e n t of a c t u a l speech sound^Bloomfield-^

the phonemes of a language are the elements which stand i n c o n t r a s t w i t h each other i n the phono l o g i c a l system of the language a phoneme i n a given language i s defined only i n terms of i t s d i f f e r e n c e s from the other phonemes of the same language -Hockett53

a u n i t a r u b r i c a bundle of sound f e a t u r e s or a po i n t of c o n t r a s t a combination of features of sound (e g stop a r t i c u l a t i o n b i l a b i a l p o s i t i o n and v o i c i n g i n b or high and f r o n t tongue p o s i t i o n and absence of l i p - r o u n d i n g i n i ) which render one phoneme d i s t i n c t from another and which are th e r e f o r e known as d i s t i n c t i v e f e a t u r e s -Hall54

a l l phonemes denote nothing but mere otherness are bundles of concurrent f e a t u r e s -Jakobson and

Halle55

However v a r i e d the views a r e a t l e a s t three p i v o t a l concepts can be de r i v e d from them i e a phoneme i s a u n i t r e p r e s e n t i n g a c l a s s of sounds i t i s c o n t r a s t i v e and i t s occurence must be worked out w i t h i n a given language

51 W Freeman Twaddell On D e f i n i n g the Phoneme

i n M a r t i n Joos Readings i n L i n g u i s t i c s the development of d e s c r i p t i v e l i n g u i s t i c s i n America s i n c e 1925 Washington American C o u n c i l of Learned S o c i e t i e s 1957raquo P 59bull

I b i d p 62 53 C F Hockett pp c i t p 26

54 Robert A H a l l J r I n t r o d u c t o r y L i n g u i s t i c s New

York C h i l t o n Books 1964 p 79 55 Roman Jakobson and Morris H a l l e Fundamentals

of Language The Hague Mouton amp Co 1956 pp 5 11

141

422 A n a l y t i c Procedure Pikes Tagmemic Theory The l i n g u i s t s concepts of the phoneme are probably

as v a r i e d as t h e i r methods of i d e n t i f y i n g i t A comparashyt i v e methodology together w i t h the theory underlying each method belongs to the province of the phil0sophy of l a n g shyuage and t h e r e f o r e need not be attempted here

The present study takes a cue from Pikes tagmemic theory of determining the nature of a u n i t of r e l e v a n t human behavior such as l i n g u i s t i c behavior

Any u n i t of purposive human behavior P i k e says i s w e l l - d e f i n e d i f and only i f one describes i t i n r e f e shyrence t o (a) c o n t r a s t (and r e s u l t i n g i d e n t i f i c a t i o n ) (b) range of v a r i a t i o n (with i t s e s s e n t i a l p h y s i c a l manishyf e s t a t i o n ) and (c) d i s t r i b u t i o n ( i n c l a s s i n h i e r a r c h i -

56 c a l sequence and i n systemic m a t r i x )

The t r i m o d a l theory of a n a l y s i s g i v e n above may be

s t a t e d b r i e f l y thus Contrast

U n i t = V a r i a t i o n 57

D i s t r i b u t i o n

56 Kenneth L P i k e On Systemsof Grammatical S t r u c shy

t u r e i n Horace G Lunt (ed) Proceedings of the N i n t h I n t e r n a t i o n a l Congress of L i n g u i s t s The Hague Mouton amp Co 1964 p 14-5

57 -See a l s o Kenneth L P i k e Language i n R e l a t i o n to

I 142

P i k e f u r t h e r c h a r a c t e r i z e s the three components of a n a l y s i s as f o l l o w s

Contrast One does not know what an item i s u n t i l one knows what i t i s not Once items are thus separated o f f from others the c o n t r a s t i v e features i n f u r t h e r e n v i -vonments sometimes a l l o w f o r i d e n t i f i c a t i o n of items even under co n d i t i o n s where one of two members of a contrast does not occur

V a r i a t i o n The m a n i f e s t a t i o n - or r e a l i z a t i o n - of the u n i t could vary s u b s t a n t i a l l y l e a d i n g t o e t i c v a r i a n t s or a l l o u n i t s

D i s t r i b u t i o n A w e l l - d e f i n e d u n i t i s a member of a c l a s s of u n i t s appropriate to a p a r t i c u l a r s l o t i n a

58 c o n s t r u c t i o n

A t the phonemic l e v e l of a n a l y s i s i n t h i s study the s p e c i f i c u n i t i s of course the phoneme The phonemes of the Ilokano d i a l e c t under i n v e s t i g a t i o n w i l l be determined using the formula

C U = V

D

a U n i f i e d Theory of the S t r u c t u r e of Human Behavior Glen-d a l e C a l i f Summer I n s t i t u t e of L i n g u i s t i c s 1954 V o l I Chapter 3raquo

58 Op c i t

bull7 143

where U = emic U n i t (the phoneme) C = Contrast (What the phoneme i s or more imshy

po r t a n t what i t i s not i n r e l a t i o n t o other phonemes i n the language)

V = V a r i a t i o n (What are i t s various manifestations or allophones)

D = D i s t r i b u t i o n (Where does each allophone a c t u a l l y or p o t e n t i a l l y occur)

I t was mentioned elsewhere that t h i s study employs the taxonomic procedure of segmentation and c l a s s i f i c a t i o n I n any c l a s s i f i c a t o r y s c i e n c e c e r t a i n features or items are taken i n t o account and others are subsumed or i n some cases are e v e n t u a l l y disregarded This i s the p r i n c i p l e of c l a s s i f i c a t i o n I n the process of phonemization the w r i t e r -confronted w i t h a v a r i e t y of e t i c u n i t s - assumes a phonemic

59 norm and r e l e g a t e s the other u n i t s t o the s t a t u s of v a r i a n t s

60

or allophones Thus by the c r i t e r i o n of phonetic s i m i l a r i t y she assumes i e a o and u as the phonemic norms f o r the nine e t i c segments [ i i ] [ecopy] [ a ctjraquo Co] and [ u u ] r e s p e c t i v e l y and h as that f o r [ h ] and [ n ] The

59 Por d e t a i l s about phonemic norm see P i k e Bhonemlos

pp 62 88 244 60

Allophones w i l l be discussed f u r t h e r under V a r i a t i o n and D i s t r i b u t i o n S e c t i o n 4222 of t h i s t h e s i s

t e n t a t i v e phonemes - I e the phonemic norms together w i t h the other segments and suprasegments - are then e s t a b l i s h e d as emic u n i t s of the Ilokano d i a l e c t using the t r i m o d a l scheme



4221 C O N T R A S T

Contrast as a l r e a d y pointed out i n v o l v e s statements about i d e n t l f i c a t i o n a l f e a t u r e s i ey what the emic u n i t I s e g 1 1 t i s a v o i c e l e s s d e n t a l stop Since statements of

61 t h i s type have been provided In the phonetic a n a l y s i s the phonemic a n a l y s i s i s more concerned about f i n d i n g what the emic u n i t i s not- e g t h a t o i s not u Thus emphasis i s placed on oppositions or c o n t r a s t s which w i l l be determined on the b a s i s of the c o n t r a s t i v e features or components - a l s o

62 known as d i s t i n c t i v e features - of each phoneme I n f a c t

61 Chapter 3laquo

62 I t w i l l be noted t h a t the f e a t u r e approach adopted

i n t h i s study u t i l i z e s a r t i c u l a t o r y features 1 and not those i n v o l v i n g a r t i c u l a t o r y - a c o u s t i c c o r r e l a t e s known as the Jakobsonian d i s t i n c t i v e features (Jakobson Fant and H a l l e P r e l i m l n a r 1 esy 1965) To a v o i d confusion- t h e r e f o r e the term components - r a t h e r than d i s t i n c t i v e features - w i l l henceforth be used

145

63 Hockett says

The s o l e f u n c t i o n of sound I n language i s to keep utterances apart 1 The phono l o g i c a l system of a la n g shyuage i s th e r e f o r e not so much a set of sounds as i t i s a network of d i f f e r e n c e s between sounds the elements of a phonological system cannot be defined p o s i t i v e l y i n terms of what they are but only negashyt i v e l y i n terms of what they are not what they conshyt r a s t w i t h

What1 f o r i n s t a n c e makes f o r the d i f f e r e n c e s between the f o l l o w i n g utterances

Umay tanto k l t a e n qu may tan t o k i tamp qen Well come and see i t

Umay danto k l t a e n qu may dan to k i ta qen T h e y l l come and see i t

Umay kan to kltaen qu may kan t o k i t f i qen bull I l l come and see you

Umay santo kltaen qu may san to k l t a qen H e l l come and then w e l l see i t

The schematic diagram on the next page may be an overshys i m p l i f i c a t i o n but i t serves to i l l u s t r a t e p r i n c i p l e s and procedures i 4 ey t h a t a t e n t a t i v e phoneme say t d e r i v e s i t s function and hence i t s i d e n t i t y as a phoneme i n the I l o shykano d i a l e c t from being i n c o n t r a s t i n one or more features w i t h other phonemes i n the d i a l e c t e gy w i t h d i n v o i c shying w i t h k i n p o i n t of a r t i c u l a t i o n 3 and w i t h s i n both

63 C F Hockett OJD1 c i t p 24

146

p o i n t and manner of a r t i c u l a t i o n The f o l l o w i n g componential a n a l y s i s shows the c o n t r a s t i v e r e l a t i o n s h i p s

Phonemes t a M a

Dimensions of Contrast Components

V o i c i n g breath -vs- v o i c e breath breath

P o i n t of Art d e n t a l d e n t a l -vs- v e l a r -vs- a l v e o l a r

Manner of Art StOTD

laquogt mdash stop stop -vs- f r i c a t i v e

Viewed i n t h i s l i g h t a phoneme - such as t - i s a p o i n t 1ft a network of f u n c t i o n a l c o n t r a s t s i n the phon o l o g i c a l system of I l o k a n o thus

p t mdash k ^ s

d

I n i t s passage from phone to phoneme through contrast each t e n t a t i v e phoneme i s subjected t o a commutation t e s t -a t e s t which i n v o l v e s the c o n t r a s t i v e s u b s t i t u t i n g of sounds i n order t o i d e n t i f y or r e i f y them as phonemes The devices used f o r such a t e s t i n c l u d e the f o l l o w i n g

(1) Minimal p a i r s A minimal p a i r i s a s e t ot two words the s u b s t i t u t i o n a d d i t i o n or s u b t r a c t i o n of one segshyment of which makes f o r a d i f f e r e n c e i n meaning e g ml miq our vs mo moq your 1

147

(2) Minimal t r i p l e t s ( a l s o quadruplet or q u i n t u p l e t ) i n v o l v i n g d i f f e r e n c e s i n three items e g n i n i q the (prenominal) 1 vs na naq h i s h e r i t s vs no noq i f p o s s i b l y vs the expression ne neq here i t i s

(3) Subminimal p a i r s two items so d i f f e r i n g i n s i m i l a r (not i d e n t i c a l as i n the case of minimal p a i r s ) enshyvironments For example the subminimal p a i r viahe vya heq tasavel vs b l a l a byiS l a q a k i n d of f i s h can r e i f y v and b as separate phonemes i n the Ilokano d i a l e c t

42211 Vowels Another componential a n a l y s i s w i l l r e v e a l that Ilokano

vowel phonemes d i f f e r i n e i t h e r or both of the dimensions of c o n t r a s t tongue height and tongue advancement Since a l l the vowels are normal vowels i t f o l l o w s that l i p p o s i t i o n i s automatic n o n - d i s t i n c t i v e i n Ilokano and t h e r e f o r e need not be inc l u d e d as one of the dimensions of c o n t r a s t

Examples t a t a q we vs t l t i q the vs to t o q l a t e r

Componential a n a l y s i s Phonemes

A a of


mdash

Tongue h t c l o s e -vs- open -vs- half-open Tongue adv f r o n t f r o n t -vs- back ( L i p pos) (spread (neutral] (rounded)

148

H i s t o r i c a l l y the Ilokano vowel system i n v o l v e d a three-way c o n t r a s t i n tongue height

Close -vs-

Half-open -vs-

Open

bull

a

u

a

a

and a three-way c o n t r a s t i n tongue advancement

Front

I --vs- C e n t r a l

- 79 -

_vs- Back bull u

a u

hence the vowel p a t t e r n

A u

7a

a

I t i s assumed i n t h i s t h e s i s (Sec 16) that a borshyrowed sound i s a s s i m i l a t e d i n t o the n a t i v e phonemic system

149

when the l o a n i s i n common use by n a t i v e speakers of the language Thus w i t h the i n f l u x i n t o the Ilokano l e x i c o n of q u i t e a number of f o r e i g n words - mostly Spanish -which are c u r r e n t l y used by the n a t i v e speakers the phon-enes e and o have become a s s i m i l a t e d i n t o the Ilokano phonemic code

The l i s t below gives only a l i m i t e d sampling of the vast number of Spanish loans i n the Ilokano d i a l e c t

asenso qa sen soq bullpromotion 1

bolero bo le r o q a short jack e t dosena do se naq bulldozen espeho qes pe hoq bullmirror f r e s k o f r e s koq f r e s h Guerrero ger r e r o q a f a m i l y name Jose ho seq bullJoseph huego hwe goq game gambling Isabelo q i sa be l o q a boys name koreo ko r e yoq mail l e t t e r Leon l e yon bulla boys name melon me Ion cantaloupe Noviembre no vyem breq November onse qSn seq eleven pareho pa re hoq bullthe same s i m i l a r r e l o r e l 5 q bullclock time p i e c e Soledad so l e dacl bulla g i r l s name

15Q

torpe t o r peq stup i d uso qu soq usage custom voses vo1 s e s voice welga wel gaq s t r i k e (of workers) y e r r o yer ro q galvanized i r o n sheet

I n t e r e s t i n g l y enough probably f o r s o c i a l and psychoshyl o g i c a l reasons - Spanish being considered as a p r e s t i g e language by many F i l i p i n o s - the e even g r a d u a l l y replaced the n a t i v e tense schwa 9 r e l e g a t i n g the l a t t e r to the st a t u s of an allophone a t l e a s t a f r e e v a r i a n t of e For example many Ilokanos g e n e r a l l y pronounce the orthographic e as e i n s t e a d of B i n such n a t i v e Ilokano words as

buteng bu t e n lt [bU t a n ] f e a r emma qem mampq lt [q9mmaq] meekness k e t t e l e n ket t e leh c C k a t t s Ian] to pluck ( f l o w e r s e t c )

Obviously the superstratum i n f l u e n c e reshaped the i n shydigenous Ilokano vowel p a t t e r n (see page 147) i n t o

- u

F i g 2 10 Ilokano Vowel P a t t e r n

151

The f o l l o w i n g commutation t e s t s f o r c o n t r a s t s serve t o i d e n t i f y and r e i f y the vowel phonemes shown i n Fi g u r e 10

42211 (a) Contrasts i n a l l dimensions -

H i M l i q town E l l qpound l i q bulla nickname 1

a l l q f i l i q s t a i n 1

o i l qo l i q bull v i n y l u l l qult l i q ascent

b i l a n g b l l a n number Belo be l o q a boys nickname b a l a ba l a q b u l l e t bo l a bo l a q b a l l bulo bu l o q a v a r i e t y of bamboo

d i l d i l d i l d f l bull l i c k l a p d e l d e l d e l d S V smear 1

d a l d a l daL d a l p r a t t l e d o l l a r d o i l y a r d o l l a r d u l d o l d u l dol bull i n s i s t e n c e

152

42211 (b) Contrasts i n tongue height -

A

e inna q l n riaq mothers 1 vs enna qen naq s a l t water s i k o s i koq elbow vs seko se koq dry s i l o s i l o q l a s s o vs Celo se l o q a boys nickname

i l - 1 1 q i l q i l whimper vs e l - e l q e l q e l groove l i n e s i l y a s i l l y a q c h a i r vs s e l y o s e i l y o q stamp s e a l s ims im sim sim t a s t e vs s ems em sem sem annoyance

u

o

kura ku r a q cl e r g y vs Cora ko r a q a g i r l s nickname pulo pu1 l o q ten vs polo p o i l o q polo s h i r t puso pu soq heart vs poso p6 soq a r t e s i a n w e l l tudo t u doq r a i n vs todo t o doq a l l tuyo t u yoq r i c e bran vs toyo t6 yoq soy sauce

gumi gu miq cotton b a l l vs goma go maq rubber lumut l u 1 mut moss vs lomo l o moq l o i n l u t o l u t o q cooking vs l o t e l o t e q l o t l a n t uray qu r a y wait vs oras qS r a s hour time yuvem yu yem cloudy vs yoyo yo yoq yoyo (a t o y )

15

e

a

e l - e l q e l q e l groove l i n e vs a l - a l q a l q amp l panting i s p e l q i s p e l o b s t r u c t i o n i n the t h r o a t vs i s p a l

q l s ppoundl defense Peggy pe g i q a g i r l s name vs pagl palt g i q ray f i s h pekpek pek pek f u l l y s t u f f e d vs pakpak pak pak a k i n d

of r a t t l e sepsep sep sep gnat vs sapsap sap sap a k i n d of f i s h

o

a

apo qa poq l o r d vs apa qa paq q u a r r e l aso qa soq dog vs asa qa saq whet hone asok qa sok smoke vs asak qa sak pass through t h i c k e t s baro ba r o q young man vs bara ba r a q lungs no noq i f vs na rfaq h i s her i t s P i o pyoq Pius vs p i a pyaq health s i k o s i koq elbow vs s l k a s i kaq dysentery to t o q l a t e r vs t a t a q our we oras qo r a s time hour vs aras qa r a s mouth disease

of c h i l d r e n

154

42211 (c) Contrasts i n tongue advancement -

u

a d i qa d i q r e f u s a l d i s l i k e 1 vs adu qa duq many

H o q i l o q t o i l e t paper vs u l o qu l o q head H o g q i l o g creek vs ulog qu l o g descent ima q i maq hand vs uma qu1 maq impatience s u r f e i t l n i t qi n i t sun vs i n u t q i nut a l i t t l e a t a time i t a n g q i t a n a k i n d of f e r n vs utang qui t a n debt p i d i t p i d i t earlobe vs pld u t p i dut a t h i n g picked up s l k a s i kaq you vs suka su kaq vinegar t i m i d t i mid chin vs timud t i mud heed

e mdash o

d i e s dyes dime vs Dios dy5s God

kotye kot t y e q car vs kotyo kot tyoq s l i p p e r shoe Hemy r e miq a g i r l s name vs Romy r o miq a boys name saem sa qem intense pain vs saom sa qom your word seda se daq s i l k vs soda so daq soda tuleng tu l e u deaf vs tulong tu lonjf help

The front-versus-back c o n t r a s t does not occur a t the lowest l e v e l i n the Ilokano vowel p a t t e r n

155

4 pound212 Consonants

E a r l i e r i n t h i s chapter i t was s c h e m a t i c a l l y shown th a t jjust l i k e the vowels each Ilokano consonant phoneme i s a bundle of phono l o g i c a l components or d i s shyt i n c t i v e f e a t u r e s t h a t consonants c o n t r a s t w i t h each other i n two main dimensions p o i n t of a r t i c u l a t i o n and manner of a r t i c u l a t i o n t h a t v o i c i n g i s a t h i r d dimenshys i o n of c o n t r a s t among stops and f r i c a t i v e s and tha t by a t l e a s t one of i t s components a consonant i s s e t o f f from every other consonant i n the system 1

With a view to e s t a b l i s h i n g the e n t i r e consonant p a t t e r n of Ilokano 1 the subsequent d i s c u s s i o n s w i l l f u r t h e r i d e n t i f y each of the phonemes as a point of reference i n an i n t e r l o c k i n g network of c o n t r a s t s

One technique f o r e s t a b l i s h i n g the phonemes i s to group them i n t o s e r i e s or bundles i n which one phonoloshyg i c a l f e a t u r e i s kept constant and others v a r i a b l e A p a r a l l e l s e r i e s of oppositions or c o n t r a s t s based on the same fe a t u r e i s c a l l e d c o r r e l a t i o n

4 pound212 (a) Voice versus Breath

Ilokano has a c o r r e l a t i o n of vo i c e between some stops and f r i c a t i v e s - p t k f vs b d g v - thus

156

Breath Stop p

F r i c

64

Voice Stop

F r i c

b

v

The f o l l o w i n g minimal p a i r s w i l l e s t a b l i s h the f u n c t i o n a l c o n t r a s t or c o r r e l a t i o n of v o i c e

p

b

apa qa paq wafer vs aba qa baq a k i n d of desiduous p l a n t 1

apay qa pay why1 vs abay qa bay beside apog qa pog lime vs abog qamp bog drive away atap qa t a p wedge vs atab qa tab flo o d t i d e pagay pa gay r i c e p l a n t vs bagay ba gay f i t t i n g pa l a pa l a q shovel vs ha l a ha l a q b u l l e t para pa r a q stop vs bara bk r a q heat parot pa r o t uproot vs barot bS r o t wire patang pa t a n conversation vs batang ba tpoundn ones t u r n payat pa y a t step vs bayat ba y a t while

64 Note th a t the dimension of c o n t r a s t under c o n s i shy

d e r a t i o n Is i n d i c a t e d by means of heavy l i n e s the broken l i n e s merely show p o s i t i o n a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s between phonshyemes i n the t o t a l phoneme p a t t e r n t h a t i s to be evolved

15

P a t a y P a t a y death vs batay ba t a y step l a d d e r P u o t P u qot awareness vs buot bu qot mildew siripound s i r i p peek vs s i r i b s i r i b wisdom t a e P t a qep r i c e c h a f f or h u l l vs taeb t a qeV

contemporary

A

a

baket ba k i t old woman vs baked ba ked brawn

batanfi b a t a n ones t u r n vs badang ba dan large bolo bavat ba y a t duration vs bayad b l yad payment bukot bu k o t back vs bukod bu kod by or f o r o n e s e l f i g a t qt g a t e e l vs igad qi gad grater i t a q i t a q now vs i d a q i daq them i t l q i t i q the vs i d i q i dpoundq before P i l i t ppound l i t i n s i s t e n c e vs p i l i d pf l i d wheel s i l e t s i l e t small i n t e s t i n e s vs s i l e d s i l i d room t a t a q we ( d u a l ) vs da daq they tawa t a waq window vs dawa da waq f r u i t of r i c e p l a n t tukot t u k o t bottom vs tukod t u kod fathom measure t ePP^ ] Aep p e l r e s t r a i n t vs deppel dep pSl thumbmark

158

A

g

batok ba t o k dive vs batog ba t o g row bennek ben nek mollusk vs benneg ben neg a i s l e 1

bettek bet t e k a bundle of r i c e vs betteg bet t e g d i s t i n c t i o n

kapas ka pas cotton vs gapas ga pas harvest kawat ka wat anchor vs gawat ga wat famine k i t a k J t a q kind c l a s s vs g i t a gpound taqvenom kunnot kun n o t suck vs gunnot gun not fibrous t i s s u e 1

kura ku r a q c l e r g y vs gura gu raqhatred k u r i k o r ku r i k o r earpick vs g u r l g o r gu r l gor fever n a r u k i t na r u kpoundt c u l t i v a t e d vs n a r u g i t narru g i t d i r t y sukat su k a t measurement vs sugat su g a t wound taktaktak t a k delay vs tagtag_ tag t a g shake

f

v

f a l d a f a l daq s k i r t vs Valda (pas t i l i a s de) v a l daq

bull t a b l e t s f o r sore t h r o a t f i n o f f noq f i n e vs vino vpound noq wine C l e o f e k l y S f e q a g i r l s name vs H a v e l y a veq key

159

f a l s o f a l soq d e f e c t i v e vs v a l s e v a l seq waltz fecha f e t t y a q date vs vechin vet t y i n a brand of

sodium glutamate f e r i a f e r r y a q f a i r c a r n i v a l vs verde ver deq green f i e s t a fyes t a q f e a s t h o l i d a y vs VIernes vySr nes

bullFriday f u e r a fwe r a q besides except vs vuelo vwe l o q f l i g h t i n f i e r n o q i n f y e r noq h e l l vs Noviembre no vyem breq

November Rufino r u f i noq a boys name vs Gavlno ga v i noq

bulla boys name

42212 (b) Contrasts i n P o i n t of A r t i c u l a t i o n Along t h i s dimension Ilokano has i n i t s stops

a four-way - although not o v e r - a l l - c o n t r a s t i n v o l v i n g b i l a b i a l - d e n t a l - v e l a r - g l o t t a l p o s i t i o n The stops and nasals e x h i b i t a l a b i a l - d e n t a l - v e l a r bundle of c o r r e l a shyt i o n s thus

p ^ t k q bull i i 1 t b d g bull i i i i i bull i i

m n n In the semiconsonants there i s of course a two-

way c o n t r a s t - b i l a b i a l and a l v e o l a r

160

There i s a three-way c o n t r a s t between breath f r i c a shyt i v e s i e l a b i o d e n t a l - a l v e o l a r - v e l a r The f r i c a t i v e s introduce a dioramic p a t t e r n of c o n t r a s t i v e r e l a t i o n s h i p s

65 or c o r r e l a t i o n w i t h the stops thus

f t

m n

w

U n l i k e the vowels the consonants do not lend themselves to f o r m u l a t i o n i n o v e r l y neat symmetrical p a t t e r n For example the l a c k of p a r a l l e l o p p o s i t i o n between q and a f r i c a t i v e or a voiced c o r r e l a t e leaves

65 The diagonal c o r r e l a t i o n s i n point of a r t i c u l a shy

t i o n between stops and f r i c a t i v e s - p t k b vs f s h v -are a l s o the c o r r e l a t e s i n manner To avoid d u p l i c a t i o n the c o r r e l a t i o n s w i l l be e x e m p l i f i e d under the l a t t e r c a t e shygory

161

a l i n g u i s t i c hole or case v i d e i n the Ilokano consonant system This phenomenon can be considered a l i n g u i s t i c u n i v e r s a l f o r as Edward S a p i r s a i d no language forms a water t i g h t system and we should be s u s p i c i o u s i f too p r e t t y a p i c t u r e r e s u l t s from the phonemic a n a l y s i s of a p h o n e t i c a l l y a s s y m e t r i c a l s i t u a t i o n

Adopting the term i n s o c i o m e t r i c s the g l o t t a l s top q may be considered an i s o l a t e i n the whole p a t t e r n i e i t c o n t r a s t s w i t h only one phoneme k To f u l l y e s t a b l i s h i t s i d e n t i t y i t w i l l be contrasted w i t h a l l the other breath stops - p t k vs q

The use of minimal t r i p l e t s minimal p a i r s and subminimal p a i r s w i l l e s t a b l i s h c o r r e l a t i o n s along the point-dimension of c o n t r a s t thus

p t k

pay pay yet s t i l l 1 vs tay t a y the we vs kay kay you

sapsap sap sap a k i n d of f i s h vs s a t s a t s a t s a t rip ( c l o t h e s ) vs saksak sak sak stab

s i p s i p a n s i p s i pan to s i p vs s l t s l t a n s i t s i t a n to d r a i n vs s i k s l k a n s i k s i kan to remove the s c a l e s of a f i s h

162

b d g

sabsab sab sab voracious e a t i n g 1 vs sadsad sad siad aground vs sagsag sag sag ruined

bawbaw baw baw t o p l e s s r o o f l e s s vs dawdaw daw daw extended p a r t vs gawgaw gaw gaw starch

m n y

lmama q i ma maq to chew something w i t h b e t e l nut vs lnana q i na haq r e s t vs lnganga q i na naq to open the mouth

semsem sem sem annoyance vs sensen sen sen compress vs sengseng sen sen s t u f f

p t

p e l p e l p e l p e l s t u f f e d mouth vs t e l t e l t e l t i l nape pulong pu Ion assembly vs tulong Aft Ion help purong pu r5n a k i n d of f i s h vs turong t u r o n trend putot pu t o t progeny vs t u t o t t u t o t r e s i n sap r l k e p r i kep shutter vs r i k e t r i k i t d i f f i c u l t y

A k

ary e t qar y e t a s c a r l s vs aryek qar yek t i c k l e t a t a q we the two of us vs ka kaq you

tabo ta boq dipper vs kabo kpound boq corporal

t a l i ta l i q rope vs k a l i ka l i q hawk

tapa ta paq dried meat vs kapa ka paq cape

A q

amak qa mak my father vs ama qa maq father

baket ba ket old woman vs baet ba qet between

bukot bit kot back vs buot bu qot mildew mold

k i l o kpound loq kilogram vs l l o q i loq to i let paper

kapa ka paq cape vs apa qa paq wafer

tako ta koq dipper vs tap ta qoq person

t q

bato ba toq stone vs bao ba qoq rat

rangtay ran tay bridge vs rang-ay ran qay progress

sangit sa a i t cry vs sangi sa niq molars

tasa ta saq cup vs asa qa saq hone whet

tayab ta yab f l ight vs ayab qa yab c a l l

tidda t id daq remainder vs idda qid daq bed

tubo tu boq sprout shoot vs ubo qu boq leak

p q

paypa^ pay pay fan vs ay-ay qay qay pi ty

sapad samp pad bunch of bananas vs saad sa qad s tatus

sapo sa poq ointment vs sao sa qoq word

164

t s

f l a n s a fyan saq b a i l vs s l a n s l syan s i q spatula f lno ft noqfine vs s i n o s i noq who f u e r t e fwer t e q strong vs suerte swer t e q lucky Hufo r u f o q a boys name vs Ruso r u soq Russian

s h

a s l qa s i q compassion vs a h i t qpound h i t shave L i s a i f saq a g i r l s name vs l i h a lpound haq sandpaper mason ma son mason vs mohon mo hon landmark ra s a r a saq race of man vs raha r a haq c h i e f t a i n Sues swes Suez Canal vs hues hwes judge

b d

bagas ba g5s r i c e vs dagas da g5s stopover banag ba nag outcome vs danag ampamp nag worry bara ba r a q heat vs dara da r a q blood bua bwaq areca nut vs dua dw5q two kurab ku rab a b i g b i t e vs kurad k f i r a d ringworm

d mdash g

a d a l qa d a l l e a r n i n g vs a g a l qpound g a l complaint allnedned qa l i ned ried u t t e r darkness vs allnegneg

qa l i neg neg depths

165

bangad ba nad stubborn vs bangag ba nag low pitched

betted bet ted cramps vs betteg bet teg dist inct

dapo da pSq ashes vs gapo ga poq reason cause

dita di tSq there vs gita gi taq o i ly taste of nuts

tulad tu lad imitate vs tulag tu lag agreement

turod tu rod h i l l vs turog tu rog sleep

udaod qu da qod bow (viol in) vs ugaog qu ga qog

bullweeping

umadaw qu mamp daw to borrow f ire from a neighbor vs

umagaw qu ma gaw to snatch away

m n

ammong qam mon p i le heap vs annong qan nSn burden

amag qa mag mold mildew vs anag q5 nag implication

ayam qa yarn chicken t ick vs ayan qa ySn place

damag da mag news vs danag da nag worry

manang mC nan s ister vs nanang nS nan mother

matay ma tay w i l l die vs natay na tay died

mo mSq your vs no n6q ifraquo

n n

aneo qa nep diligence vs angep qa nep fog

bulan bu lan moon vs bulang bu lan cockfighting

na naq his her i t s vs nga naq raquoa ligature

nepneo nep nep rainy days vs ngepngeo nep nep darkness

tunaw tfi naw dissolve vs tungaw tfi naw i tch bug

166

w- - y

awan qa wan nothing 1 vs ayan qa yan where nawaya na wa yaq at l i b e r t y spacious vs nayaya

na ya yaq dissuaded wakawakan wa ka wa kan to s p r i n k l e w i t h powder vs

yakayakan ya ka ya kan sieve

42212 (c) Contrasts i n Manner of A r t i c u l a t i o n

Ilokano has a six-way c o n t r a s t i n t h i s dimension thus

Stops

amp

F r i c a t i v e s

Nasals

L a t e r a l

F l a p

Semivowels w

167

Two aspects of the p a t t e r n should be noted F i r s t two p o t e n t i a l d i s t i n c t i o n s i n the voiced f r i c a t i v e s e r i e s are not u t i l i z e d s i n c e Ilokano l a c k s the d e n t a l and v e l a r v oiced f r i c a t i v e s z and jj r e s p e c t i v e l y Secondly there are two sets of c o r r e l a t i o n i e the s t o p - f r i c a shy t i v e c o r r e l a t i o n p t k b vs ff s h v and the stop-nashy s a l c o r r e l a t i o n b d g vs m n n

The f o l l o w i n g l i s t of minimal p a i r s minimal t r i p l e t s -and subminimal p a i r s w i l l f u r t h e r e s t a b l i s h the emic s t a t u s of the consonants

p

ff

piano pya noq piano vs f l a n s a fyan saq b a i l puerta pwer t a q entrance vs f u e r t e fwer t e q strong piko pf koq pick ax vs f i h o f f hoq sure c e r t a i n p i l i pi l i q choice vs f l l a f l l a q f i l e l i n e p r i s o p r f soq prisoner vs f r l t o f r f t o q f r i e d punto pun t o q i n t o n a t i o n twang vs fundo fun doq fund

a l a t qa l a t f i s h basket vs a l a s qa l a s indecency

168

bata ba t a q bathrobe vs basa ba saq read k u t i t ku t i t rump vs k u s i t ku s i t d e c e i t t a r a t a r a q an aromatic p l a n t vs sara sa r a q a n t l e r tanga t a naq s t u p i d vs sanga sa naq branch t a t a t a t a q uncle vs tasa t a saq cup tawar t a war bargain vs sawar sa war search

A

A

kaka ka kaq elder s i b l i n g vs kaha ka haq box case K i k o k i koq a boys name vs iho q i hoq son k o l a ko l a q paste vs h o i en h6 l e n marbles ( t o y ) kuetes kwe t e s f i r e w o r k s vs hueteng hwe t e n r a f f l e piko pf koq pick ax vs f i h o fa hoq c e r t a i n sure pikon pf kon f o l d vs bihon bf hon r i c e s t i c k s

V

A

bara ba r a q heat vs vara va r a q a v a r i a b l e u n i t of l e n g t h about 28 f e e t

bienes bye nes r e a l e s t ate property vs Viernes vyer nes Friday

b i s i l bf s i l gravel vs v i s t a v i s t a q view

169

V

m

agob qa gob smell of o l d r i c e vs agora qa gom covet ayab qa yab c a l l vs ayam qa yam chicken t i c k balo b 5 l o q widow(er) vs malo msect l o q wooden c l u b 1

batay ba t a y support vs matay ma t a y to d i e bayo bH yoq pounding vs Mayo ma yoq May buyot bu y o t troops vs muyot mu y o t craze berber ber ber d r a f t vs mermer mer mer dust shower labes l a bes beyond vs lames l a mes f i s h

d

n

agadi qa ga d i q two consecutive s i b l i n g s vs agani qa ga n i q harvester

da daq they t h e i r vs na riaq h i s her i t s indayon q i n da yon swing vs innayon q i n na yon

added t o

g

agot qa g o t ointment vs angot qa not smell

Pia-g hyag l i f e vs biang byan care concern

170

bulog bu I6g uncastrated male a n i m a l 1 vs bulong bu log l e a f 1

gerger ger ger grooved l i n e vs ngernger ner n e r s n a r l

kulugen ku l u gen to shake vs kulungen ku l u nen to fence i n

m

w

ama qa maq my f a t h e r vs awa qa waq a l a r g e m i l k f i s h ameng qa men miser vs aweng qa wen resonance ima qf 1 maq hand vs iwa q l waq s l i c e kammet kam met a ha n d f u l vs kawwet kaw wet cockspur

n

A

a g n i s n i s qag n i s nls to wipe w i t h a r a g vs a g l i s l i s qag l i s l i s to tuck up ones sleeves or s k i r t

agnutnot qag nut n o t to thumbsuck vs a g l u t l o t qag l u t l o t to become muddy

nana na naq pus vs lana l a naq o i l nawnawen naw namp wen to d i s s o l v e vs lawlawen

law l a wen to surround

171

nlwniw nlw nlw v e r t i g o vs l f w l l w l i w law f i s h i n g rod nungnungan nun nu nan to f a v o r vs lunglungan

lug l u nan kitchen u t e n s i l s

r

labong l a hog loose vs rabong r a bon7 bamboo shoot l a em l a qem house proper vs raem r a qem respect l ames l a mes f i s h vs rames r a mes d i s r e s p e c t J-asl l a s l q d a n d r u f f vs r a s l r a s l q q u a l i t y of

being f r a g i l e l i a l i l i ya l i q sway vs r i a r i r i ya r i q male c i c a d a n a l a y l a y na l a y l a y w i l t e d vs narayray na ray r a y

burning s p a r k l i n g s a l a sa l a q dance vs sara sac r a q horns

r

y

ragrag rag r a g r u i n vs yagyag yag yag i n s u l t reprep rep r e p crowd vs yepyep yep yep quiet rukurok r u ku1 rok erosion vs yukuyok yu ku yok

sieve

wara wa r a q l i t t e r vs waya wa yaq spare time

172

P i g 11 Ilokano Consonant P a t t e r n (A Summary)

n

1

r

y

173

42213 Suprasegmental Prosodemes

The p o s s i b i l i t i e s of overlapping or i n t e r l o c k i n g of suprasegmental features are u n l i m i t e d However j u s t as i n the case of the e t i c a n a l y s i s (Sec 33)raquo the features are here t r e a t e d i n d i v i d u a l l y i n order to estabshyl i s h - or not e s t a b l i s h - t h e i r i d e n t i t y as prosodemes

From the w e l t e r of e t i c data the w r i t e r assumes the f o l l o w i n g features as emic norms to be e s t a b l i s h e d as separate prosodemes through c o n t r a s t

Dimensions of Contrast Features

A S t r e s s (x = s y l l a b l e ) xx vs xx

Length Vowel V vs V Consonant c vs cc

P i t c h I n t o n a t i o n and Juncture (PIJ) l vs 3

2 vs 3

3 vs V

2 vs l

4 vs

I vs r

174

42213 (a) S t r e s s On pages 127 and 128 of t h i s t h e s i s i s a summary of

the e t i c s t r e s s patterns of Ilokano The present a n a l y s i s i s concerned not about such patterns per se but whether or not s t r e s s i s an emic u n i t a t a l l i n the language Once the emic s t r e s s or stroneme i s e s t a b l i s h e d the stroneme patterns can l i k e w i s e be e s t a b l i s h e d - t h i s i s the domain of Sec 4222 V a r i a t i o n and D i s t r i b u t i o n Thus only the two-way c o n t r a s t of s t r e s s - i e weak (unmarked) versus strong () - w i l l be considered here

That Ilokano has a weak-strong c o n t r a s t i n s t r e s s i s evidenced by the f o l l o w i n g minimal p a i r s

agraman qag ra man i n c l u d i n g vs qag r a man to t a s t e anayen qa na yen to be consumed by t e r m i t e s vs

qa na-yen to make complete o r r s u f f i c i e n t ayam qamp yam play game vs qa yam chicken t i c k bawang ba wan g a r l i c vs ba wlln ravine data da1 t a q supine p o s i t i o n vs da t a q the two of us daya da yaq east vs da yaq gathering i t a y a q i t a yaq to r e c e i v e vs q i t a yaq to bet k a l i ka 1 l i q d i t c h vs ka l i q hawk kayo ka yoq tree vs ka yoq you ( p l u r a l ) p i l a w ppound law blemish vs p i iaw pool of stagnant water sanga samp naq l a r v a of c l o t h e s moth vs sa naq branch

175

suso su soq breast vs su sSq f a k i n d of s n a i l tayab t 5 yab earthen pot vs t a yfib f l i g h t

42213 (b) Length (1) Vowel Length I n Ilokano v o c a l i c l e n g t h i s phonetic and automatic

i e- i t co-occurs w i t h s t r e s s a t l e a s t i n an open s y l l a b l e The c o n t r a s t i n the f o l l o w i n g minimal p a i r s i s a f u n c t i o n of the s t r e s s w i t h which the vowel length i s co-occurrent

badang [ba dog] bamp dan help vs [badan] ba dan large bolo

bara [baraq] ba r a q heat vs [baraq] ba r a q lungs

g i t a L 1 S i bull t a q ] g i t a q venom vs [ g l t a q ] g i t a q o i l y t a s t e of nu t s

s i k a [sikaq] s i kaq dysentery vs [slkaq] s i kaq you

tudo [tudoq] t u doq r a i n vs [tUdoq] t u doq point

tugot [tugot] t u g o t bring vs [tUgot] t u g 5 t f o o t p r i n t

The f o l l o w i n g examples i n which the vowel i n both the weakly- and the s t r o n g l y - s t r e s s e d c l o s e d s y l l a b l e s i s lengthened w i l l f u r t h e r prove that vowel length i s merely a phonetic - even i d i o s y n c r a t i c - r e a l i z a t i o n

176

laquoV V [badan] [gitaq] [tudoq]

or [raquobadan] ba dan help or [gitaq] gi t a q venom or [tudoq] t u doq r a i n

V V V

[badan] [ g l t a q ]

or [badan] ba dan large bolo or [ g l t a q ] g i t a q o i l y t a s t e of nuts

[tU i fdoq] or [tUlaquodoq] t u doq point

Therefore vowel l e n g t h whether or not i t co-occurs w i t h stress i s not phonemic i n Ilokano s i n c e i t does not c o n s t i t u t e a meaningful or f u n c t i o n a l c o n t r a s t This geneshyr a l i z a t i o n can be s t a t e d i n the r u l e

Ilokano consonants have a two-way co n t r a s t i n l e n g t h A p h o n e t i c a l l y long consonant [ C ] becomes or i s i n t e r shypreted phonemically as geminate - i e a sequence of two phonemes the consonant fo l l o w e d by i t s e l f CC - s i n c e I t c o n t r a s t s w i t h a s i n g l e consonant G B r i e f l y s t a t e d

(2) C ons onant Length

[C] gt CC vs C

177

The f o l l o w i n g l i s t of minimal p a i r s w i l l j u s t i f y the phonemic i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of long consonants as geminates i n Ilokano

C vs GC

amo qa moq boss vs ammo qam moq knowledge b a l a ba- l a q b u l l e t vs b a l l a b a l l a q l u n a t i c Ida q l daq them vs idda q i d daq bed i k a n q i kan f i s h vs ikkan q i k kah give i t a q i t a q now vs i t t a q i t t a q unhusked k e r n e l of

r i c e mixed w i t h husked r i c e l a b a l a baq laundry vs labba l a b baq large basket m l k i ml1 k i q noodles vs mlk k i mik k i q f a s t i d i o u s n e s s naganak na ga nak gave b i r t h vs nagannak na gan nak

parentsbull

4amp213 (c) P i t c h I n t o n a t i o n and Juncture ( P U ) The c o n t r a s t i n P I J i s a co n t r a s t of combinations

or bundles of t h e i r f e a t u r e s s i n c e these are simultaneous or co-occurrent L i n g u i s t s c a l l such combinations or bunshydl e s contour p a t t e r n s However the c o n t r a s t s intended here are veered not to the patterns per se but to the i n d i shyv i d u a l t e n t a t i v e prosodemes that compose them

Thus w h i l e i t i s true and r e l e v a n t t h a t 21^ vs (see (1) below) are c o n t r a s t i v e p a t t e r n p a i r s i t i s

18

more r e l e v a n t a t t h i s stage of e s t a b l i s h i n g the prosodemes to consider the o p p o s i t i o n i n terms of the i n d i v i d u a l comshyponent features - l vs 3 and ] vs [ - although not d i s r e g a r d i n g the g e s t a l t The p i t c h l e v e l A A i s i n t h i s case h e l d constant- and can i n t u r n be e s t a b l i s h e d as an emic p i t c h or toneme using the minimal p a i r 2lV vs 31l

(see (2) below) Such an i n t e r p r e t a t i o n should apply to the other patterns as w e l l I t i s another i n s i g h t i n t o the v i a b l e p r i n c i p l e that an emic u n i t be i t a segmental phoneme or a suprasegmental prosoderne i s a point of reference i n an i n t e r l o c k i n g network of c o n t r a s t s Thus

i n the o p p o s i t i o n the i n d i v i d u a l features contrasted are

(1) A4 vs 2 3 T A vs 3

4 vs 4

(2) AlJ vs 3 l | A vs 3

(3) A 3 f vs 2gtt 3 vs A

(4) 22| vs 2 l i A vs A

| vs J (5) 22| vs A 3 t I vs

A 2 vs 3

179

The f o l l o w i n g c o n t r a s t i v e utterance p a i r s serve to r e i f y the emic sta t u s of the t e n t a t i v e suprasegmental

66 prosodernes enumerated above

(1) 2 l j vs 23f

2 1 2 3

Adda qad daq^ There i s vs Adda qad d a q j Is there or Did you say (echo) There i s bullqa wan^ Nothing vs Awan qa wan^ (echo) Nothing 2 1 - 2 3 A d i t o y l Here vs Ditoy d i t o y j (echo) Here nwanj John ( i s my name) or John (you are c a l l e d ) vs Juan nwan^ (echo) John 1 or John (you are c a l l e d ) 2 1gt 2 3 A sa qan^ No vs Saan sa q a n j (echo) No 1

or (tag question) I s n t i t 21 i 2 3A wenl Yes vs Wen wenj (echo) Yes or (tag question) Yes you agree dont you or Yes w i l l you

Awan

Ditoy

Juan

Saan

Wen

(2) 2l| vs 3l|

2 1 3 1 Awan qa wan^ Nothing vs Awan qa wianj^ Nothing

66 Short utterances which are p o t e n t i a l sentences

have been a r b i t r a r i l y chosen because they demonstrate f u n c t i o n a l d i f f e r e n c e s more c l e a r l y and e a s i l y than do long ones

180 2 1 I 3 1

Ditpjr d i toyj Here vs Dit o y d i t o y j Here Wen wen| bullYes vs Wen wenj Yes w i l l you

(3) 23| vs 2^

D i t o y ^ i toyf (echo) Here vs Dit o y d i t o y f bull(Where oh where) Here

(4) 22 J vs 2 l J

2 2 j 2 1 A d d a laquobullraquo qad daq| There i s a raquo vs Adda qad d a q j

There i s 2 JI I

Juan hwan John (your surname p l e a s e ) vs 2 1

Juan hwanl John

^ e n i l t - wen| Yes ( b u t ) vs Wen wenj Yes

(5) 22J vs 23f

2 Adda qad d a q j There i s a vs Adda qad daqj

Is t h e r e 2 2gt i 2 3 Awan qa wan [ There i s no vs Awan qa waVrf

Nothing or Isnt there any 2 2 2 3

D i t o y d i t o y ) At t h i s raquo vs Ditoy d i t o y f bullHere

181

4222 VARIATION and DISTRIBUTION Phonotactlcs and Morphophonemics

Each of the Ilokano phonemes and prosodemes estabshyl i s h e d through c o n t r a s t i s f u r t h e r s p e c i f i e d by d e s c r i b i n g ^bullts v a r i a t i o n s i y ey i t s v a r i e d manifestations c a l l e d allophones or allodemes as w e l l as i t s d i s t r i b u t i o n which means the c o n d i t i o n s under which the a l i o s occur or the p o s i t i o n i n which they are found w i t h respect to each other and to other elements i n the stream of speech A s t a r t i n g p o i n t f o r such d e s c r i p t i o n s would be an enumeration of the phonemes and prosodemes already i d e n t i f i e d f o r deshyt a i l s of which reference i s made to Sec 4221 The emic u n i t s e s t a b l i s h e d through c o n t r a s t are the f o l l o w i n g

5 vowels i e a o u 18 consonants p t k q b d- g m n n

f s h v 1 r w y 4 tonemes l 2 3- 4

2 junctonernes | J| (symbolized as ^ or ^ ) 2 stronemes (unmarked) 3 i n t o n a t i o n contours |raquo^ raquof

In Sec 42212 (b) are i l l u s t r a t i v e examples showshying c o n t r a s t between p t k vs q thereby e s t a b l i s h shyi n g them as separate phonemes of the Ilokano d i a l e c t An a n a l y s i s of the v a r i a t i o n and d i s t r i b u t i o n of these phonshyemes however r e v e a l s that there are c e r t a i n c o n d i t i o n s

182

i n which the emic c o n t r a s t i s suspended - i e the phonshyeme q i s a t the same time an allophone of the phonemes p t- k This suspension of emic o p p o s i t i o n i s o f t e n c a l l e d n e u t r a l i z a t i o n but a more apt term f o r such l i n g shyu i s t i c phenomenon i s Trubetzkoys Aufhebung I t w i l l be noted t h a t the Aufhebung p r i n c i p l e a p p l i e s to c e r t a i n phonemes as w e l l as prosodemes

C l o s e l y t i e d i n w i t h the concepts of v a r i a t i o n and d i s t r i b u t i o n are those of phonotactlcs and morphophonemics Phonotaotics has been defined as that area of emic d e s c r i p shyt i o n which provides general statements about permitted sequences or d i s t r i b u t i o n of phonemes and prosodemes i n short u t t e r a n c e s The d e s c r i p t i o n of the d i f f e r e n c e s beshytween the emic shapes representing morphemes i s the task of morphophonemics A r a t i o n a l e f o r i n c l u d i n g such d e s c r i p shyt i o n i s the f a c t that i n a c t u a l speech Ilokano morphemes change shape due to s e v e r a l complicating f a c t o r s l i n g u i s t i c or otherwise Phonotactic and morphophonemic d e s c r i p t i o n s of the s t r u c t u r e of Ilokano are s t a t e d i n the form of r e shyw r i t e r u l e s

42221 Phonotactlcs

42221 (a) Diphthongs The s t r u c t u r e of an Ilokano s y l l a b l e c o n t a i n i n g a

From aufheben a German word meaning to suspend

183

diphthong i s represented by the r u l e

Since Ilokano has only f i v e vowel phonemes iraquo eraquo a oJ u e s t a b l i s h e d through c o n t r a s t only these vowels can be e m i c a l l y considered as diphthong onglides

On the basis of the s y l l a b l e s t r u c t u r e patterns of Ilokano - described i n Sec 23 - the s t a t u s f u n c t i o n and d i s t r i b u t i o n of w and y may be defined as f o l l o w s

(1) w and y are semivowels (v) when they f u n c t i o n as diphthong o f f g l i d e s

(2) w and y are semiconsonants (c) i n p r e v o c a l i c or prediphthongal p o s i t i o n and when they p a r t i c i p a t e as the l a s t member of a consonant c l u s t e r

The f i r s t i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of w and y i s someshywhat a r b i t r a r y yet a not-quite-exact d e f i n i t i o n which i s workable enough i s b e t t e r than none At any r a t e the ambivalent s t a t u s of these phonemes - i e they s t r u c shyt u r e w i t h both consonants and vowels - can be Resolved only f o r and w i t h i n a given language Let t h i s be f o r Ilokano

184

Two sets of ordered r e w r i t e r u l e s convey the i n t e r shy

p r e t a t i o n s more c l e a r l y namelyJ

(1) w or y i s a semivowel (v) i f i t f u n c t i o n s as an o f f g l i d e of a diphthong (Vv) -

Sd gt CVv

bull i f f J

p t k

1 D J

( i )

( i i )

Examples

v ~ ~ gt | w CI-

Vy A a

o

-gt w a vu

( i i i )

( i v )

t i l l w t i l i w catch baw-lnfi baw q i n swerve

185

v -mdash gt y A a o kU

J

reyna rey naq queen1

daytoy day toy this 1

kasuy ka suy cashew1

(2) w or y is a semiconsonant (c) in prevocalic or predlphthongal position

((C) l(v)

(d)fir (C)(C)cv[ J iJ ^

|p t k 1

deg l b 1

(l e a-] v mdash - gt J I

I o u J

(i)

( i i )

( i l l )

w (IV i (iv)

vy _-

bullA

Vy (v)

186

Examples o gt w _

CCcVC isibroan qi sib brwahto inaugurate something for CvVv ruay rway abundance cVC awlt qa wit load 1

cV walo wa lSq bull eight 1

CcV(C) ilualoan qi lwa lwan top sueldo swel doq S a l a r y 1

c -gt y

CCcVC empleok qem plyok raquomy employment1

CcW diay dyay that c V C layus l a yus flood cV yelo ye loq ice

CcV(C) agsyudsyudut qag syud syu dut i s being peeved

4 2 2 2 1 (b) Consonant Clusters

The rules underlying the structural patterns of conshytoid clusters have been set up in Sec 324 specifically pages 108 through 121 The same rules apply to the consoshynant clusters Without recapitulating the detailed etic descriptions the rules are here re-stated emically thusj

187

I n i t i a l C l u s t e r s ( I K ) P r g v o c a l i c

P - A gt

I K 2 gt

I K 3 gt

I K ^ gt

Medial C l u s t e r s

MK-L gt

M K 2 gt

M K 3 gt

gt

rP k 1 b f g bull + C 2

bull p t1 k b- d g

r A H c s

ezcept v+ C 2 w

nf- y

+ C 2 y

gt IK-L except C-L f but including C-jVtd

MKc gt C 1 1 b d J + C 2 r + C 3 y

MK

-gt C 1 p + C 2 l + C 3 y

-gt C1 p + C 2 r + C 3 w

188

Ci1 Pinal Clusters (PK)y Postvocalic

FK gt CT 1 r + c s 1 1 n r ) 2

^ 2 mdashgt c i i r c 2 k

PK^ gt C 1 r + C a FK^ gt C X s + C 2 ft

42221 (c) Vowels

Of the nine Ilokano vocoids charted from the corshy

pus of phonetic data (Fig 7) only five proved to be

phonemes of the dialect (Pig 10) The four others

[ l t 3 raquo cu o] are subsumed as positional variants or al loshy

phones since they are in non-contrastive distribution -

i e either in complementary distribution or in free

variation - with their respective phonemic norms Details

of such distributional relationships have been presented

in the etic descriptions on pages 46 through 68 of this

thesis In the present emic description however they

wi l l be considered briefly giving a few illustrative

examples of each

189

V a r i a t i o n D i s t r i b u t i o n Phoneme Allophone Conditions of Occurrence

e

a

o

[ i ] Stressed s y l l a b l e a l l p o s i t i o n s

[ i ] Unstressed s y l l a b l e a l l p o s i t i o n s

[ e ] Everywhere - i e st r e s s e d and un s t r e s s shyed s y l l a b l e s - a l l poshys i t i o n s

[9] I n f r e e v a r i a t i o n w i t h [ e ] except i n loan words

[ a ] Stressed s y l l a b l e a l l p o s i t i o n s

[ a ] Unstressed s y l l a b l e a l l p o s i t i o n s

[ o ] Everywhere a l l p o s i t i o n s

Example

s i l i q [ s i l i q ] pepper

s i l i d [ s i l i d ]

hi f e q [hefeq] c h i e f

bek ke l e n [bekkelen] [bakke lan] to s t r a n g l e nan na n i q [nannaniq] almost

na gan [nagan] bullname ma bo l o q [maboloq] a k i n d of f r u i t ko l o r [ k o l o r ] c o l o r so l o q [soloq] alone

190 V a r i a t i o n D i s t r i b u t i o n

Phoneme Allophone Conditions of Occurrence Example

u

[u]laquo

r i L U J

In f r e e v a r i a t i o n w i t h Co] except i n loan words (See Morphophonemics Sec 42222 (c) ( 3 ) Gradation Rules 1 and 2) Stressed s y l l a b l e a l l p o s i t i o n s

Unstressed s y l l a b l e a l l p o s i t i o n s

su k a t [sukat] bullmeasurement1

qa su k a r [qasu kar] sugar 1

qa duq [qa duq] bullmany su mti sup [sUmusUp] to puff a t a c i g a r

42221 (d) Consonants There are 18 consonant phonemes out of the 19 c o n t o i d s

P [P] Everywhere i e pa pen [papen] pre- and p o s t - v o c a l i c young coconut a l l p o s i t i o n s qa t e p [qatep]

r o o f

A case of Aufhebung See a l s o the e t i c d e s c r i p t i o n s i n S e c t i o n 3211

191

Variation Distribution Phoneme Allophone Conditions of Occurrence

[q] In free variation with [p] as syllable coda in medial position before the syllable onsets

[s g] Everywhere tu tot [tutot] A

A

A

Example sip npoundt [sipnet] [slqnet] darkness

[ t ]

[qgt

a l l positions In free variation with [ t ] as syllable coda in medial position before the syllable onsets [qraquo b d g 1 r ] Everywhere a l l positions

In free variation with [k] as syllable coda in medial position before the syllable onsets [b d m nJ 1 r ]

[q] Everywhere a l l positions

[qgt

resin qa gat qa gas [qagatraquoqagas] [qagaq qa gas] I t smells like medicine

A i 11 k i I f k [ k l l l k l l i k ] my armpit 1

sak moi [sakmoi] [saqmoi] mouthful

qal q o q [qalqoq] bullpestle

Auf hebung

192

Variation Distribution Phoneme Allophone Conditions of Occurrence Example

b

d

g

m

n

Cd]

Cm]

Cmgt

Cn]

Everywhere

a l l positions

Everywhere

a l l positions

Everywhere

a l l positions

Everywhere

a l l positions

ba bSq [babaq]

bulldown

si r ib C s i r i b ]

bullwisdom

dfi don C du don]

bullgrasshopper

tu r i d CtUred]

bullcourage

gu g6t CgU^got] gums

bpound leg Cbi leg]

power

mu ma lSm [mUmalem]

bulllate afternoon

Before b i labial pen pen Cpempen] stops [p b]

Before velar stops [k g]

Elsewhere a l l positions Everywhere a l l positions 1

bullstacks

earthquake

gin g i neurod Cglnglned]

na ga nan Câganan]

bullto name

na naq Cncunaq]

bullopen mouthed

nway C nwan]

bullwater buffalo

raquoAufhebung

193


f

bull

s

h

A

Cf]

Cv]

Cs]

Ch]

Cn]

Prevocalic only a l l positions Pre-semiconsonantal medial only as the

f f noq [finoq]

bull f i n e 1

q l f fwe raq

Cqlffweraq] f i r s t C of a cluster to cast aside Prevocalic only a l l positions

Everywhere a l l positions

nwl vaq vis ka yaq C nwevaq]CvIskayaq]

bullname of a province su sik Csuslk]

bullaltercation dakes [dakes]

bullbad Prevocalic only hus tbq [hUstoq] i n i t i a l position bullright enough Pre-semiconsonantal re 11 hyon and intervocalic only [rellhyon] I n i t i a l and medial religion positions 1 ha lo ha loq

Chaloraquohaloq] assorted sherbet

Everywhere l a q l loq Claqiloq] a l l positions cajole

qi la q i l [ q l raquola q l l ]

bullwobble

1 9 4

V a r i a t i o n D i s t r i b u t i o n

Phoneme A l l o p h o n e C o n d i t i o n s o f O c c u r r e n c e E x a m p l e

r

w

y

[ r ]

[ w ]

C u ]

C y ]

cigt

C i ]

E v e r y w h e r e

a l l p o s i t i o n s

P r e v o c a l i c a l l p o s i shy

t i o n s l a s t member o f

a c o n s o n a n t c l u s t e r

D i p h t h o n g o f f g l i d e

a f t e r s t r e s s e d C i ] laquo


a f t e r [ i ] [ a ] o r [ a ]

r i r o q [ raquo r i r o q ]

c o n f u s i o n

q u p e r C q u p e r ]

bull s o a k 1

w a w e k C w txraquo w e k ]

s t a b d e e p

l w a g Q l w a g ] f r o t h

t i l i w [ t l l i u ]

c a t c h

tamp l a w [ t a l a U ]

d e p a r t u r e

P r e v o c a l i c a l l p o s i - y u y e m [ y u y e m ]




a f t e r s t r e s s e d [ u ]


a f t e r [ u ] [ a ] o r [ o ]

c l o u d y

n y o g [ n y o g ]

c o c o n u t

k a s u y

[ k a s u i ]

bull c a s h e w

s u y s o y

[ s U I s o l ]

f r a y r a v e l

^ A u f h e b u n g

195

42221 (e) Tonemes

v a r i a t i o n D i s t r i b u t i o n Toneme A l l o t o n e Conditions of Occurrence Example

2

3

4

[2] I n i t i a l p i t c h l e v e l of most utterances Before or a f t e r [ l ] i n utterance p r e - f i n a l s i g n a l s a s e r i e s

[ l ] A f t e r [2] i n utterance f i n a l s i g n a l s a s t a t e shyment A f t e r [3] i n utterance f i n a l s i g n a l s a quesshyt i o n

[3] A f t e r [2] utterance t e r m i n a l s i g n a l s a qu e s t i o n

[4] Before [2] near u t t e r shyance f i n a l s i g n a l s a statement w i t h emphasis or strong emotion A f t e r [2] or sometimes [3] s i g n a l s a ques t i o n

Maysa dua _2 1 2 1_ [malsaq dwaqj

or r l 2 1 2_ |_mal saq dwaqj One two

Adda [qaddaq] There i s

[qaddaq] bullIs there

[qadlaquo5aq] bullIs thereraquo

4 2 [qaddaq] bullThere i s (Look) laquo

2 4 [qaddaq] Is there

196

V a r i a t i o n D i s t r i b u t i o n Toneme A l l o t o n e Conditions of Occurrence Example

4 C|] A f t e r [2l] s i g n a l s a [qad daq^]

statement There i s

A A f t e r [23] or [ 2 4 ] [qadlaqf]

s i g n a l s a questi o n Is there

ft] A f t e r [231] s i g n a l s 2 3 1

[qad daq^] a q u e s t i o n bullIs t here

Ctl A f t e r [213] s i g n a l s 2 1 3 A [qaddaq^p

a q u e s t i o n Is t here A f t e r [31] s i g n a l s [qad daqj] a qu e s t i o n Is there

42221 ( f ) Junctonemes

Junctoneme Allojjunctone

) [|] A f t e r two i d e n t i c a l p i t c h l e v e l s e g [22] s i g shyn a l s a r e l a t i v e l y short pause l e v e l tone and i n shycomplete statement

[qad daq |] There i s a

Âufhebung x vs _f i n the context [31gt ] i s equivalent t o [ T ]

197

V a r i a t i o n D i s t r i b u t i o n Junctoneme A l i o j u n c t o n e Conditions of Occurrence Example

|| [|] A f t e r [ 2 1 ] s i g n a l s a complete statement and [qad Tdaq^] a long t e r m i n a l pause There i s

[f] A f t e r [ 2 3 ] or [ 1 3 ] s i g shyn a l s a complete sentence [qadciaq^] and a long t e r m i n a l pause Is there

42221 (g) Stronemes

Stroneme A l i o s t r o n e

[] An Ilokano has a t (unmarked) l e a s t one strong s t r e s s

[ ] a t most two i n the f o l l o w -67

i n g d i s t r i b u t i o n p a t t e rns One Strong S t r e s s [ ]

( x ) ( x ) ( x ) x [ b a t l k U l e n ] g i b l e t ( x ) ( x ) ( x ) x x [nakapUdpudot]

I t s very hot (x) (x)xxxx [nakapUd-pu doten]

I t s very hot now

67 The symbol x = s y l l a b l e the parenthesis i n d i c a t e s

o p t i o n a l occurrence of the s y l l a b l e I n the s p e c i f i c examples given here however x i s o b l i g a t o r y

198

V a r i a t i o n D i s t r i b u t i o n Stroneme A l i o s t r o n e Conditions of Occurrence Example

Two Strong S t r e s s e s [ ] xxxxx [nakaalqayat] l o v e l y

(x)xxxxx [maklqinnayanqayat] to be i n love w i t h someone

(x)xxxxx [maklbinnllanan] bullto j o i n i n the mutual counting

(x)(x)xxxxxx [ m a k l p a g p i n p i n n a l i s q i u ] uncalled

f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n observing xxxxxxxx

[makllinllnnemmenanen] Hes p l a y i n g hide-and-seek now

(x)xxxxxx [maklbinblnnllananen] He

has joined i n the mutual counting

There are two important observations about the d i s t r i b u t i o n of s t r e s s i n Ilokano F i r s t there has to be a t l e a s t one o b l i g a t o r y s y l l a b l e before the s t r e s s e d anteshypenultimate s y l l a b l e e g [xAxxx] Ilokano does not superpose s t r e s s a t the beginning of a t h r e e - s y l l a b l e word i n the way that E n g l i s h does e g p o s s i b l e [ f p a s l b l ] [xxx] Secondly In the patterns w i t h two s t r e s s e s there

199

has to he an o b l i g a t o r y s y l l a b l e before the f i r s t strong s t r e s s

Of the suprasegmentals s t r e s s i s the primary f e a t shyure i n a c h i e v i n g a p a t t e r n of prominence i n the word the other features t y i n g i n very c l o s e l y Thus f o r Ilokano

+ Length S y l l a b l e Prominence gt + [ s t r ] J V I P I J J

For example S t r e s s [ x x x] [napu do tQ I t s hot

plus Length [ x x x] [na fpudot] I t i s hot 1 2 1

plus P I J [ x x x^] [napu dot^] I t i s hot

42222 Morphophonemics

A l i n k or transducer between the s y n t a c t i c and the phonol o g i c a l components of a grammar i s morphophonemics -roughly equivalent to systematic phonemics i n Chomskys

68

g e n e r a t i v e - t r a n s f o r m a t i o n a l grammar To the transformashyt i o n a l i s t s systematic phonemics i s second t o the l a s t stage i n the grammar of a language - the l a s t being s y s t e shymatic phonetics which describes how sentences are a c t u a l l y produced and p h o n e t i c a l l y i n t e r p r e t e d by the n a t i v e speaker

68 See Noam Chomsky Aspects of the Theory of Syntax

pp 15-18 Current I S S U E S i n L i n g u i s t i c Theory In Katz and Fodor op_ c i t pp 85-90

200

I n t h i s phonological grammar of Ilokano morphoshyphonemics deals w i t h the v a r i a t i o n s i n the phonemic s t r u c shyt u r e of morphemes I t a l s o describes how the phonemic r e p r e s e n t a t i o n of each morpheme i s p h o n e t i c a l l y r e a l i z e d

The morphophonemic changes i n Ilokano may take the form of one or a combination of any of the f o l l o w i n g processes

(a) Phoneme a d d i t i o n (b) Phoneme d e l e t i o n (c) Phoneme s u b s t i t u t i o n as a r e s u l t of

(1) a s s i m i l a t i o n (2) d i s s i m i l a t i o n (3) g r a d a t i o n (4) r e d u p l i c a t i o n

42222 (a) Phoneme A d d i t i o n

The phenomenon of phoneme a d d i t i o n i n Ilokano may be explained using the examples below 1) I n the f i r s t example sum brek the i n t r u s i v e b being a b i l a b i a l stop i s a l i a i s o n between the b i l a b i a l n a s a l m to the a l v e o l a r f l a p r The f a c t t h a t b i s non-nasal l i k e r f a c i l i t a t e s the t r a n s i t i o n from m to r 2) The same may be s a i d f o r the a l v e o l a r n l i n k i n g the o r a l a to the d e n t a l d A c t u a l l y the process involved has a semblance of r e g r e s s i v e a s s i m i l a t i o n The i n t r u s i v e n can l i k e w i s e be i n t e r p r e t e d as a phenomenon of phoneme

201

s u b s t i t u t i o n (see d i s c u s s i o n about d i s s i m i l a t i o n ) 3) The a d d i t i o n of consonants by gemination i s induced by the s h i f t of s t r e s s to the s y l l a b l e i n which the second member of the geminate occurs This has reference to gradation as exshypl a i n e d i n Sec 42222 ( c )

H y p o t h e t i c a l Phonemic Phonetic Morpheme Form pound) Representation R e a l i z a t i o n

(1) I n t r u s i v e b s errek 1entranc e 1

+ -um- gt^sumerrek gt sum r e k sum b r e k mdash gt [sUmbrek]

to enter (2) I n t r u s i v e n madi wont

+ -ak I gtVmadiak ^ man dyfikmdashgt [mandyak] I wont

(3) Other i n t r u s i v e consonants p tupi hem + -am you mdash mdash gt

tupiam gt tup pyam mdash ^ [tUppyam] Xou hem i t

t luto cook + -ek I gtlutoek mdash mdash gt l u t twSk gt [lUttwek]

I cook i t

202

H y p o t h e t i c a l Phonemic Phonetic Morphemes Form () Representation R e a l i z a t i o n

A lako sal e to s e l l toraquo + -an to mdashgt lakoan mdashgt l a k kwan mdashgt [lakkwan]

b abpound i n s u l t to i n s u l t + -en to mdashgt abien mdashgt qab byen mdashgt [qexb byen]

d adu abundant wel l o f f + -an o f mdashgt aduan mdashgt qad dwSn mdashgt [qaddwan]

g rugl s t a r t You s t a r t i t + -am you mdashy rugiammdashgt rug gyam mdashgt [rUggyam]

m sim8 knot to knot + -en to mdashgt simoen mdashgt sim mwen mdashgt [slmmwen]

n ani harvest to harvest + -en to mdashgt a n i e n mdashgt qan nyen mdashgt [qctn nyen]

n sahgo f r o n t where to f a c e + -an at mdashgt sangoan mdashgt san awanmdashgt [sannwan]

l gulo confusion to confuse + -en to mdash gt guloen mdash gt g u l lweh mdashgt [gUllwen]

r buro preserve You preserve i t

+ teem you mdashgt buroem mdashgt- bur rwemmdashgt [bUrrwem]

ft kafe coffee to d r i n k as c o f f e e + -en to mdashgt kafeen mdash gt kaf f y i n mdashgt [ k a f f y e n ]

s kaasi p i t y + -an to mdashpound Aaasian mdash ^ ka qas syan mdash ^

[kaqassyan] to p i t y

203

42222 (b) Phoneme D e l e t i o n I n Ilokano morphophonemic change i s a l s o r e f l e c t e d

i n the l o s s of phonemes - vowels as w e l l as consonants The l o s s of medial vowels i s c a l l e d syncope I t w i l l he noted t h a t the vowel that i s u s u a l l y syncopated i s e p o s s i b l y due to the f a c t that i t tends to become weakened and reduced to the s t a t u s of schwa d and f i n a l l y l o s t I n some word forms the consonants adjacent to e are a l s o l o s t


(1) Loss of e i arem aremen mdash gt qar men --^ [qarmen] bullcourtship kapet

bullto c o u r t kapetenmdashgt kap t e n [keepten]

+ -en --gt bullhold I to h o l d pateg | pategen~gt pat gen [patgen] endearment to endear rikep + -an mdashgt r i k e p a n ~gt r i k pan mdashgt [ r l k p a n ] shutter to shut (docopyr) t o

(2) Loss of e l en r e er ed and ep kelleb cover to seek cover + -um- to --gt ^kumelleb mdashgt kum l e b --gt [kUmleb] pennSk s a t i s f a c t i o n to be s a t i s f i e d + ma- to be mdashgt ^mapennekmdash^ map neW mdashgt [mapnek]

204

H y p o t h e t i c a l Phonemic Phonetic II Morphemes Form () Representation R e a l i z a t i o n serrek entrance xfhere to enter + an at mdashgt serrekan mdashgt ser kan mdash raquo [serkan] serrek entrance to e n t e r 1

+ -um- to mdashgt sumerrek mdashgt -sum rek mdash gt [sUm rek] tedda l e f t - o v e r to be l e f t - o v e r + ma- to be mdash ^ matedda mdashgt mat daq mdashgt [matdaq] lepp5s f i n i s h to be f i n i s h e d + ma- to be mdashgt maleppas mdashgt mal pas mdashgt [malpas]

4iII22 (o) Phoneme S u b s t i t u t i o n (1) A s s i m i l a t i o n Two d i f f e r e n t adjacent phonemes

become more l i k e each other When the f i r s t phoneme i n the s e r i e s changes to become s i m i l a r to the one that f o l l o w s i t i e phoneme A a s s i m i l a t e s to phoneme B the process i s described as r e g r e s s i v e a s s i m i l a t i o n the reverse process i s c a l l e d progressive a s s i m i l a t i o n A l l phenomena of a s s i shym i l a t i o n i n Ilokano are of the r e g r e s s i v e type

( l a ) A l v e o l a r ngt b i l a b i a l m a s s i m i l a t e s to b i l a b i a l s pb banban mdashgt banban gt bam ban gt [bamban] t h i n

bamboo s t r i p s used f o r t y i n g penpen mdash y penpen ^ pem pen gt [pempen] stack

205

( l b ) A l v e o l a r ngt v e l a r n a s s i m i l a t e s to v e l a r s k g gunguna mdashgt gunguna mdash pound gun gu naq mdash raquo [gUngUnaq]

gain kenka mdashgt kenka mdashgt ken kaq mdashgt [kenkaq] to you ( l c ) B i l a b i a l pgt a l v e o l a r r a s s i m i l a t e s to a l v e o l a r n ma- + pennek gt mapennek gt

By d e l e t i o n map nek mdash [ m a p n e k ] By a s s i m i l a t i o n mar nek mdashgt [marnek]

(2) D i s s i m i l a t i o n Two i d e n t i c a l adjacent phonemes become d i s s i m i l a r This i s the reverse process of a s s i m i l a shyt i o n

(2a) D i s s i m i l a t i o n as to v o i c i n g dgt t before g asideg near + -an to mdash gt asidegan mdash gt

By syncope qausid gan mdash gt [qasldgan] By d i s s i m i l a t i o n qa s i t gan mdashgt [ q a s l t g a n ]

to go near to

(2b) D i s s i m i l a t i o n as to point-manner of a r t i c u l a t i o n -dental-stop+dentalssfcop ddgt alveola r - n a s a l + d e n t a l - s t o p nd madl wont + -ak I mdash gt madiak mdashgt

By phoneme a d d i t i o n mad dy5k mdashgt [maddyak]

By d i s s i m i l a t i o n man dyfik mdash gt [mandyak] I wont

206

(3) Gradation The s u b s t i t u t i o n of phonemes - i e vowel change - due t o s h i f t of s t r e s s i s a process c a l l e d g r a d a t i o n I n Ilokano the vowels that g e n e r a l l y undergo such change are o which becomes u or a semiconsonant w and i or e which becomes a semiconsonant y This type of morphophonemic change and the con d i t i o n s that i n f l u e n c e i t can be e x p l i c i t l y described i n the f o l l o w i n g f o u r r u l e s

Gradation Rule 1 -ak

-am

-em

Examples alpoundmon + -ek mdashgt alimonek gt swallow I qa l i mu nek ^ [qaHmu nek]

I swallow i t pftor + -am mdashgt puoram

pu qu ram gt [pU qu ram] f i r e you You burn i t

baot + -en mdash gt baoten --mdashy ba qu t e n gt [baquten] to l a s h l a s h to

207

Gradation Rule 2 A - a l A

o C a r-CF - i ^

gt u C a ku

bullC C +

-am -fin -Ik -em

k-enj Examples apoy + een mdash gt apoyen mdash ^ f i r e to qa pu yenmdashgt [qcupU yen] to cook ( r i c e ) bungon + -en mdashgt bungonen mdash gt wrapper to bu nu n i n gt [bUnUnen] to wrap up likod -an mdashgt l i k o d a n mdash gt back to l i ku danmdashgt [ l l k U d a n ] to t u r n ones

back t o

Gradation Rule 3$

leJ l G V G ^ ^ J gt y cvc1c1 +

Gradation Rule 4

fo) fCVC C-) J f J 2 I gt w CV^C 1 u J lCVC bullraquo C 2 J 1

r - a k

4

-fim -an -Ik -em

v-W

69

69 CTC- = Consonant geminates Por examples i l l u s t r a t shy

i n g Rules 3 and 4 see Sec 42222 ( a ) ( 3 )

208

(4) R e d u p l i c a t i o n A morphological process whereshyby there i s a r e p e t i t i o n of a r a d i c a l element i s r e f e r r e d to as r e d u p l i c a t i o n I n Ilokano the r e d u p l i c a t i o n i s e i t h e r p a r t i a l i e only the f i r s t s y l l a b l e of the r a d i c a l element i s repeated or f u l l i n which the e n t i r e r a d i c a l element i s r e d u p l i c a t e d No phoneme s u b s t i t u t i o n r e s u l t s from a p a r t i a l r e d u p l i c a t i o n i n the language The Ilokano vowel o becomes u i n the f i r s t r a d i c a l element of a f u l l r e d u p l i c a t i o n The f o l l o w i n g r u l e describes such morphophonemic change

of CVC j gt u CVC _ Q CVC o

Examples ag + l u t o 2 mdash gt a g l u t o l u t o mdashgt qag l u t u lu t o q mdash gt bullto cook [ q a g l U t U f l u t o q ] to play cooking baboy mdashy baboybaboy mdashgt ba buy ba boy mdash gt

[babUIbabol] p i l l bug

kulog 2 ~gt kulogkulog mdash gt ku lu g ku l o g mdash gt [kUlUgkUlog] a game of d i c e

2 surot mdash gt s u r o t s u r o t mdash gt su r u t su s o t mdash gt

[sUr U t s u r o t ] t r a i l e r

209

43 The Stream of Speech

70 431 Corpus

Second year my now here Vancouver i s n t i t

Malkadua nga tawen kon d i t o y Vancouver saan k a d i

[malkaddwanata 1 wenkondl t o l v a n ku ver| s a 1 qanka 1 d i q ^

Thank you f o r generous a i d your to the P h i l i p p i n e s 1

Dios t i agngina i t i nahushusto nga badang yo i t i F i l i p i n a s

dyostlqogniJnaqltlnahUshustonabadanyo| q l t l f l l l p i n a s Q

432 Concepts

The a n a l y s i s of the stream of speech i n the next f i v e

pages aims to i l l u s t r a t e g r a p h i c a l l y the g e n e r a l concepts i n

l i n g u i s t i c s enumerated below The i n f o r m a t i o n d e r i v e d from

such g r a p h i c a r t i c u l a t o r y a n a l y s i s i s i n a way roughly s i m i shy

l a r t o t h a t which a spectrogram sonagram kymogram or 71

o s c i l l o g r a m i n i n s t r u m e n t a l phonetics would y i e l d about

the corpus of u t t e r a n c e s above

70 The corpus i n c l u d e s a l l the 34 emic u n i t s e s t a b l i s h e d

i n t h i s c h a p ter A l l o w f o r a margin of e r r o r s i n c e one cannot t r a n s c r i b e

f a i t h f u l l y a l l the phonetic events of a c t u a l speech 71 F o r an adequate and d e t a i l e d account of instruments

210

The graphic analysis shows that

a The ongoing stream of a meaningful utterance is a complex ever-changing continuum of different sound featshyures

b Each utterance can be uniquely although inadeshyquately represented as a f i n i t e set of discrete emic eleshyments occurring in succession or simultaneously

c A segmental phoneme represents one or more phonshyetic features

d A suprasegmental prosodeme extends over a series of segmental groupings

e Sounds in context are modified in various ways because of their influence on one another e glaquo [n]gt[n] before [k]

f Borrowed sounds tend to be altered to conform to the native phonetic habits and to the native phonemic code e gV [vgei^kuwvr] gt [vctnku ver]

g Phonetics is closely related is a prerequisite to phonemics One cannot be dogmatic about the phonemes of a language or dialect unless one is conversant with i t s phonetic structure and arrangement

used in acoustic phonetics see C Gunnar M Fant Modern Instruments and Methods for Acoustic Studies of Speech Proceedings of the Eighth International Congress of Linguists Oslo Oslo University Press 1958 pp 282-3o2

211

43 A n a l y s i s Table 2bdquo The Stream of Speech Analyzed

EMIC Sup Seg J 2 UNITS S e g 8 t a l m |w ETIC FEATURES Close H a l f - c l o s e Half-open Open Stop B i l a b i a l D e n t a l V e l a r G l o t t a l

F r i c a t i v e Labio-Dental D e n t a l G l o t t a l

N a s a l B i l a b i a l A l v e o l a r V e l a r

L a t e r a l A l v e o l a r

F l a p A l v e o l a r

Poll

t p a l Semi^f

lof 1 1

v pal

L a b i a l i z e d D e n t a l i z e d P a l a t a l i z e d V e l a r i z e d

Lengthened

+v +v +b +b +b

Every symbol a t the po i n t of i n t e r s e c t i o n i n d i c a t e s the presence of an e t i c f e a t u r e S p e c i f i c a l l y f o r vowels h = f r o n t + ss c e n t r a l -j = back f o r consonants v = v o i c e b = breath

212

EMIC Sup UNITS Seg n d i

1 2 1 t o y v a n k u v e r

1 s a ^|^ a bull n

ETIC FEAT

Close H a l f - c l o s e Half-open Open Stop B i l a b i a l D e n t a l V e l a r G l o t t a l

F r i c Lab-Dent Dental G l o t t a l N a s al B i l a b i a l A l v e o l a r V e l a r



bullfv

Semi rt

b i l p a l b i l p a l

Labraquolized D e n t a i l z e d Palraquolized Velar z e d Lengthened

+b +b

+v +v

213

EMIC SupJ 2 UNITS Seg k a d i q

2 1 2 -d y o s t 1 q a g n 1 n a q

ETIC FEAT Close H a l f - c l o s e Half-open Open Stop B i l a b i a l D e n t a l V e l a r G l o t t a l

F r l c Lab-Dent Dental G l o t t a l

Nasal B i l a b i a l A l v e o l a r V e l a r



bull b i l

Semi

^palshy

p a l bull b i l

Labraquolized D e n t a i l z e d P a l l l z e d V e l a r i z e d Lengthened

+b +v +v +b

+v

214

EMIC Sup | 2 1 UNITS Seg q i t 1 n u h u

2 s t

ETIC FEAT1

Close H a l f - c l o s e Half-open Open Stop 3 i l a b i a l Dental V e l a r G l o t t a l

F r i c Lab-Dent Dental G l o t t a l




Semi

p a l

L a b l i z e d D e n t a l i z e d P a l 1 l i z e d V e l a r i z e d Lengthened

+v +b +b

+v +b

t

215

EMIC Sups UNITS Segs a a y o q

ETIC FEAT

Close H a l f - c l o s e Half-open + 4 Open Stop B i l a b i a l Dental V e l a r G l o t t a l

P r i c Lab-Dent Dental G l o t t a l




bil

( a l Semij

( b i l ^pal-

L a b l i zed D e n t a l i z e d P a l 8 l i z e d V e l a r i z e d Lengthened

1 2 1 q i t i f i 1 i p i n a s

+b

+b

Chapter 5

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

51 Summary The linguistic data described and classified at the

taxonomic level of this research - i et the etic and emic analyses i n the preceding chapters - w i l l now by way of summary be considered at a higher level of abstraction the explanatory level The latter characterizes the relationshyships or patterns of combinability of the emic units by means of a system of rewrite rules The output of each level of description may be schematically shown in the order of their degree of abstraction thus

Taxonomic level Explanatory level describes and classifies reveals the underlying etic units emic units patterns of relationships

Phones Phonemes Phonological

Rules

The rationale for the f i n a l scheme of description derives from the realization that a totality does not conshys i s t of things but of relationships and that language -which is a totality or gestalt - is essentially a rules-based act i v i t y This ties in with the modern concept of a grammar namely that i t Is a theory of a language - a system of rules which explicitly characterizes a native speaker-hearers comshy petence and performance in his language

217

Returning now to the two problems previously stated which this study purports to seek answers for namely

Problem 1 What are the emic units of the cultivated Ilokano dialect as spoken in Bayombong Nueva Vlzcaya

The dialect distinguishes a total number of thirty-four emic units summarized as follows

Segmental Phonemes - Five (5) Vowels i u

Eighteen (18) Consonants p 1

S

m n

w- y

218

Suprasegmental Prosodernes Pour (4) Pitch Levels or Tonemes

4 Extra High

3 High 2 Normal Low

Three (3) Intonation Contours | Level Intonation 4 Falling intonation ^ Rising intonation

Two (2) Junctonemes Pre-terminal short pause

Two (2) Stronemes V Strong stress (Unmarked) Weak stress

Problem 2 What phonological patterns of occurrence relations between the emic units does the dialect permit

The phonological grammar is the answer The underlying patterns of relative occurrence of thellinguistic units are stated in the form of explicit rewrite rules The grammar is a f i n i t e set of - 1 ey only 42 - unordered rules that geneshyrate an i n f i n i t e number of combinable phonological elements in the Ilokano dialect Such rules are grouped into two categoshyries namely

219

G r o u p A P h o n e t i c R u l e s s t a t e s t h e p h o n e t i c c o n s t i shy

t u t i o n o f phonemes w i t h r e s p e c t t o s t a t e d c o n t e x t s a n d

G r o u p B M o r p h o p h o n e m i c R u l e s s t a t e s t h e p h o n e m i c

c o n s t i t u t i o n o f morphemes w i t h r e s p e c t t o s t a t e d c o n t e x t s

T h e f o l l o w i n g i s a f i n i t e s e t o f s y m b o l s w h i c h p a r t l y

c o n s t i t u t e s t h e m e t a l a n g u a g e o f t h e p h o n o l o g i c a l g r a m m a r

^ i s r e p r e s e n t e d b y o r

i s r e w r i t t e n a s

i n t h e c o n t e x t ( e n v i r o n m e n t )

[ ] e t i c u n i t o r u n i t s

e m i c u n i t o r u n i t s

pound ^ a s e t c h o o s e o n e a n d o n l y o n e o n a g i v e n

a p p l i c a t i o n o f t h e r u l e

( ) o p t i o n a l - i n c l u d e t h e i t e m o r i t e m s

w h e r e a p p l i c a b l e

[ [ t h e r e s t o f t h e i t e m s b e l o n g i n g i n t h e

s y l l a b l e

C C o n t o i d (or C o n s o n a n t )

V V o c o i d ( o r V o w e l )

c S e m i c o n t o l d ( o r S e m i c o n s o n a n t )

v S e m i v o c o i d ( o r S e m i v o w e l )

A f A f f i x - a k - a m - a n - e k - e m - e n

T h e p h o n o l o g i c a l g r a m m a r o f t h e d i a l e c t o f I l o k a n o

u n d e r s t u d y h a s b e e n c o n s t r u c t e d w i t h t h e s e a s g i v e n t h e

f i n i t e n u m b e r o f p h o n e m i c d a t a p l u s t h e f i n i t e s e t o f

220

symbols plus a working knowledge of the basic charactershyi s t i c s of a good grammar1 namely (a) Descriptive adequacy -a grammar is descriptively adequate to the extent that i t s structural descriptions correspond to the intrinsic compeshytence and linguistic intuition of the native speaker and (b) Simplicity economy and generality - identified with fewer symbol tokens used in each descriptive statement or rule to generate an i n f i n i t e number of linguistic forms

A l l the statements about the structure of relative occurrence i e of distribution apply within the domain of the syllable Thus the elements enclosed in square brackets [ ] or slashes $ In the case of morphophonemic rules represent the structure of a single syllable The rules underlying the syllable structures (SS) of Ilokano have been stated as follows

[(C)C(c)V] SS Rule 1 Sbdquo

ml ^ CC(c)V(C)]

bull[(C)C(c)VC] SS Rule 2 S gt -l

[C(c)VC(C)]

SS Rule 3 Sd -gt [| jw]

if J

221

E v e r y r u l e i s o f t h e f o r m

X gt Y F o r e x a m p l e

A mdash-gt [i] A

f [ c ( v ) ]

Craquoc (c)]

[ raquo C c ( C ) ]

T o o b v i a t e t h e l i m i t l e s s p r o l i f e r a t i o n o f s y m b o l s

a n d s t a t e m e n t s t h e w r i t e r i m p o s e s a r e s t r i c t i o n o n t h e

n u m b e r e m p l o y e d b y w o r k i n g t o w a r d a maximum g e n e r a l i t y

T h u s f o r At t h e f o u r s p e c i f i c r u l e s o r s t a t e m e n t s c a l l e d

s c h e m a i n m o d e r n l i n g u i s t i c t e r m i n o l o g y a r e c o a l e s c e d i n t o

a s i n g l e g e n e r a l r u l e o r s t a t e m e n t c o r r e s p o n d i n g l y c a l l e d 72

- s c h e m a t a

-bullC(c)7 r v

n --gt [i] [ o J_ ltcgt] A l m o s t a l l o f t h e r e w r i t e r u l e s w h i c h make u p t h e

p h o n o l o g i c a l g r a m m a r o f t h e I l o k a n o d i a l e c t a r e c o n s t r u c t e d

i n t h e g e n e r a l f o r m o f s c h e m a t a a n d a r e t h e r e f o r e t o b e

s i m i l a r l y I n t e r p r e t e d

V bull 72 F o r t h e o p e r a t i o n a l c o n c e p t s s c h e m a a n d s c h e m a t a

c r e d i t I s d u e t o P r o f e s s o r Noam C h o m s k y R e c a l l e d f r o m t h e l e c t u r e - d i s c u s s i o n s I n h i s c l a s s i n A d v a n c e d P h o n o l o g y a t t h e I966 Summer L i n g u i s t i c I n s t i t u t e o f t h e L i n g u i s t i c S o c i e t y o f A m e r i c a U n i v e r s i t y o f C a l i f o r n i a a t L o s A n g e l e s ( U C L A )

222

It w i l l be noted that even at this abstract explan-C

atory level of description the trimodal scheme U = V D

is s t i l l operative

CONTRAST VARIATION The erne has the al i o

DISTRIBUTION in the context

A Phonetic Rules (PR)t

[ i ] C laquo c ( o ) _ ( v ) ]

PR 1 i gt

[I] [ C ( o ) _ ( V ) ]

(i)

( i i )

[e] [()C(c)

PR 2 e gt

[a] [OC l c )

reg

(i)

( i i )

[ a ] [(laquo)(C)C(c) ( V ) ] ^ j ltU

PR 3 a -gt

[a] [C(c) ([)] ( i i )

223

PR H o gt [ o ] C(laquo)(C)C(c) (| )] (i)

r [ u ] Claquo(C)C(o) ( ) ]

PR 5 u -gt

W [ c(c)_lt C 3]

(i)

( i i )

[ c v _ ]

cpyltc_v(gt]

PB 6s p - mdash

(1)

gt ( i i )

[iy [cv_ i J s (o] raquo (iv)

224

[t]A_y(r)] (1)

ki_]C_(f3J)V(c)]J

( i i )

( i i i )

[o-tb^

11 [cv 3Clt disi (iv)

225

PR 9t q gt [q]

[_ltgt]

[cv ]

PR 10 b gt [b ] J [ V ( V ) ]

[cv ]

P R 11 a gt [ d]A [_v(Q)]

_][_( r 1)( (C)] [ r ] lev

[cv ]

FR 12 g gt [ g ] J [ _ V ( V ) ]

M l k _ ] [ _ ( [ r ] ) ( c ) V ( c ) ]

2 2 6

PR 13 m gt [a] [ V(

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

[ C V _ ( [ s ] ) ]

M[_v(0)]

PR 14 n gtlt

[ [ ] c c v _ i ^ ]

(i)

(n)

(ii i)

(iv)

gt] Ccv_X^ ] J (v)

227

[ c v _ ( )gt] P O -

PR i5raquo y mdash gt [raquo]lt[ v(vgt]

( [1] [ (

PR 16 f gt [ f ]

)V(C)] 1 [ ][ cv(c)] J

PR 17 s -gt [ s ] J [ V( V])]

M I i (deggtv-(Q ) r

PR 18 h -gt

M L_v(vgt]

[ cV(C)] [yen][ V(C)]

228

PR 191 M gt [v] [ (c)V(C)] ( i )

PR 20 gt [ 1 ] J [ V(V)]

p p _ _ r c v i c v t t k k b b d d

f[tk-v

PR 21 r gt [ r ] J [ V(V)]

t t k k b b d d~

( i )

( i i )

1 T3 TJ YcV (cVgt

( i )

( l i )

( i i i )

229

r W [ f c ] [ ( cU( v ) ]lt

PR 22 w mdash - gt ^ [ u ] C C [ i ] _ ]

W cQjgt i f mdash ]

( i )

( i i )

( i i i )

[ [ i ] [raquoC[u]_]

PR 23 y -gt

C i ] [cl [ a ] Co] pound u ]

(i )

( i i )

( i i i )

2 3 0

The schemata

[ov ]

and

[_i_cX))] may be further coalesced Into more involved schemata in order to account for the observed regularities in many of the rules thereby achieving greater generality Thus

A l l Craquos except f v h

gt[ptk

y tgtdg

] [cv_]

A l l Claquos ]

A l l Claquos except y 4

qvh

[ P t t k ^

bdg bull [ ] [ _ ( Icfb] lev lC J

y

231

r C Xf ]

73 PR 24s 2 -PR 25

PR 26 3

bull-gt C 2 ] ^

-gt [ 3 ]

-gt [ i ] J

c

(4)

3

2 1

d[_]

]

_]

(ID

( i l l )

( i v )

PR 27 4 gt [gt] lt

1

c (4)

3

2

[_ ]

^ r mdash 3

( i )

( I I )

( I i i )

( i v )

73 A n e x c e p t i o n t o PR 24 t h r o u g h 32 U n l i k e i n t h e c a s e

o f t h e s e g m e n t a l s - w h e r e t h e i t e m s e n c l o s e d i n s q u a r e b r a c k e t s r e p r e s e n t a s i n g l e s y l l a b l e - t h e s u p r a s e g m e n t a l s y m b o l s b e t w e e n t h e b r a c k e t s a r e t h o s e s u p e r p o s e d o n o n e o r m o r e s y l l a b l e s

232

PR 28 s 4 gt [|] [21 ] (i)

PR

[4] [ 2 3 1 _ ]

29 A gt

Ctl C 2 1 3 _ ]

C 3 1 _ ] J

(i)

( i l )

( i i i )

(iv)

PR 30s I - mdash gt [|] D 33 22 11

(i)

1|] C 2 1 _ ] v

PR 31 || gtbull

[ f ] (2)31J

(1)

( i i )

233

V raquo [bull]

[(x)(x)(x) x(x)(x)]

[(x)(x)x (x)(x)xx x ( x ) ( x ) ] J

PR 322

(i)

( i i )

Unmarked in the v _bdquo_gt [ y [ ] context above

( i i i )

B Morphophonemic Rules (MR)

MR 1 - Phoneme Addition by Gemination

lt$ VCA

C 2 bull y C2C2 JCJ7 2 2c+Af (1)

cv VCJ

MR 2 - Phoneme Deletion e(C)

MR 2 a i =2 V mdash-gt

Deleted C l V l C c C3+Af (i)

234

MR 2b eC 2^C 1u mJL C^C laquo

Deleted c 2vc

MR 2c eC 2 ma- C^ c 2vc -

Deleted ^ ma-C] CgVC

MR 3 - Phoneme S u b s t i t u t i o n

MR 3a - Assimilations

m CV

n gt

CV

235

MR 3b - Gradation

MR 3^(1) o c_Q -u C a C CAf

MR 3gt(2) o CJ c - 0 7

u c | laquo i ^ a c dBf

MR 3b(3)laquo

V c f c 2 A

cv c1_lc2i y A w e - Cj^JlAf

236

cv c 1 c 2A

MB 3b(4) 0 cv c ^ C g J

w cvc^ A x A i f (iv)

MH 3c - R e d u p l i c a t i o n

o CV A [ j gt

u cv c Q cv A o Q (i)

2 3 7

52 Conclusions

Within the limits of the organized data and facts arrived at at the taxonomic and explanatory levels of this research i t is possible by way of conclusion to make the following assertions

l 1 That the phonetic or phonemic data and facts are l i n g u i s t i c a l l y significant and important only to the extent that generalizations about their relational occurrenshyces i n the dialect are explicitly stated

2 That the phonological grammar constructed for the cultivated Ilokano dialect as spoken in Bayombong Nueva Vizcaya is generative i e predictive in that i t projects an i n f i n i t e number of potential combinations of the 3 4 emic units beyond those actually represented in the corpus

3 That concomitant with the influx of loans which is evident in the every day speech of the Ilokanos representshyed in this study borrowed sounds such as e o 9 f v h have become assimilated into the native phonemic system

4 That syntactic and morphological structures are inevitably involved i n phonology - there Is no s t r i c t sepashyration of levels The dynamics of stress in the dialect resulting from morphological expansion using affixes is one concrete instance of the interrelation of phonology and morphology A l l the suprasegmental prosodemes for that matter

238

depended on higher level grammatical considerations for their interpretation

5 That every utterance i n the dialect can be uniquely represented as a sequence of phones - segments or suprasegments - which are in turn represented by a sequence of phonemes each of which can be regarded as a token or abbreviation for a set of phonetic features The features are distinctive or contrastive in the dialect setting utterances apart1 thereby making communication possible An analysis of the stream of speech bears this out even more succinctly

6 That1 a dialect has a phonemic system that is unique and adequate in i t s e l f and for i t s users Thus the Ilokano dialect in this study has i t s own phonemic code slightly different from any of those of the dialects studied by Sibayan Constantino and McKaughan and Porster

There Is no essential difference however in the syllable structure of the Ilokano dialects On this point the writer begs to d i f f e r with Drs Sibayan and Constantino in that they established V as a syllable type in Ilokano This view seems to be orthography-based or printbound For example what they l i s t and transcribe as a ma father 1 and a a ligature are l i n g u i s t i c a l l y CV(C) qa maq and qaq respectively since the glottal stop is a phoneme

The writer begs also to disagree with Dr Constantino who says that in Ilokano syllable boundary which he symbo-

239

lized as - is phonemic since i t is unpredictable - i e either before or after C in the -VCV- sequence type - and that i t has the allophones of a glottal stop [] before a vowel and a prolongation indicated by [] of the f i n a l consonant before a consonant He indicates the syllable boundary in the transcription when i t occurs after the conshysonant in -VCV- sequences1 For example

blr-1 blr-iy [ b i r t i ] bullcrack 1

maysa maysa [maysa] bullone sabung sabung [sabunB flower 1

sab-ung sab-un [sabtun] laps Considering the structural patterns of the Ilokano

syllable (Sec 2 33 of this thesis) the glottal stop q is a phoneme by the principles of identity of function -i e q identifies with ft or b - and by the principle of pattern congruity - i e in the CVC CVC sequence For example rangtay ran tay bridge vs rang-ay ran qay progress uttot qut tot break wind vs ut-ot qut qot bullpain sabong spound bon bullflower vs sab-ong sab qon dowry This view of course1 disregards the Aufhebung principle whereby q may become a free variant of ptk (Sec 4 222)

One might say- for the sake of argumentthat syllable boundary is phonemic since i t patterns and functions like the consonant b in samp hon vs sab qoni The decision

240

i n favor of such argument is untenable because syllable boundary is suprasegmental i e i t can be identified only in terms of several segmental unitsy while b is segmental1

Methodologically speaking segments cannot be subsumed with suprasegmentslin one and the same phoneme-

Finally 1 that this research study has aimed at comprehensiveness of coverage and depth of analysis The writer however is prepared to accept the possibility that in both content and methodology the study may well have failed to get at some crucial details Gaps are inevitable Perhaps the day w i l l come when the type of metalanguage that has been employed in this grammar w i l l be insufficient to resolve deeper questions concerning the phonological structure of the Ilokano dialect This can be expected considering the present trend in the interdisciplinary approach to the study of language whereby new phenomena are revealed and better concepts and methodologies developed

The statements above reflect the attitude that at any time the writer must be prepared to modify her theory -i eiV the grammar - and evolve a more viable one which gives a precise structural delineation of a l l phonological phenomena in the dialect As Robins has said linguistics as a branch of scholarship cannot afford to remain unaltered for any length of time Language is dynamic and the thinkshying of students of language must be equally dynamic

B I B L I O G R A P H Y

242

A BOOKS

Bach Emmon 1964 An Introduction to Transformational Grammars New York Holt Rinehart amp Winston

Bloomfield Leonard 1933 Language New York Henry Holt and Company

Carrell James and WilliambdquoR Tiffany I960 Phonetics Theory and Application to Speech Improvement New York McGraw-Hill

Chomsky Noam 1957 Syntactic Structures The Hague Mouton and Co

bull 1965 Aspects of the Theory of Syntax Cambridge Mass The MIT Press

Fodor J A and J J Katz (eds) 1964 The Structure of Language Readings i n the Philosophy of Language Englewood C l i f f s N J Prentice-Hall

Gimson A D 1962 An Introduction to the Pronunciation of English London Edward Arnold Pub Ltd

Gregg Robert Jy I960 A Students 1 Manual of French Pronunciation Toronto The Macmillan Company of Canada Limited

Cohen A 1952 The Phonemes of English The Hague Mar-tinus Nyhoff

Gleason H A Jr I96I An Introduction to Descriptive Linguistics New York Holt Rinehart and Winston

Halli Robert A Jr 1964 Introductory Linguistics New York Chilton Books

Halle Morris 1959 The Sound Pattern of Russian The Hague Mouton and Co

H i l l Archibald Ay 1958 Introduction to Linguistic Strucshytures From Sound to Sentence in EngTTsh New York Harcourt Brace and Co5

Hjemslev Lois 1953 Prolegomena to a Theory of Language ( t r F J Whitfield) Baltimore TlJAL Memoir No 7)

243

Hockettbull Charles Fy 1958 A Course in Modem Linguistics New York The Macmillan Co

Jakobson Roman and Morris Halle 1956 Fundamentals of Language The Hague Mouton and Co

m_mmmmmî C1 Gunnar M Fant and Morris Halle 1965 P r e l i shyminaries to Speech Analysis The Distinctive Features and Their Correlates Cambridge Mass The MIT Press

Jones Daniel 1950 The Phoneme Its Nature and Use Cambridge W Heffner amp Sons Ltd

1 I957 The History and Meaning of the Term Phoneme London International Phonetic Association

i960 An Outline of English Phonetics Cambridge W Heffner amp Sons- Ltd

Katz Jerold Jy and Paul M Postal 1964 An Integrated Theory of Linguistic Descriptions Cambridge The MIT Press

Mackey William Francis 1965 Language Teaching Analysis London Longmans Green amp Co Ltd

McKaughan Howard and Forster 1 Jannette 1953 Ilooano An Intensive Course Grand Forks N D Summer Instishytute of Linguistics

Malmberg B e r t i l 1963 Structural Linguistics and Human Communication New York Academic Press Inc

Martinet Andre 1949 Phonology as Functional Phonetics London Oxford University Press

i960 Elements of General Linguistics London Faber and Faber Ltd

Nadel F S 1951 The Foundations of Social Anthropology London Cohen and West Ltd-

Pel- Mario 1966J Glossary of Linguistic Terminology New York Doubleday and Co

Pike Kenneth Lee1 1943 Phonetics a c r i t i c a l analysis of phonetic theory and a technic for the practical descripshytion of sounds Ann Arbor University of Michigan Press (University of Michigan Publications i n Language and Literature Vol 21)

244

194 Phonemlcs a technique for reducing languages to writing Ann Arbor University of Michigan Press (University of Michigan Publications in Linguistics Vol 3)

1954 Language in Relation to a Unified Theory of the Structure of Human Behavior Vol l 7 Glendale California Summer Institute of Linguistics

Robins R H 1964 General Linguistics An Introductory Survey London Longmans Green and Co Ltd

Sapir Edward 1921 Language An Introduction to the Study of Speech New York Harcourt rBrace and World Inc

Saussure Ferdinand de 1959 Course in General Linguistics New York Philosophical Library

B PUBLICATIONS OF THE GOVERNMENT AND LEARNED SOCIETIES

Bureau of the Census and Statistics 1962 Philippine National Census of I960 Manila BCS

International Phonetic Association I965 The Principles of the International Phonetic Association London Univershysity College

Joos Martin (ed) 1957 Readings in Linguistics Washington D C American Council of Learned Societies

Lunt Horace G (ed) 1964 Proceedings of the Ninth Intershynational Congress of Linguists The Hague Mouton amp Co

Panganiban Jose V i l l a 1957 The Family of Philippine Langshyuages Bureau of Public Schools Bulletin No 37 s1957 Manila Bureau of Public Schools

C PERIODICALS

Bloch Bernard A Set of Postulates for Phonemic Analysis Language 24 pp 3-46

Bloomfield L A Set of Postulates for the Science of Language Language 2 pp 153-164 (Reprinted in Joos 1957)

245

Chomsky N Some Methodological Remarks on Generative Grammar Word 17 pp 219-239

and Morris Halle Some Controversial Questions in Phonological Theory Journal of Linguistics 1 pp 97-214

Pries Charles Cy and Kenneth L Pike Co-existent Phonemic Systems5 Language 25 pp 29-50

Halle Morris The Strategy of Phonemics Word 10 pp1 197-209

Phonology in Generative Grammar Word 18 pp 54-721 (Reprinted in Fodor and Katz (1964) pp 334-352

Harris Zellig S Distributional Structure Word 10 pp 46-62 (Reprinted in Fodor and Katz (1964-) pp 33-49

Haugen Einar The Analysis of Linguistic Borrowing Language 26 pp 210-231

The Phoneme in Bilingual Description Language Learning 7 PP 17-23

Hockett Cz F Linguistic Elements and Their Relations Language 37 PP 29-53

A System of Descriptive Phonology Language 18 pp 3-21

Pike Kenneth L Grammatical Prerequisites to Phonemic Analysis Language 3 PP- 155-172

Sapir Edward Sound Patterns in Language Language 1 pp37-51 (Reprinted in Selected Writings of Edward Sapir ed D G Mandelbaum California 195971

Stockwell R P The Place of Intonation in a Generative Grammar of English Language 36 pp 360-367

Twaddell1 W F On Defining the Phoneme Language Monograph No 16 1935 (Reprinted in Joos (edJ 1957

D ESSAYS AND ARTICLES IN COLLECTIONS

Chomsky Noam Current Issues in Linguistic Theory In Fodor and Katz (1964) pp 50-118

246

Chomsky N M Halle and F Lukoff On Accent and Juncture in English in For Roman Jakobson Essays eds M Halle H Lunt H McLean The Hague Mouton amp Co 1956 pp 65-801

Fant C Gunnar My Modern Instruments and Methods for Acoustic Studies of Speech in Proceedings of the Eighth International Congress of Linguists ed Eva Sivertsen Oslo Oslo University Press 1958 pp 282-362

Halle Morris On the Bases of Phonology in The Structure of Language eds J A Fodor and XJ Katz New Jersey Prentice-Hall Inc 1964 pp 324-333

Haugen Einar The Syllable in Linguistic Description in For Roman Jakobson eds M Halle and others 1956 pp~ZT3-22l

Hanssen H Spang Mathematical Linguistics - A Trend in Name or in Fact i n Proceedings ed H G Lunt 1965 pp 61-71

J^rgensen E l i Fischer The Commutation Test and Its Application to Phonemic Analyses in For Roman Jakobson eds M Halle and others 1956 pp l40^13l

Pike Kenneth L On Systems of Grammatical Structure i n Proceedings ed H G Lunt- 1964 pp 145-154

Pilch Herbert Phonetics Phonemics1 and Metaphonemics i n Proceedings ed H G Lunt 1965 pp 900-904

Rischel Jjrfrgen Stress Juncture and Syllabification in Phonemic Description in Proceedings ed H G Lunt 1964 pp 85-93

Saumjan S K Concerning the Logical Basis of Linguistic Theory in Proceedings ed H G Lunt 1964 pp 155-160

Discussion in session Mathematical Linguistics -A Trend in Name or in Fact in Proceedings ed H G Lunt 1964 p 70

Thompson Laurence Cy Pattern Fringe and the Evaluation of Phonological Analyses in Proceedings ed H G Lunt 1964 pp 94-100

Truby H M Pleniphonetic Transcription in Phonetic Analysis in Proceedings ed H G Lunt 1964 pp 101-107

247

E UNPUBLISHED MATERIALS

Beyer H Otley List of Philippine Languages and Dialects Mimeographed 1942

Constantino Ernesto Andres A Generative Grammar of a Dialect of Ilocano Unpublished Ph D dissertaTion Indiana University1 1959 Microfilmed

Slbayan Bonifacio Padilla English and Iloco Segmental Phonemes Unpublished Ph D dissertation University of Michigan 1961 Microfilmed

Vt

In p re sen t i ng t h i s t he s i s in p a r t i a l f u l f i l m e n t of the requirements

f o r an advanced degree at the U n i v e r s i t y of B r i t i s h Columbia I agree

that the L i b r a r y s h a l l make i t f r e e l y a v a i l a b l e fo r re ference and

Study I f u r t h e r agree that permiss ion fo r ex ten s i ve copying of t h i s

t he s i s f o r s c h o l a r l y purposes may be granted by the Head of my

Department or by h ]h r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s It i s understood that copying

or p u b l i c a t i o n of t h i s t he s i s f o r f i n a n c i a l gain s h a l l not be a l lowed

wi thout my w r i t t e n pe rmi s s i on

NORMA PERALTA OLAYA

Department of CLASSICS The U n i v e r s i t y of B r i t i s h Columbia Vancouver 8 Canada

Date August 9 1967






V





Phones 3k

Phonemes kZ





v i










v i i



ACKNOWLEDGMENTS




i i i




N P 0

CONTENTS
















25 Phonetic Data 39




ix


321 Vocoids i 46









3233 Lateral [ l ] 97









332 Length 129


3331 Juncture 131


X





4221 CONTRAST i 144








x l










BIBLIOGRAPHY 241


FIGURE PAGE










TABLE



CONTENTS










25 Phonetic Data 39





X







3233 Lateral 97


3235 Fricatives 100








332 Length 129




x i

CHAPTER PAGE








(b) Length 176








BIBLIOGRAPHY 241













2




mdash Cagayan




a r e a s

3

























qa ges kwamp l a q

4





C ebuano 6529882 241 Tagalog 5694072 210

Ilokano 3158560 117


Bikol 2108837 78


Pampango 875531 32













6







q u e s t i o n s



V i z c a y a
















7












3 vowels a i u


h s 1 r w y

a word accen t bull






7 I b i d pp 182-198

8 8



10 dialect



11






10 Ibid pp 100-101



9





e m l z a t i o n
















14 Ibid pp 11-29

10


15





15


17 Ibid p 70

11






12










13




s i t u a t i o n s










r u s t i c speech













Ik








15






















Speaker 2 P l a y

Speaker 1 Ublng




16



















s a r y





17








18


























19



g i c a l r u l e s













a n a l y s i s


Distribution


Chapter 2







21

















o f s p e e c h








22




Hard P a l a t e


pips


Trachea


23










24



24






25


















25 I b i d p i+





26














27









pp 8-9

28



Front Central

Fig 5 Vocoid Matrix

29









3 0







Plosive

Nasal

L a t e r a l

Flap

F r i c a t i v e

Semivocoid











31


L a b i a l Labio-

Dental

Dental amp

Alveolar

Velar G l o t t a l

Plosive

Nasal

L a t e r a l

Flap

F r i c a t i v e

Semivocoid












forms



32










32 Ibid p 9 9

33



















and coda thus


al-o qal qoq pestle





34




this study

















Onset Nucleus Coda



(c)(c)c

(c)c

c

V

V

(c)(c)

c(c)

35

Consonant

Vowel 33

S emi c ons onant

Semivowel


medial position




final position












Where C =

V =

c =

V =

3IV

36






Segmental Symbols

Symbol Example

















37



















38

Lgt] [3] [2] [1]

143

C 3

CD











Nakapinpintas j







39

lutoek [lUtoqek]

cook i t I


lutoekltluto + -ek

n gt [m]

C _ ]



word forms

^ becomes

^ comes from


is represented by




apply each time


are optional


the syllable -unit



25 Phonetic Data













41

















t i 1 Z 1 l 4 5 X


2 1 Z I 1

i 2















1 Z i 1 1



















thesis




dialect



44


L a b i a l Labio-

Dental

Dental amp

Alveolar

Velar G l o t t a l

Plosive M M

Ct] Ca]

M Cs]

[q]

Nasal M Cn]

L a t e r a l Ci]

Flap Cr]


Cs] Ch]

Ch]








46

Pitch

Intonation






321 Vocoids



















4-7


32111 [ i ]












ini t [ qinlt] sun



mikl [mlklq] noodle









amp8





49












sion f o r [ i ]












slk a [sikaq] you



50




51






32113 [ e ]








p o s i t i o n s











52







wenno [wennoq] or




[kandelaq] candle


[qcu nenteq]

copykandela

copyFalguera

copyahente

copybangkete


copyAmerica

copychlnelas

copysupero

copysirena

copykasera

copykafetera

copyS evero

bullagent

[barjketeq] banquet


[qamerlkaq] America


[sUperoq] soup bowl








53








buneng [bU bullbolo









bengngat

derraas

emma

ftetteng

kebba

leppas

melmel

nengneng

ngernger




54



[yegyeg] tremble









55





32114 [ a ]




56


























57







58



38 words

32122 [ a]







59


























60





baak [ ba qak] aged

















32131 [ u ]



61





p o s i t i o n s
















baduya

dagudug

agkurang

k u l u k o l

[baduyaq]

[dUgudUg]


[ k U l u k o l ]

a head wear



insufficientlaquo

au g e r

62


i n a u d l ayuyang











63

32132 [u]









p o s itions
















64








65





laud [laqUd] west


32133 [o]










s y l l a b l e s








66


tono [tonoq] tune1




67-




bullhoney

68




bato [batoq] stone









69










70


32211 [ i i ]




71

3 2212 [ e i ]







3 2213 [ a l ]



72






73






r a t t a n


besidebull

eyebrows


Long l i v e J

74





[bigal] bullshare

apay [qapal] why







Ilokano [ i ]










75








able
















choosing


76



3 2217 [Ul]









77




kasuy

nakapuv l r u y




78











79














[slUsiwan] sauce

lw-lwa

kiwklwaren

liwliwa

nlwnlwen

ngiwnglwat

plwplwlren

siwsiwan


palliw

l l l w

danlw

maatiw

[ p a i l i q l U ]

[ bull q i l i u ]

[bulldaniu]

[mai qatiu]

observation

bullhomesickness

l y r i c poem

to be defeated

3 2223 [aU]






80









81



82








83









84











85













8







88



pudno [pUdnoq] true




19












sekka [sekkaq] clay

sako [sakoq] sack










slak [syak3 I



9










92














bulleye 1

your bullplant









quake

96




cono buntog







96






[sigin]














o






l o l a lunes

98








99






[verdeq]

[koronaq] [ kurajj]

verde korona kurang


100







101

























102








s l i t

s e l l a g

sao

Soledad

[ s l q i t ]

[ s e i l a g ]

[sccqoq]

[soledad]

[sUkaq] Suka


thorn

moonlight

word utterance


bullvinegar












103







104




kaha [bullkahaqj

Bohol [bolaquonol]

bullshave

raquobox

name of a province

green oranges









c l u s t e r










necklace

105








106



























108








1 0 9

bullcopra 1





40



CVC-^V

or cvc 1 c 1 c 2 (c 3 )v


- v e i deg 2


110




IK n

IK

IK

IK

gt C

gt C-

gt C

gt C

P k -


Urn 4

P t k

D d S t + C 2 [ r ] f

P t k b d S raquo

m n + C 2 M f v

_s h

P t k

b d m n

[ y ] 1

J + C 2 [ y ] 1 r f v

bull s


I l l








112

[ g r ]

[ f r ]







bullgown1








113











dua [ dwaq] two

















114











115







Therefore

MK gt -VC( X) 0 ^ 2 ( 0 )V-


kopra k a t r e


-VC-jCC-jCgV-



116




I K 2





MK 5

MK6 gt Q1 [ p ] + C 2 [ l ] + C 3 [ y ]

MK gt C x [ p ] + C 2 [ r ] + C 3 [w]




































120


















121




FK gt -VC-jCg


k

FK-j C n

J r

+ C [ s ]


F K 3 gt C x [ r ] + C t d

FK^ gt C1 [ s ] + C 2 [ t ]

122







nurse






card blackboard


1231






i2gt










125



oxx xxo

oxxo

oxoxo

oo xo xo

ooxoxo

ooxoxoo

xx o xx

42


agblnnllangan


maklbinnilangan






42 Where x=

o = t




























12







as f o l l o w s



xxx xxxx

(b) Penultimate


xx xxx

xxxx xxxxx






128


young f r u i t 1










129








139













132







High 3

Normal 2

Low 1



133






Short pause

Long pause




134



















135





or 2 1 k 2 1












136











or f (s) ( t ) [ 2 l | l 2 f ]



or ] (1) (m) (n) (o) (q) [2l|324]

Chapter 4

PHONEMIC ANALYSIS















































139












140






Halle55








141













I 142







C U = V

D


58 Op c i t

bull7 143







60



pp 62 88 244 60









61 Chapter 3laquo



145

63 Hockett says









146


Phonemes t a M a




Manner of Art StOTD



p t mdash k ^ s

d



147







A a of


mdash


148


Close -vs-

Half-open -vs-

Open

bull

a

u

a

a


Front


- 79 -

_vs- Back bull u

a u


A u

7a

a


149





15Q





- u


151









152


A



u

o



15

e

a




o

a


of c h i l d r e n

154


u



e mdash o




155







156

Breath Stop p

F r i c

64

Voice Stop

F r i c

b

v


p

b





15


contemporary

A

a



158

A

g





f

v



159





bulla boys name






160



f t

m n

w




161




p t k




162

b d g



m n y



p t


A k





A q







t q








p q




164

t s


s h


b d


d mdash g



165








bullweeping



m n








n n






166

w- - y






Stops

amp

F r i c a t i v e s

Nasals

L a t e r a l

F l a p

Semivowels w

167



p

ff



168


A

A


V

A




169

V

m



d

n



added t o

g



170




m

w


n

A





171



r




r

y


sieve


172


n

1

r

y

173








2 vs 3

3 vs V

2 vs l

4 vs

I vs r

174






175











176



V V V







[C] gt CC vs C

177


C vs GC



parentsbull




18




(1) A4 vs 2 3 T A vs 3

4 vs 4

(2) AlJ vs 3 l | A vs 3


(4) 22| vs 2 l i A vs A

| vs J (5) 22| vs A 3 t I vs

A 2 vs 3

179



(1) 2 l j vs 23f

2 1 2 3



Awan

Ditoy

Juan

Saan

Wen

(2) 2l| vs 3l|




180 2 1 I 3 1


(3) 23| vs 2^


(4) 22 J vs 2 l J


There i s 2 JI I


Juan hwanl John


(5) 22J vs 23f





181







182



42221 Phonotactlcs



183







184




Sd gt CVv

bull i f f J

p t k

1 D J

( i )

( i i )

Examples

v ~ ~ gt | w CI-

Vy A a

o

-gt w a vu

( i i i )

( i v )


185


J





((C) l(v)


|p t k 1

deg l b 1


I o u J

(i)

( i i )

( i l l )

w (IV i (iv)

vy _-

bullA

Vy (v)

186

Examples o gt w _




c -gt y






187


P - A gt

I K 2 gt

I K 3 gt

I K ^ gt


MK-L gt

M K 2 gt

M K 3 gt

gt


bull p t1 k b- d g

r A H c s

ezcept v+ C 2 w

nf- y

+ C 2 y


MKc gt C 1 1 b d J + C 2 r + C 3 y

MK

-gt C 1 p + C 2 l + C 3 y

-gt C1 p + C 2 r + C 3 w

188


FK gt CT 1 r + c s 1 1 n r ) 2



42221 (c) Vowels












examples of each

189


e

a

o








Example








u

[u]laquo

r i L U J








r o o f


191




A

A


[ t ]

[qgt




[qgt





Auf hebung

192


b

d

g

m

n

Cd]

Cm]

Cmgt

Cn]

Everywhere

a l l positions

Everywhere

a l l positions

Everywhere

a l l positions

Everywhere

a l l positions

ba bSq [babaq]

bulldown


bullwisdom

dfi don C du don]

bullgrasshopper

tu r i d CtUred]

bullcourage


bpound leg Cbi leg]

power

mu ma lSm [mUmalem]

bulllate afternoon




bullstacks

earthquake


na ga nan Câganan]

bullto name

na naq Cncunaq]

bullopen mouthed

nway C nwan]

bullwater buffalo

raquoAufhebung

193


f

bull

s

h

A

Cf]

Cv]

Cs]

Ch]

Cn]


f f noq [finoq]

bull f i n e 1

q l f fwe raq










bullwobble

1 9 4



r

w

y

[ r ]

[ w ]

C u ]

C y ]

cigt

C i ]

E v e r y w h e r e








a f t e r [ i ] [ a ] o r [ a ]


c o n f u s i o n


bull s o a k 1


s t a b d e e p



c a t c h


d e p a r t u r e







a f t e r [ u ] [ a ] o r [ o ]

c l o u d y

n y o g [ n y o g ]

c o c o n u t

k a s u y

[ k a s u i ]

bull c a s h e w

s u y s o y

[ s U I s o l ]

f r a y r a v e l

^ A u f h e b u n g

195

42221 (e) Tonemes


2

3

4












196



statement There i s



ft] A f t e r [231] s i g n a l s 2 3 1









197




42221 (g) Stronemes







I t s very hot now



198











199









68




200







201










I cook i t

202















203








204







205







to go near to




206



-am

-em





207


o C a r-CF - i ^

gt u C a ku

bullC C +

-am -fin -Ik -em


back t o

Gradation Rule 3$


Gradation Rule 4


r - a k

4

-fim -an -Ik -em

v-W

69



208








209


70 431 Corpus







432 Concepts











210










211







Poll

t p a l Semi^f

lof 1 1

v pal


Lengthened

+v +v +b +b +b


212



1 s a ^|^ a bull n

ETIC FEAT





bullfv

Semi rt



+b +b

+v +v

213


2 1 2 -d y o s t 1 q a g n 1 n a q






bull b i l

Semi

^palshy

p a l bull b i l


+b +v +v +b

+v

214


2 s t

ETIC FEAT1






Semi

p a l


+v +b +b

+v +b

t

215


ETIC FEAT






bil

( a l Semij

( b i l ^pal-


1 2 1 q i t i f i 1 i p i n a s

+b

+b

Chapter 5






Rules


217






S

m n

w- y

218


4 Extra High

3 High 2 Normal Low






219

















s y l l a b l e









220




ml ^ CC(c)V(C)]


[C(c)VC(C)]


if J

221



A mdash-gt [i] A

f [ c ( v ) ]

Craquoc (c)]

[ raquo C c ( C ) ]







- s c h e m a t a

-bullC(c)7 r v







222







[ i ] C laquo c ( o ) _ ( v ) ]

PR 1 i gt

[I] [ C ( o ) _ ( V ) ]

(i)

( i i )

[e] [()C(c)

PR 2 e gt

[a] [OC l c )

reg

(i)

( i i )

[ a ] [(laquo)(C)C(c) ( V ) ] ^ j ltU

PR 3 a -gt

[a] [C(c) ([)] ( i i )

223



PR 5 u -gt

W [ c(c)_lt C 3]

(i)

( i i )

[ c v _ ]

cpyltc_v(gt]

PB 6s p - mdash

(1)

gt ( i i )


224

[t]A_y(r)] (1)

ki_]C_(f3J)V(c)]J

( i i )

( i i i )

[o-tb^


225

PR 9t q gt [q]

[_ltgt]

[cv ]

PR 10 b gt [b ] J [ V ( V ) ]

[cv ]

P R 11 a gt [ d]A [_v(Q)]

_][_( r 1)( (C)] [ r ] lev

[cv ]

FR 12 g gt [ g ] J [ _ V ( V ) ]

M l k _ ] [ _ ( [ r ] ) ( c ) V ( c ) ]

2 2 6

PR 13 m gt [a] [ V(

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

[ C V _ ( [ s ] ) ]

M[_v(0)]

PR 14 n gtlt

[ [ ] c c v _ i ^ ]

(i)

(n)

(ii i)

(iv)

gt] Ccv_X^ ] J (v)

227

[ c v _ ( )gt] P O -


( [1] [ (

PR 16 f gt [ f ]

)V(C)] 1 [ ][ cv(c)] J

PR 17 s -gt [ s ] J [ V( V])]


PR 18 h -gt

M L_v(vgt]

[ cV(C)] [yen][ V(C)]

228

PR 191 M gt [v] [ (c)V(C)] ( i )

PR 20 gt [ 1 ] J [ V(V)]


f[tk-v

PR 21 r gt [ r ] J [ V(V)]

t t k k b b d d~

( i )

( i i )

1 T3 TJ YcV (cVgt

( i )

( l i )

( i i i )

229

r W [ f c ] [ ( cU( v ) ]lt

PR 22 w mdash - gt ^ [ u ] C C [ i ] _ ]

W cQjgt i f mdash ]

( i )

( i i )

( i i i )


PR 23 y -gt


(i )

( i i )

( i i i )

2 3 0

The schemata

[ov ]

and



gt[ptk

y tgtdg

] [cv_]

A l l Claquos ]


qvh

[ P t t k ^


y

231

r C Xf ]

73 PR 24s 2 -PR 25

PR 26 3

bull-gt C 2 ] ^

-gt [ 3 ]

-gt [ i ] J

c

(4)

3

2 1

d[_]

]

_]

(ID

( i l l )

( i v )

PR 27 4 gt [gt] lt

1

c (4)

3

2

[_ ]

^ r mdash 3

( i )

( I I )

( I i i )

( i v )



232

PR 28 s 4 gt [|] [21 ] (i)

PR

[4] [ 2 3 1 _ ]

29 A gt

Ctl C 2 1 3 _ ]

C 3 1 _ ] J

(i)

( i l )

( i i i )

(iv)

PR 30s I - mdash gt [|] D 33 22 11

(i)

1|] C 2 1 _ ] v

PR 31 || gtbull

[ f ] (2)31J

(1)

( i i )

233

V raquo [bull]

[(x)(x)(x) x(x)(x)]

[(x)(x)x (x)(x)xx x ( x ) ( x ) ] J

PR 322

(i)

( i i )


( i i i )



lt$ VCA


cv VCJ




234


Deleted c 2vc





m CV

n gt

CV

235

MR 3b - Gradation


MR 3gt(2) o CJ c - 0 7


MR 3b(3)laquo

V c f c 2 A


236

cv c 1 c 2A

MB 3b(4) 0 cv c ^ C g J



o CV A [ j gt


2 3 7

52 Conclusions






238






239







240






242

A BOOKS















243
















244












C PERIODICALS



245

















246














247





Vt






V





Phones 3k

Phonemes kZ





v i










v i i



ACKNOWLEDGMENTS




i i i




N P 0

CONTENTS
















25 Phonetic Data 39




ix


321 Vocoids i 46









3233 Lateral [ l ] 97









332 Length 129


3331 Juncture 131


X





4221 CONTRAST i 144








x l










BIBLIOGRAPHY 241


FIGURE PAGE










TABLE



CONTENTS










25 Phonetic Data 39





X







3233 Lateral 97


3235 Fricatives 100








332 Length 129




x i

CHAPTER PAGE








(b) Length 176








BIBLIOGRAPHY 241













2




mdash Cagayan




a r e a s

3

























qa ges kwamp l a q

4





C ebuano 6529882 241 Tagalog 5694072 210

Ilokano 3158560 117


Bikol 2108837 78


Pampango 875531 32













6







q u e s t i o n s



V i z c a y a
















7












3 vowels a i u


h s 1 r w y

a word accen t bull






7 I b i d pp 182-198

8 8



10 dialect



11






10 Ibid pp 100-101



9





e m l z a t i o n
















14 Ibid pp 11-29

10


15





15


17 Ibid p 70

11






12










13




s i t u a t i o n s










r u s t i c speech













Ik








15






















Speaker 2 P l a y

Speaker 1 Ublng




16



















s a r y





17








18


























19



g i c a l r u l e s













a n a l y s i s


Distribution


Chapter 2







21

















o f s p e e c h








22




Hard P a l a t e


pips


Trachea


23










24



24






25


















25 I b i d p i+





26














27









pp 8-9

28



Front Central

Fig 5 Vocoid Matrix

29









3 0







Plosive

Nasal

L a t e r a l

Flap

F r i c a t i v e

Semivocoid











31


L a b i a l Labio-

Dental

Dental amp

Alveolar

Velar G l o t t a l

Plosive

Nasal

L a t e r a l

Flap

F r i c a t i v e

Semivocoid












forms



32










32 Ibid p 9 9

33



















and coda thus


al-o qal qoq pestle





34




this study

















Onset Nucleus Coda



(c)(c)c

(c)c

c

V

V

(c)(c)

c(c)

35

Consonant

Vowel 33

S emi c ons onant

Semivowel


medial position




final position












Where C =

V =

c =

V =

3IV

36






Segmental Symbols

Symbol Example

















37



















38

Lgt] [3] [2] [1]

143

C 3

CD











Nakapinpintas j







39

lutoek [lUtoqek]

cook i t I


lutoekltluto + -ek

n gt [m]

C _ ]



word forms

^ becomes

^ comes from


is represented by




apply each time


are optional


the syllable -unit



25 Phonetic Data













41

















t i 1 Z 1 l 4 5 X


2 1 Z I 1

i 2















1 Z i 1 1



















thesis




dialect



44


L a b i a l Labio-

Dental

Dental amp

Alveolar

Velar G l o t t a l

Plosive M M

Ct] Ca]

M Cs]

[q]

Nasal M Cn]

L a t e r a l Ci]

Flap Cr]


Cs] Ch]

Ch]








46

Pitch

Intonation






321 Vocoids



















4-7


32111 [ i ]












ini t [ qinlt] sun



mikl [mlklq] noodle









amp8





49












sion f o r [ i ]












slk a [sikaq] you



50




51






32113 [ e ]








p o s i t i o n s











52







wenno [wennoq] or




[kandelaq] candle


[qcu nenteq]

copykandela

copyFalguera

copyahente

copybangkete


copyAmerica

copychlnelas

copysupero

copysirena

copykasera

copykafetera

copyS evero

bullagent

[barjketeq] banquet


[qamerlkaq] America


[sUperoq] soup bowl








53








buneng [bU bullbolo









bengngat

derraas

emma

ftetteng

kebba

leppas

melmel

nengneng

ngernger




54



[yegyeg] tremble









55





32114 [ a ]




56


























57







58



38 words

32122 [ a]







59


























60





baak [ ba qak] aged

















32131 [ u ]



61





p o s i t i o n s
















baduya

dagudug

agkurang

k u l u k o l

[baduyaq]

[dUgudUg]


[ k U l u k o l ]

a head wear



insufficientlaquo

au g e r

62


i n a u d l ayuyang











63

32132 [u]









p o s itions
















64








65





laud [laqUd] west


32133 [o]










s y l l a b l e s








66


tono [tonoq] tune1




67-




bullhoney

68




bato [batoq] stone









69










70


32211 [ i i ]




71

3 2212 [ e i ]







3 2213 [ a l ]



72






73






r a t t a n


besidebull

eyebrows


Long l i v e J

74





[bigal] bullshare

apay [qapal] why







Ilokano [ i ]










75








able
















choosing


76



3 2217 [Ul]









77




kasuy

nakapuv l r u y




78











79














[slUsiwan] sauce

lw-lwa

kiwklwaren

liwliwa

nlwnlwen

ngiwnglwat

plwplwlren

siwsiwan


palliw

l l l w

danlw

maatiw

[ p a i l i q l U ]

[ bull q i l i u ]

[bulldaniu]

[mai qatiu]

observation

bullhomesickness

l y r i c poem

to be defeated

3 2223 [aU]






80









81



82








83









84











85













8







88



pudno [pUdnoq] true




19












sekka [sekkaq] clay

sako [sakoq] sack










slak [syak3 I



9










92














bulleye 1

your bullplant









quake

96




cono buntog







96






[sigin]














o






l o l a lunes

98








99






[verdeq]

[koronaq] [ kurajj]

verde korona kurang


100







101

























102








s l i t

s e l l a g

sao

Soledad

[ s l q i t ]

[ s e i l a g ]

[sccqoq]

[soledad]

[sUkaq] Suka


thorn

moonlight

word utterance


bullvinegar












103







104




kaha [bullkahaqj

Bohol [bolaquonol]

bullshave

raquobox

name of a province

green oranges









c l u s t e r










necklace

105








106



























108








1 0 9

bullcopra 1





40



CVC-^V

or cvc 1 c 1 c 2 (c 3 )v


- v e i deg 2


110




IK n

IK

IK

IK

gt C

gt C-

gt C

gt C

P k -


Urn 4

P t k

D d S t + C 2 [ r ] f

P t k b d S raquo

m n + C 2 M f v

_s h

P t k

b d m n

[ y ] 1

J + C 2 [ y ] 1 r f v

bull s


I l l








112

[ g r ]

[ f r ]







bullgown1








113











dua [ dwaq] two

















114











115







Therefore

MK gt -VC( X) 0 ^ 2 ( 0 )V-


kopra k a t r e


-VC-jCC-jCgV-



116




I K 2





MK 5

MK6 gt Q1 [ p ] + C 2 [ l ] + C 3 [ y ]

MK gt C x [ p ] + C 2 [ r ] + C 3 [w]




































120


















121




FK gt -VC-jCg


k

FK-j C n

J r

+ C [ s ]


F K 3 gt C x [ r ] + C t d

FK^ gt C1 [ s ] + C 2 [ t ]

122







nurse






card blackboard


1231






i2gt










125



oxx xxo

oxxo

oxoxo

oo xo xo

ooxoxo

ooxoxoo

xx o xx

42


agblnnllangan


maklbinnilangan






42 Where x=

o = t




























12







as f o l l o w s



xxx xxxx

(b) Penultimate


xx xxx

xxxx xxxxx






128


young f r u i t 1










129








139













132







High 3

Normal 2

Low 1



133






Short pause

Long pause




134



















135





or 2 1 k 2 1












136











or f (s) ( t ) [ 2 l | l 2 f ]



or ] (1) (m) (n) (o) (q) [2l|324]

Chapter 4

PHONEMIC ANALYSIS















































139












140






Halle55








141













I 142







C U = V

D


58 Op c i t

bull7 143







60



pp 62 88 244 60









61 Chapter 3laquo



145

63 Hockett says









146


Phonemes t a M a




Manner of Art StOTD



p t mdash k ^ s

d



147







A a of


mdash


148


Close -vs-

Half-open -vs-

Open

bull

a

u

a

a


Front


- 79 -

_vs- Back bull u

a u


A u

7a

a


149





15Q





- u


151









152


A



u

o



15

e

a




o

a


of c h i l d r e n

154


u



e mdash o




155







156

Breath Stop p

F r i c

64

Voice Stop

F r i c

b

v


p

b





15


contemporary

A

a



158

A

g





f

v



159





bulla boys name






160



f t

m n

w




161




p t k




162

b d g



m n y



p t


A k





A q







t q








p q




164

t s


s h


b d


d mdash g



165








bullweeping



m n








n n






166

w- - y






Stops

amp

F r i c a t i v e s

Nasals

L a t e r a l

F l a p

Semivowels w

167



p

ff



168


A

A


V

A




169

V

m



d

n



added t o

g



170




m

w


n

A





171



r




r

y


sieve


172


n

1

r

y

173








2 vs 3

3 vs V

2 vs l

4 vs

I vs r

174






175











176



V V V







[C] gt CC vs C

177


C vs GC



parentsbull




18




(1) A4 vs 2 3 T A vs 3

4 vs 4

(2) AlJ vs 3 l | A vs 3


(4) 22| vs 2 l i A vs A

| vs J (5) 22| vs A 3 t I vs

A 2 vs 3

179



(1) 2 l j vs 23f

2 1 2 3



Awan

Ditoy

Juan

Saan

Wen

(2) 2l| vs 3l|




180 2 1 I 3 1


(3) 23| vs 2^


(4) 22 J vs 2 l J


There i s 2 JI I


Juan hwanl John


(5) 22J vs 23f





181







182



42221 Phonotactlcs



183







184




Sd gt CVv

bull i f f J

p t k

1 D J

( i )

( i i )

Examples

v ~ ~ gt | w CI-

Vy A a

o

-gt w a vu

( i i i )

( i v )


185


J





((C) l(v)


|p t k 1

deg l b 1


I o u J

(i)

( i i )

( i l l )

w (IV i (iv)

vy _-

bullA

Vy (v)

186

Examples o gt w _




c -gt y






187


P - A gt

I K 2 gt

I K 3 gt

I K ^ gt


MK-L gt

M K 2 gt

M K 3 gt

gt


bull p t1 k b- d g

r A H c s

ezcept v+ C 2 w

nf- y

+ C 2 y


MKc gt C 1 1 b d J + C 2 r + C 3 y

MK

-gt C 1 p + C 2 l + C 3 y

-gt C1 p + C 2 r + C 3 w

188


FK gt CT 1 r + c s 1 1 n r ) 2



42221 (c) Vowels












examples of each

189


e

a

o








Example








u

[u]laquo

r i L U J








r o o f


191




A

A


[ t ]

[qgt




[qgt





Auf hebung

192


b

d

g

m

n

Cd]

Cm]

Cmgt

Cn]

Everywhere

a l l positions

Everywhere

a l l positions

Everywhere

a l l positions

Everywhere

a l l positions

ba bSq [babaq]

bulldown


bullwisdom

dfi don C du don]

bullgrasshopper

tu r i d CtUred]

bullcourage


bpound leg Cbi leg]

power

mu ma lSm [mUmalem]

bulllate afternoon




bullstacks

earthquake


na ga nan Câganan]

bullto name

na naq Cncunaq]

bullopen mouthed

nway C nwan]

bullwater buffalo

raquoAufhebung

193


f

bull

s

h

A

Cf]

Cv]

Cs]

Ch]

Cn]


f f noq [finoq]

bull f i n e 1

q l f fwe raq










bullwobble

1 9 4



r

w

y

[ r ]

[ w ]

C u ]

C y ]

cigt

C i ]

E v e r y w h e r e








a f t e r [ i ] [ a ] o r [ a ]


c o n f u s i o n


bull s o a k 1


s t a b d e e p



c a t c h


d e p a r t u r e







a f t e r [ u ] [ a ] o r [ o ]

c l o u d y

n y o g [ n y o g ]

c o c o n u t

k a s u y

[ k a s u i ]

bull c a s h e w

s u y s o y

[ s U I s o l ]

f r a y r a v e l

^ A u f h e b u n g

195

42221 (e) Tonemes


2

3

4












196



statement There i s



ft] A f t e r [231] s i g n a l s 2 3 1









197




42221 (g) Stronemes







I t s very hot now



198











199









68




200







201










I cook i t

202















203








204







205







to go near to




206



-am

-em





207


o C a r-CF - i ^

gt u C a ku

bullC C +

-am -fin -Ik -em


back t o

Gradation Rule 3$


Gradation Rule 4


r - a k

4

-fim -an -Ik -em

v-W

69



208








209


70 431 Corpus







432 Concepts











210










211







Poll

t p a l Semi^f

lof 1 1

v pal


Lengthened

+v +v +b +b +b


212



1 s a ^|^ a bull n

ETIC FEAT





bullfv

Semi rt



+b +b

+v +v

213


2 1 2 -d y o s t 1 q a g n 1 n a q






bull b i l

Semi

^palshy

p a l bull b i l


+b +v +v +b

+v

214


2 s t

ETIC FEAT1






Semi

p a l


+v +b +b

+v +b

t

215


ETIC FEAT






bil

( a l Semij

( b i l ^pal-


1 2 1 q i t i f i 1 i p i n a s

+b

+b

Chapter 5






Rules


217






S

m n

w- y

218


4 Extra High

3 High 2 Normal Low






219

















s y l l a b l e









220




ml ^ CC(c)V(C)]


[C(c)VC(C)]


if J

221



A mdash-gt [i] A

f [ c ( v ) ]

Craquoc (c)]

[ raquo C c ( C ) ]







- s c h e m a t a

-bullC(c)7 r v







222







[ i ] C laquo c ( o ) _ ( v ) ]

PR 1 i gt

[I] [ C ( o ) _ ( V ) ]

(i)

( i i )

[e] [()C(c)

PR 2 e gt

[a] [OC l c )

reg

(i)

( i i )

[ a ] [(laquo)(C)C(c) ( V ) ] ^ j ltU

PR 3 a -gt

[a] [C(c) ([)] ( i i )

223



PR 5 u -gt

W [ c(c)_lt C 3]

(i)

( i i )

[ c v _ ]

cpyltc_v(gt]

PB 6s p - mdash

(1)

gt ( i i )


224

[t]A_y(r)] (1)

ki_]C_(f3J)V(c)]J

( i i )

( i i i )

[o-tb^


225

PR 9t q gt [q]

[_ltgt]

[cv ]

PR 10 b gt [b ] J [ V ( V ) ]

[cv ]

P R 11 a gt [ d]A [_v(Q)]

_][_( r 1)( (C)] [ r ] lev

[cv ]

FR 12 g gt [ g ] J [ _ V ( V ) ]

M l k _ ] [ _ ( [ r ] ) ( c ) V ( c ) ]

2 2 6

PR 13 m gt [a] [ V(

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

[ C V _ ( [ s ] ) ]

M[_v(0)]

PR 14 n gtlt

[ [ ] c c v _ i ^ ]

(i)

(n)

(ii i)

(iv)

gt] Ccv_X^ ] J (v)

227

[ c v _ ( )gt] P O -


( [1] [ (

PR 16 f gt [ f ]

)V(C)] 1 [ ][ cv(c)] J

PR 17 s -gt [ s ] J [ V( V])]


PR 18 h -gt

M L_v(vgt]

[ cV(C)] [yen][ V(C)]

228

PR 191 M gt [v] [ (c)V(C)] ( i )

PR 20 gt [ 1 ] J [ V(V)]


f[tk-v

PR 21 r gt [ r ] J [ V(V)]

t t k k b b d d~

( i )

( i i )

1 T3 TJ YcV (cVgt

( i )

( l i )

( i i i )

229

r W [ f c ] [ ( cU( v ) ]lt

PR 22 w mdash - gt ^ [ u ] C C [ i ] _ ]

W cQjgt i f mdash ]

( i )

( i i )

( i i i )


PR 23 y -gt


(i )

( i i )

( i i i )

2 3 0

The schemata

[ov ]

and



gt[ptk

y tgtdg

] [cv_]

A l l Claquos ]


qvh

[ P t t k ^


y

231

r C Xf ]

73 PR 24s 2 -PR 25

PR 26 3

bull-gt C 2 ] ^

-gt [ 3 ]

-gt [ i ] J

c

(4)

3

2 1

d[_]

]

_]

(ID

( i l l )

( i v )

PR 27 4 gt [gt] lt

1

c (4)

3

2

[_ ]

^ r mdash 3

( i )

( I I )

( I i i )

( i v )



232

PR 28 s 4 gt [|] [21 ] (i)

PR

[4] [ 2 3 1 _ ]

29 A gt

Ctl C 2 1 3 _ ]

C 3 1 _ ] J

(i)

( i l )

( i i i )

(iv)

PR 30s I - mdash gt [|] D 33 22 11

(i)

1|] C 2 1 _ ] v

PR 31 || gtbull

[ f ] (2)31J

(1)

( i i )

233

V raquo [bull]

[(x)(x)(x) x(x)(x)]

[(x)(x)x (x)(x)xx x ( x ) ( x ) ] J

PR 322

(i)

( i i )


( i i i )



lt$ VCA


cv VCJ




234


Deleted c 2vc





m CV

n gt

CV

235

MR 3b - Gradation


MR 3gt(2) o CJ c - 0 7


MR 3b(3)laquo

V c f c 2 A


236

cv c 1 c 2A

MB 3b(4) 0 cv c ^ C g J



o CV A [ j gt


2 3 7

52 Conclusions






238






239







240






242

A BOOKS















243
















244












C PERIODICALS



245

















246














247





Vt

V





Phones 3k

Phonemes kZ





v i










v i i



ACKNOWLEDGMENTS




i i i




N P 0

CONTENTS
















25 Phonetic Data 39




ix


321 Vocoids i 46









3233 Lateral [ l ] 97









332 Length 129


3331 Juncture 131


X





4221 CONTRAST i 144








x l










BIBLIOGRAPHY 241


FIGURE PAGE










TABLE



CONTENTS










25 Phonetic Data 39





X







3233 Lateral 97


3235 Fricatives 100








332 Length 129




x i

CHAPTER PAGE








(b) Length 176








BIBLIOGRAPHY 241













2




mdash Cagayan




a r e a s

3

























qa ges kwamp l a q

4





C ebuano 6529882 241 Tagalog 5694072 210

Ilokano 3158560 117


Bikol 2108837 78


Pampango 875531 32













6







q u e s t i o n s



V i z c a y a
















7












3 vowels a i u


h s 1 r w y

a word accen t bull






7 I b i d pp 182-198

8 8



10 dialect



11






10 Ibid pp 100-101



9





e m l z a t i o n
















14 Ibid pp 11-29

10


15





15


17 Ibid p 70

11






12










13




s i t u a t i o n s










r u s t i c speech













Ik








15






















Speaker 2 P l a y

Speaker 1 Ublng




16



















s a r y





17








18


























19



g i c a l r u l e s













a n a l y s i s


Distribution


Chapter 2







21

















o f s p e e c h








22




Hard P a l a t e


pips


Trachea


23










24



24






25


















25 I b i d p i+





26














27









pp 8-9

28



Front Central

Fig 5 Vocoid Matrix

29









3 0







Plosive

Nasal

L a t e r a l

Flap

F r i c a t i v e

Semivocoid











31


L a b i a l Labio-

Dental

Dental amp

Alveolar

Velar G l o t t a l

Plosive

Nasal

L a t e r a l

Flap

F r i c a t i v e

Semivocoid












forms



32










32 Ibid p 9 9

33



















and coda thus


al-o qal qoq pestle





34




this study

















Onset Nucleus Coda



(c)(c)c

(c)c

c

V

V

(c)(c)

c(c)

35

Consonant

Vowel 33

S emi c ons onant

Semivowel


medial position




final position












Where C =

V =

c =

V =

3IV

36






Segmental Symbols

Symbol Example

















37



















38

Lgt] [3] [2] [1]

143

C 3

CD











Nakapinpintas j







39

lutoek [lUtoqek]

cook i t I


lutoekltluto + -ek

n gt [m]

C _ ]



word forms

^ becomes

^ comes from


is represented by




apply each time


are optional


the syllable -unit



25 Phonetic Data













41

















t i 1 Z 1 l 4 5 X


2 1 Z I 1

i 2















1 Z i 1 1



















thesis




dialect



44


L a b i a l Labio-

Dental

Dental amp

Alveolar

Velar G l o t t a l

Plosive M M

Ct] Ca]

M Cs]

[q]

Nasal M Cn]

L a t e r a l Ci]

Flap Cr]


Cs] Ch]

Ch]








46

Pitch

Intonation






321 Vocoids



















4-7


32111 [ i ]












ini t [ qinlt] sun



mikl [mlklq] noodle









amp8





49












sion f o r [ i ]












slk a [sikaq] you



50




51






32113 [ e ]








p o s i t i o n s











52







wenno [wennoq] or




[kandelaq] candle


[qcu nenteq]

copykandela

copyFalguera

copyahente

copybangkete


copyAmerica

copychlnelas

copysupero

copysirena

copykasera

copykafetera

copyS evero

bullagent

[barjketeq] banquet


[qamerlkaq] America


[sUperoq] soup bowl








53








buneng [bU bullbolo









bengngat

derraas

emma

ftetteng

kebba

leppas

melmel

nengneng

ngernger




54



[yegyeg] tremble









55





32114 [ a ]




56


























57







58



38 words

32122 [ a]







59


























60





baak [ ba qak] aged

















32131 [ u ]



61





p o s i t i o n s
















baduya

dagudug

agkurang

k u l u k o l

[baduyaq]

[dUgudUg]


[ k U l u k o l ]

a head wear



insufficientlaquo

au g e r

62


i n a u d l ayuyang











63

32132 [u]









p o s itions
















64








65





laud [laqUd] west


32133 [o]










s y l l a b l e s








66


tono [tonoq] tune1




67-




bullhoney

68




bato [batoq] stone









69










70


32211 [ i i ]




71

3 2212 [ e i ]







3 2213 [ a l ]



72






73






r a t t a n


besidebull

eyebrows


Long l i v e J

74





[bigal] bullshare

apay [qapal] why







Ilokano [ i ]










75








able
















choosing


76



3 2217 [Ul]









77




kasuy

nakapuv l r u y




78











79














[slUsiwan] sauce

lw-lwa

kiwklwaren

liwliwa

nlwnlwen

ngiwnglwat

plwplwlren

siwsiwan


palliw

l l l w

danlw

maatiw

[ p a i l i q l U ]

[ bull q i l i u ]

[bulldaniu]

[mai qatiu]

observation

bullhomesickness

l y r i c poem

to be defeated

3 2223 [aU]






80









81



82








83









84











85













8







88



pudno [pUdnoq] true




19












sekka [sekkaq] clay

sako [sakoq] sack










slak [syak3 I



9










92














bulleye 1

your bullplant









quake

96




cono buntog







96






[sigin]














o






l o l a lunes

98








99






[verdeq]

[koronaq] [ kurajj]

verde korona kurang


100







101

























102








s l i t

s e l l a g

sao

Soledad

[ s l q i t ]

[ s e i l a g ]

[sccqoq]

[soledad]

[sUkaq] Suka


thorn

moonlight

word utterance


bullvinegar












103







104




kaha [bullkahaqj

Bohol [bolaquonol]

bullshave

raquobox

name of a province

green oranges









c l u s t e r










necklace

105








106



























108








1 0 9

bullcopra 1





40



CVC-^V

or cvc 1 c 1 c 2 (c 3 )v


- v e i deg 2


110




IK n

IK

IK

IK

gt C

gt C-

gt C

gt C

P k -


Urn 4

P t k

D d S t + C 2 [ r ] f

P t k b d S raquo

m n + C 2 M f v

_s h

P t k

b d m n

[ y ] 1

J + C 2 [ y ] 1 r f v

bull s


I l l








112

[ g r ]

[ f r ]







bullgown1








113











dua [ dwaq] two

















114











115







Therefore

MK gt -VC( X) 0 ^ 2 ( 0 )V-


kopra k a t r e


-VC-jCC-jCgV-



116




I K 2





MK 5

MK6 gt Q1 [ p ] + C 2 [ l ] + C 3 [ y ]

MK gt C x [ p ] + C 2 [ r ] + C 3 [w]




































120


















121




FK gt -VC-jCg


k

FK-j C n

J r

+ C [ s ]


F K 3 gt C x [ r ] + C t d

FK^ gt C1 [ s ] + C 2 [ t ]

122







nurse






card blackboard


1231






i2gt










125



oxx xxo

oxxo

oxoxo

oo xo xo

ooxoxo

ooxoxoo

xx o xx

42


agblnnllangan


maklbinnilangan






42 Where x=

o = t




























12







as f o l l o w s



xxx xxxx

(b) Penultimate


xx xxx

xxxx xxxxx






128


young f r u i t 1










129








139













132







High 3

Normal 2

Low 1



133






Short pause

Long pause




134



















135





or 2 1 k 2 1












136











or f (s) ( t ) [ 2 l | l 2 f ]



or ] (1) (m) (n) (o) (q) [2l|324]

Chapter 4

PHONEMIC ANALYSIS















































139












140






Halle55








141













I 142







C U = V

D


58 Op c i t

bull7 143







60



pp 62 88 244 60









61 Chapter 3laquo



145

63 Hockett says









146


Phonemes t a M a




Manner of Art StOTD



p t mdash k ^ s

d



147







A a of


mdash


148


Close -vs-

Half-open -vs-

Open

bull

a

u

a

a


Front


- 79 -

_vs- Back bull u

a u


A u

7a

a


149





15Q





- u


151









152


A



u

o



15

e

a




o

a


of c h i l d r e n

154


u



e mdash o




155







156

Breath Stop p

F r i c

64

Voice Stop

F r i c

b

v


p

b





15


contemporary

A

a



158

A

g





f

v



159





bulla boys name






160



f t

m n

w




161




p t k




162

b d g



m n y



p t


A k





A q







t q








p q




164

t s


s h


b d


d mdash g



165








bullweeping



m n








n n






166

w- - y






Stops

amp

F r i c a t i v e s

Nasals

L a t e r a l

F l a p

Semivowels w

167



p

ff



168


A

A


V

A




169

V

m



d

n



added t o

g



170




m

w


n

A





171



r




r

y


sieve


172


n

1

r

y

173








2 vs 3

3 vs V

2 vs l

4 vs

I vs r

174






175











176



V V V







[C] gt CC vs C

177


C vs GC



parentsbull




18




(1) A4 vs 2 3 T A vs 3

4 vs 4

(2) AlJ vs 3 l | A vs 3


(4) 22| vs 2 l i A vs A

| vs J (5) 22| vs A 3 t I vs

A 2 vs 3

179



(1) 2 l j vs 23f

2 1 2 3



Awan

Ditoy

Juan

Saan

Wen

(2) 2l| vs 3l|




180 2 1 I 3 1


(3) 23| vs 2^


(4) 22 J vs 2 l J


There i s 2 JI I


Juan hwanl John


(5) 22J vs 23f





181







182



42221 Phonotactlcs



183







184




Sd gt CVv

bull i f f J

p t k

1 D J

( i )

( i i )

Examples

v ~ ~ gt | w CI-

Vy A a

o

-gt w a vu

( i i i )

( i v )


185


J





((C) l(v)


|p t k 1

deg l b 1


I o u J

(i)

( i i )

( i l l )

w (IV i (iv)

vy _-

bullA

Vy (v)

186

Examples o gt w _




c -gt y






187


P - A gt

I K 2 gt

I K 3 gt

I K ^ gt


MK-L gt

M K 2 gt

M K 3 gt

gt


bull p t1 k b- d g

r A H c s

ezcept v+ C 2 w

nf- y

+ C 2 y


MKc gt C 1 1 b d J + C 2 r + C 3 y

MK

-gt C 1 p + C 2 l + C 3 y

-gt C1 p + C 2 r + C 3 w

188


FK gt CT 1 r + c s 1 1 n r ) 2



42221 (c) Vowels












examples of each

189


e

a

o








Example








u

[u]laquo

r i L U J








r o o f


191




A

A


[ t ]

[qgt




[qgt





Auf hebung

192


b

d

g

m

n

Cd]

Cm]

Cmgt

Cn]

Everywhere

a l l positions

Everywhere

a l l positions

Everywhere

a l l positions

Everywhere

a l l positions

ba bSq [babaq]

bulldown


bullwisdom

dfi don C du don]

bullgrasshopper

tu r i d CtUred]

bullcourage


bpound leg Cbi leg]

power

mu ma lSm [mUmalem]

bulllate afternoon




bullstacks

earthquake


na ga nan Câganan]

bullto name

na naq Cncunaq]

bullopen mouthed

nway C nwan]

bullwater buffalo

raquoAufhebung

193


f

bull

s

h

A

Cf]

Cv]

Cs]

Ch]

Cn]


f f noq [finoq]

bull f i n e 1

q l f fwe raq










bullwobble

1 9 4



r

w

y

[ r ]

[ w ]

C u ]

C y ]

cigt

C i ]

E v e r y w h e r e








a f t e r [ i ] [ a ] o r [ a ]


c o n f u s i o n


bull s o a k 1


s t a b d e e p



c a t c h


d e p a r t u r e







a f t e r [ u ] [ a ] o r [ o ]

c l o u d y

n y o g [ n y o g ]

c o c o n u t

k a s u y

[ k a s u i ]

bull c a s h e w

s u y s o y

[ s U I s o l ]

f r a y r a v e l

^ A u f h e b u n g

195

42221 (e) Tonemes


2

3

4












196



statement There i s



ft] A f t e r [231] s i g n a l s 2 3 1









197




42221 (g) Stronemes







I t s very hot now



198











199









68




200







201










I cook i t

202















203








204







205







to go near to




206



-am

-em





207


o C a r-CF - i ^

gt u C a ku

bullC C +

-am -fin -Ik -em


back t o

Gradation Rule 3$


Gradation Rule 4


r - a k

4

-fim -an -Ik -em

v-W

69



208








209


70 431 Corpus







432 Concepts











210










211







Poll

t p a l Semi^f

lof 1 1

v pal


Lengthened

+v +v +b +b +b


212



1 s a ^|^ a bull n

ETIC FEAT





bullfv

Semi rt



+b +b

+v +v

213


2 1 2 -d y o s t 1 q a g n 1 n a q






bull b i l

Semi

^palshy

p a l bull b i l


+b +v +v +b

+v

214


2 s t

ETIC FEAT1






Semi

p a l


+v +b +b

+v +b

t

215


ETIC FEAT






bil

( a l Semij

( b i l ^pal-


1 2 1 q i t i f i 1 i p i n a s

+b

+b

Chapter 5






Rules


217






S

m n

w- y

218


4 Extra High

3 High 2 Normal Low






219

















s y l l a b l e









220




ml ^ CC(c)V(C)]


[C(c)VC(C)]


if J

221



A mdash-gt [i] A

f [ c ( v ) ]

Craquoc (c)]

[ raquo C c ( C ) ]







- s c h e m a t a

-bullC(c)7 r v







222







[ i ] C laquo c ( o ) _ ( v ) ]

PR 1 i gt

[I] [ C ( o ) _ ( V ) ]

(i)

( i i )

[e] [()C(c)

PR 2 e gt

[a] [OC l c )

reg

(i)

( i i )

[ a ] [(laquo)(C)C(c) ( V ) ] ^ j ltU

PR 3 a -gt

[a] [C(c) ([)] ( i i )

223



PR 5 u -gt

W [ c(c)_lt C 3]

(i)

( i i )

[ c v _ ]

cpyltc_v(gt]

PB 6s p - mdash

(1)

gt ( i i )


224

[t]A_y(r)] (1)

ki_]C_(f3J)V(c)]J

( i i )

( i i i )

[o-tb^


225

PR 9t q gt [q]

[_ltgt]

[cv ]

PR 10 b gt [b ] J [ V ( V ) ]

[cv ]

P R 11 a gt [ d]A [_v(Q)]

_][_( r 1)( (C)] [ r ] lev

[cv ]

FR 12 g gt [ g ] J [ _ V ( V ) ]

M l k _ ] [ _ ( [ r ] ) ( c ) V ( c ) ]

2 2 6

PR 13 m gt [a] [ V(

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

[ C V _ ( [ s ] ) ]

M[_v(0)]

PR 14 n gtlt

[ [ ] c c v _ i ^ ]

(i)

(n)

(ii i)

(iv)

gt] Ccv_X^ ] J (v)

227

[ c v _ ( )gt] P O -


( [1] [ (

PR 16 f gt [ f ]

)V(C)] 1 [ ][ cv(c)] J

PR 17 s -gt [ s ] J [ V( V])]


PR 18 h -gt

M L_v(vgt]

[ cV(C)] [yen][ V(C)]

228

PR 191 M gt [v] [ (c)V(C)] ( i )

PR 20 gt [ 1 ] J [ V(V)]


f[tk-v

PR 21 r gt [ r ] J [ V(V)]

t t k k b b d d~

( i )

( i i )

1 T3 TJ YcV (cVgt

( i )

( l i )

( i i i )

229

r W [ f c ] [ ( cU( v ) ]lt

PR 22 w mdash - gt ^ [ u ] C C [ i ] _ ]

W cQjgt i f mdash ]

( i )

( i i )

( i i i )


PR 23 y -gt


(i )

( i i )

( i i i )

2 3 0

The schemata

[ov ]

and



gt[ptk

y tgtdg

] [cv_]

A l l Claquos ]


qvh

[ P t t k ^


y

231

r C Xf ]

73 PR 24s 2 -PR 25

PR 26 3

bull-gt C 2 ] ^

-gt [ 3 ]

-gt [ i ] J

c

(4)

3

2 1

d[_]

]

_]

(ID

( i l l )

( i v )

PR 27 4 gt [gt] lt

1

c (4)

3

2

[_ ]

^ r mdash 3

( i )

( I I )

( I i i )

( i v )



232

PR 28 s 4 gt [|] [21 ] (i)

PR

[4] [ 2 3 1 _ ]

29 A gt

Ctl C 2 1 3 _ ]

C 3 1 _ ] J

(i)

( i l )

( i i i )

(iv)

PR 30s I - mdash gt [|] D 33 22 11

(i)

1|] C 2 1 _ ] v

PR 31 || gtbull

[ f ] (2)31J

(1)

( i i )

233

V raquo [bull]

[(x)(x)(x) x(x)(x)]

[(x)(x)x (x)(x)xx x ( x ) ( x ) ] J

PR 322

(i)

( i i )


( i i i )



lt$ VCA


cv VCJ




234


Deleted c 2vc





m CV

n gt

CV

235

MR 3b - Gradation


MR 3gt(2) o CJ c - 0 7


MR 3b(3)laquo

V c f c 2 A


236

cv c 1 c 2A

MB 3b(4) 0 cv c ^ C g J



o CV A [ j gt


2 3 7

52 Conclusions






238






239







240






242

A BOOKS















243
















244












C PERIODICALS



245

















246














247





Vt

v i










v i i



ACKNOWLEDGMENTS




i i i




N P 0

CONTENTS
















25 Phonetic Data 39




ix


321 Vocoids i 46









3233 Lateral [ l ] 97









332 Length 129


3331 Juncture 131


X





4221 CONTRAST i 144








x l










BIBLIOGRAPHY 241


FIGURE PAGE










TABLE



CONTENTS










25 Phonetic Data 39





X







3233 Lateral 97


3235 Fricatives 100








332 Length 129




x i

CHAPTER PAGE








(b) Length 176








BIBLIOGRAPHY 241













2




mdash Cagayan




a r e a s

3

























qa ges kwamp l a q

4





C ebuano 6529882 241 Tagalog 5694072 210

Ilokano 3158560 117


Bikol 2108837 78


Pampango 875531 32













6







q u e s t i o n s



V i z c a y a
















7












3 vowels a i u


h s 1 r w y

a word accen t bull






7 I b i d pp 182-198

8 8



10 dialect



11






10 Ibid pp 100-101



9





e m l z a t i o n
















14 Ibid pp 11-29

10


15





15


17 Ibid p 70

11






12










13




s i t u a t i o n s










r u s t i c speech













Ik








15






















Speaker 2 P l a y

Speaker 1 Ublng




16



















s a r y





17








18


























19



g i c a l r u l e s













a n a l y s i s


Distribution


Chapter 2







21

















o f s p e e c h








22




Hard P a l a t e


pips


Trachea


23










24



24






25


















25 I b i d p i+





26














27









pp 8-9

28



Front Central

Fig 5 Vocoid Matrix

29









3 0







Plosive

Nasal

L a t e r a l

Flap

F r i c a t i v e

Semivocoid











31


L a b i a l Labio-

Dental

Dental amp

Alveolar

Velar G l o t t a l

Plosive

Nasal

L a t e r a l

Flap

F r i c a t i v e

Semivocoid












forms



32










32 Ibid p 9 9

33



















and coda thus


al-o qal qoq pestle





34




this study

















Onset Nucleus Coda



(c)(c)c

(c)c

c

V

V

(c)(c)

c(c)

35

Consonant

Vowel 33

S emi c ons onant

Semivowel


medial position




final position












Where C =

V =

c =

V =

3IV

36






Segmental Symbols

Symbol Example

















37



















38

Lgt] [3] [2] [1]

143

C 3

CD











Nakapinpintas j







39

lutoek [lUtoqek]

cook i t I


lutoekltluto + -ek

n gt [m]

C _ ]



word forms

^ becomes

^ comes from


is represented by




apply each time


are optional


the syllable -unit



25 Phonetic Data













41

















t i 1 Z 1 l 4 5 X


2 1 Z I 1

i 2















1 Z i 1 1



















thesis




dialect



44


L a b i a l Labio-

Dental

Dental amp

Alveolar

Velar G l o t t a l

Plosive M M

Ct] Ca]

M Cs]

[q]

Nasal M Cn]

L a t e r a l Ci]

Flap Cr]


Cs] Ch]

Ch]








46

Pitch

Intonation






321 Vocoids



















4-7


32111 [ i ]












ini t [ qinlt] sun



mikl [mlklq] noodle









amp8





49












sion f o r [ i ]












slk a [sikaq] you



50




51






32113 [ e ]








p o s i t i o n s











52







wenno [wennoq] or




[kandelaq] candle


[qcu nenteq]

copykandela

copyFalguera

copyahente

copybangkete


copyAmerica

copychlnelas

copysupero

copysirena

copykasera

copykafetera

copyS evero

bullagent

[barjketeq] banquet


[qamerlkaq] America


[sUperoq] soup bowl








53








buneng [bU bullbolo









bengngat

derraas

emma

ftetteng

kebba

leppas

melmel

nengneng

ngernger




54



[yegyeg] tremble









55





32114 [ a ]




56


























57







58



38 words

32122 [ a]







59


























60





baak [ ba qak] aged

















32131 [ u ]



61





p o s i t i o n s
















baduya

dagudug

agkurang

k u l u k o l

[baduyaq]

[dUgudUg]


[ k U l u k o l ]

a head wear



insufficientlaquo

au g e r

62


i n a u d l ayuyang











63

32132 [u]









p o s itions
















64








65





laud [laqUd] west


32133 [o]










s y l l a b l e s








66


tono [tonoq] tune1




67-




bullhoney

68




bato [batoq] stone









69










70


32211 [ i i ]




71

3 2212 [ e i ]







3 2213 [ a l ]



72






73






r a t t a n


besidebull

eyebrows


Long l i v e J

74





[bigal] bullshare

apay [qapal] why







Ilokano [ i ]










75








able
















choosing


76



3 2217 [Ul]









77




kasuy

nakapuv l r u y




78











79














[slUsiwan] sauce

lw-lwa

kiwklwaren

liwliwa

nlwnlwen

ngiwnglwat

plwplwlren

siwsiwan


palliw

l l l w

danlw

maatiw

[ p a i l i q l U ]

[ bull q i l i u ]

[bulldaniu]

[mai qatiu]

observation

bullhomesickness

l y r i c poem

to be defeated

3 2223 [aU]






80









81



82








83









84











85













8







88



pudno [pUdnoq] true




19












sekka [sekkaq] clay

sako [sakoq] sack










slak [syak3 I



9










92














bulleye 1

your bullplant









quake

96




cono buntog







96






[sigin]














o






l o l a lunes

98








99






[verdeq]

[koronaq] [ kurajj]

verde korona kurang


100







101

























102








s l i t

s e l l a g

sao

Soledad

[ s l q i t ]

[ s e i l a g ]

[sccqoq]

[soledad]

[sUkaq] Suka


thorn

moonlight

word utterance


bullvinegar












103







104




kaha [bullkahaqj

Bohol [bolaquonol]

bullshave

raquobox

name of a province

green oranges









c l u s t e r










necklace

105








106



























108








1 0 9

bullcopra 1





40



CVC-^V

or cvc 1 c 1 c 2 (c 3 )v


- v e i deg 2


110




IK n

IK

IK

IK

gt C

gt C-

gt C

gt C

P k -


Urn 4

P t k

D d S t + C 2 [ r ] f

P t k b d S raquo

m n + C 2 M f v

_s h

P t k

b d m n

[ y ] 1

J + C 2 [ y ] 1 r f v

bull s


I l l








112

[ g r ]

[ f r ]







bullgown1








113











dua [ dwaq] two

















114











115







Therefore

MK gt -VC( X) 0 ^ 2 ( 0 )V-


kopra k a t r e


-VC-jCC-jCgV-



116




I K 2





MK 5

MK6 gt Q1 [ p ] + C 2 [ l ] + C 3 [ y ]

MK gt C x [ p ] + C 2 [ r ] + C 3 [w]




































120


















121




FK gt -VC-jCg


k

FK-j C n

J r

+ C [ s ]


F K 3 gt C x [ r ] + C t d

FK^ gt C1 [ s ] + C 2 [ t ]

122







nurse






card blackboard


1231






i2gt










125



oxx xxo

oxxo

oxoxo

oo xo xo

ooxoxo

ooxoxoo

xx o xx

42


agblnnllangan


maklbinnilangan






42 Where x=

o = t




























12







as f o l l o w s



xxx xxxx

(b) Penultimate


xx xxx

xxxx xxxxx






128


young f r u i t 1










129








139













132







High 3

Normal 2

Low 1



133






Short pause

Long pause




134



















135





or 2 1 k 2 1












136











or f (s) ( t ) [ 2 l | l 2 f ]



or ] (1) (m) (n) (o) (q) [2l|324]

Chapter 4

PHONEMIC ANALYSIS















































139












140






Halle55








141













I 142







C U = V

D


58 Op c i t

bull7 143







60



pp 62 88 244 60









61 Chapter 3laquo



145

63 Hockett says









146


Phonemes t a M a




Manner of Art StOTD



p t mdash k ^ s

d



147







A a of


mdash


148


Close -vs-

Half-open -vs-

Open

bull

a

u

a

a


Front


- 79 -

_vs- Back bull u

a u


A u

7a

a


149





15Q





- u


151









152


A



u

o



15

e

a




o

a


of c h i l d r e n

154


u



e mdash o




155







156

Breath Stop p

F r i c

64

Voice Stop

F r i c

b

v


p

b





15


contemporary

A

a



158

A

g





f

v



159





bulla boys name






160



f t

m n

w




161




p t k




162

b d g



m n y



p t


A k





A q







t q








p q




164

t s


s h


b d


d mdash g



165








bullweeping



m n








n n






166

w- - y






Stops

amp

F r i c a t i v e s

Nasals

L a t e r a l

F l a p

Semivowels w

167



p

ff



168


A

A


V

A




169

V

m



d

n



added t o

g



170




m

w


n

A





171



r




r

y


sieve


172


n

1

r

y

173








2 vs 3

3 vs V

2 vs l

4 vs

I vs r

174






175











176



V V V







[C] gt CC vs C

177


C vs GC



parentsbull




18




(1) A4 vs 2 3 T A vs 3

4 vs 4

(2) AlJ vs 3 l | A vs 3


(4) 22| vs 2 l i A vs A

| vs J (5) 22| vs A 3 t I vs

A 2 vs 3

179



(1) 2 l j vs 23f

2 1 2 3



Awan

Ditoy

Juan

Saan

Wen

(2) 2l| vs 3l|




180 2 1 I 3 1


(3) 23| vs 2^


(4) 22 J vs 2 l J


There i s 2 JI I


Juan hwanl John


(5) 22J vs 23f





181







182



42221 Phonotactlcs



183







184




Sd gt CVv

bull i f f J

p t k

1 D J

( i )

( i i )

Examples

v ~ ~ gt | w CI-

Vy A a

o

-gt w a vu

( i i i )

( i v )


185


J





((C) l(v)


|p t k 1

deg l b 1


I o u J

(i)

( i i )

( i l l )

w (IV i (iv)

vy _-

bullA

Vy (v)

186

Examples o gt w _




c -gt y






187


P - A gt

I K 2 gt

I K 3 gt

I K ^ gt


MK-L gt

M K 2 gt

M K 3 gt

gt


bull p t1 k b- d g

r A H c s

ezcept v+ C 2 w

nf- y

+ C 2 y


MKc gt C 1 1 b d J + C 2 r + C 3 y

MK

-gt C 1 p + C 2 l + C 3 y

-gt C1 p + C 2 r + C 3 w

188


FK gt CT 1 r + c s 1 1 n r ) 2



42221 (c) Vowels












examples of each

189


e

a

o








Example








u

[u]laquo

r i L U J








r o o f


191




A

A


[ t ]

[qgt




[qgt





Auf hebung

192


b

d

g

m

n

Cd]

Cm]

Cmgt

Cn]

Everywhere

a l l positions

Everywhere

a l l positions

Everywhere

a l l positions

Everywhere

a l l positions

ba bSq [babaq]

bulldown


bullwisdom

dfi don C du don]

bullgrasshopper

tu r i d CtUred]

bullcourage


bpound leg Cbi leg]

power

mu ma lSm [mUmalem]

bulllate afternoon




bullstacks

earthquake


na ga nan Câganan]

bullto name

na naq Cncunaq]

bullopen mouthed

nway C nwan]

bullwater buffalo

raquoAufhebung

193


f

bull

s

h

A

Cf]

Cv]

Cs]

Ch]

Cn]


f f noq [finoq]

bull f i n e 1

q l f fwe raq










bullwobble

1 9 4



r

w

y

[ r ]

[ w ]

C u ]

C y ]

cigt

C i ]

E v e r y w h e r e








a f t e r [ i ] [ a ] o r [ a ]


c o n f u s i o n


bull s o a k 1


s t a b d e e p



c a t c h


d e p a r t u r e







a f t e r [ u ] [ a ] o r [ o ]

c l o u d y

n y o g [ n y o g ]

c o c o n u t

k a s u y

[ k a s u i ]

bull c a s h e w

s u y s o y

[ s U I s o l ]

f r a y r a v e l

^ A u f h e b u n g

195

42221 (e) Tonemes


2

3

4












196



statement There i s



ft] A f t e r [231] s i g n a l s 2 3 1









197




42221 (g) Stronemes







I t s very hot now



198











199









68




200







201










I cook i t

202















203








204







205







to go near to




206



-am

-em





207


o C a r-CF - i ^

gt u C a ku

bullC C +

-am -fin -Ik -em


back t o

Gradation Rule 3$


Gradation Rule 4


r - a k

4

-fim -an -Ik -em

v-W

69



208








209


70 431 Corpus







432 Concepts











210










211







Poll

t p a l Semi^f

lof 1 1

v pal


Lengthened

+v +v +b +b +b


212



1 s a ^|^ a bull n

ETIC FEAT





bullfv

Semi rt



+b +b

+v +v

213


2 1 2 -d y o s t 1 q a g n 1 n a q






bull b i l

Semi

^palshy

p a l bull b i l


+b +v +v +b

+v

214


2 s t

ETIC FEAT1






Semi

p a l


+v +b +b

+v +b

t

215


ETIC FEAT






bil

( a l Semij

( b i l ^pal-


1 2 1 q i t i f i 1 i p i n a s

+b

+b

Chapter 5






Rules


217






S

m n

w- y

218


4 Extra High

3 High 2 Normal Low






219

















s y l l a b l e









220




ml ^ CC(c)V(C)]


[C(c)VC(C)]


if J

221



A mdash-gt [i] A

f [ c ( v ) ]

Craquoc (c)]

[ raquo C c ( C ) ]







- s c h e m a t a

-bullC(c)7 r v







222







[ i ] C laquo c ( o ) _ ( v ) ]

PR 1 i gt

[I] [ C ( o ) _ ( V ) ]

(i)

( i i )

[e] [()C(c)

PR 2 e gt

[a] [OC l c )

reg

(i)

( i i )

[ a ] [(laquo)(C)C(c) ( V ) ] ^ j ltU

PR 3 a -gt

[a] [C(c) ([)] ( i i )

223



PR 5 u -gt

W [ c(c)_lt C 3]

(i)

( i i )

[ c v _ ]

cpyltc_v(gt]

PB 6s p - mdash

(1)

gt ( i i )


224

[t]A_y(r)] (1)

ki_]C_(f3J)V(c)]J

( i i )

( i i i )

[o-tb^


225

PR 9t q gt [q]

[_ltgt]

[cv ]

PR 10 b gt [b ] J [ V ( V ) ]

[cv ]

P R 11 a gt [ d]A [_v(Q)]

_][_( r 1)( (C)] [ r ] lev

[cv ]

FR 12 g gt [ g ] J [ _ V ( V ) ]

M l k _ ] [ _ ( [ r ] ) ( c ) V ( c ) ]

2 2 6

PR 13 m gt [a] [ V(

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

[ C V _ ( [ s ] ) ]

M[_v(0)]

PR 14 n gtlt

[ [ ] c c v _ i ^ ]

(i)

(n)

(ii i)

(iv)

gt] Ccv_X^ ] J (v)

227

[ c v _ ( )gt] P O -


( [1] [ (

PR 16 f gt [ f ]

)V(C)] 1 [ ][ cv(c)] J

PR 17 s -gt [ s ] J [ V( V])]


PR 18 h -gt

M L_v(vgt]

[ cV(C)] [yen][ V(C)]

228

PR 191 M gt [v] [ (c)V(C)] ( i )

PR 20 gt [ 1 ] J [ V(V)]


f[tk-v

PR 21 r gt [ r ] J [ V(V)]

t t k k b b d d~

( i )

( i i )

1 T3 TJ YcV (cVgt

( i )

( l i )

( i i i )

229

r W [ f c ] [ ( cU( v ) ]lt

PR 22 w mdash - gt ^ [ u ] C C [ i ] _ ]

W cQjgt i f mdash ]

( i )

( i i )

( i i i )


PR 23 y -gt


(i )

( i i )

( i i i )

2 3 0

The schemata

[ov ]

and



gt[ptk

y tgtdg

] [cv_]

A l l Claquos ]


qvh

[ P t t k ^


y

231

r C Xf ]

73 PR 24s 2 -PR 25

PR 26 3

bull-gt C 2 ] ^

-gt [ 3 ]

-gt [ i ] J

c

(4)

3

2 1

d[_]

]

_]

(ID

( i l l )

( i v )

PR 27 4 gt [gt] lt

1

c (4)

3

2

[_ ]

^ r mdash 3

( i )

( I I )

( I i i )

( i v )



232

PR 28 s 4 gt [|] [21 ] (i)

PR

[4] [ 2 3 1 _ ]

29 A gt

Ctl C 2 1 3 _ ]

C 3 1 _ ] J

(i)

( i l )

( i i i )

(iv)

PR 30s I - mdash gt [|] D 33 22 11

(i)

1|] C 2 1 _ ] v

PR 31 || gtbull

[ f ] (2)31J

(1)

( i i )

233

V raquo [bull]

[(x)(x)(x) x(x)(x)]

[(x)(x)x (x)(x)xx x ( x ) ( x ) ] J

PR 322

(i)

( i i )


( i i i )



lt$ VCA


cv VCJ




234


Deleted c 2vc





m CV

n gt

CV

235

MR 3b - Gradation


MR 3gt(2) o CJ c - 0 7


MR 3b(3)laquo

V c f c 2 A


236

cv c 1 c 2A

MB 3b(4) 0 cv c ^ C g J



o CV A [ j gt


2 3 7

52 Conclusions






238






239







240






242

A BOOKS















243
















244












C PERIODICALS



245

















246














247





Vt

v i i



ACKNOWLEDGMENTS




i i i




N P 0

CONTENTS
















25 Phonetic Data 39




ix


321 Vocoids i 46









3233 Lateral [ l ] 97









332 Length 129


3331 Juncture 131


X





4221 CONTRAST i 144








x l










BIBLIOGRAPHY 241


FIGURE PAGE










TABLE



CONTENTS










25 Phonetic Data 39





X







3233 Lateral 97


3235 Fricatives 100








332 Length 129




x i

CHAPTER PAGE








(b) Length 176








BIBLIOGRAPHY 241













2




mdash Cagayan




a r e a s

3

























qa ges kwamp l a q

4





C ebuano 6529882 241 Tagalog 5694072 210

Ilokano 3158560 117


Bikol 2108837 78


Pampango 875531 32













6







q u e s t i o n s



V i z c a y a
















7












3 vowels a i u


h s 1 r w y

a word accen t bull






7 I b i d pp 182-198

8 8



10 dialect



11






10 Ibid pp 100-101



9





e m l z a t i o n
















14 Ibid pp 11-29

10


15





15


17 Ibid p 70

11






12










13




s i t u a t i o n s










r u s t i c speech













Ik








15






















Speaker 2 P l a y

Speaker 1 Ublng




16



















s a r y





17








18


























19



g i c a l r u l e s













a n a l y s i s


Distribution


Chapter 2







21

















o f s p e e c h








22




Hard P a l a t e


pips


Trachea


23










24



24






25


















25 I b i d p i+





26














27









pp 8-9

28



Front Central

Fig 5 Vocoid Matrix

29









3 0







Plosive

Nasal

L a t e r a l

Flap

F r i c a t i v e

Semivocoid











31


L a b i a l Labio-

Dental

Dental amp

Alveolar

Velar G l o t t a l

Plosive

Nasal

L a t e r a l

Flap

F r i c a t i v e

Semivocoid












forms



32










32 Ibid p 9 9

33



















and coda thus


al-o qal qoq pestle





34




this study

















Onset Nucleus Coda



(c)(c)c

(c)c

c

V

V

(c)(c)

c(c)

35

Consonant

Vowel 33

S emi c ons onant

Semivowel


medial position




final position












Where C =

V =

c =

V =

3IV

36






Segmental Symbols

Symbol Example

















37



















38

Lgt] [3] [2] [1]

143

C 3

CD











Nakapinpintas j







39

lutoek [lUtoqek]

cook i t I


lutoekltluto + -ek

n gt [m]

C _ ]



word forms

^ becomes

^ comes from


is represented by




apply each time


are optional


the syllable -unit



25 Phonetic Data













41

















t i 1 Z 1 l 4 5 X


2 1 Z I 1

i 2















1 Z i 1 1



















thesis




dialect



44


L a b i a l Labio-

Dental

Dental amp

Alveolar

Velar G l o t t a l

Plosive M M

Ct] Ca]

M Cs]

[q]

Nasal M Cn]

L a t e r a l Ci]

Flap Cr]


Cs] Ch]

Ch]








46

Pitch

Intonation






321 Vocoids



















4-7


32111 [ i ]












ini t [ qinlt] sun



mikl [mlklq] noodle









amp8





49












sion f o r [ i ]












slk a [sikaq] you



50




51






32113 [ e ]








p o s i t i o n s











52







wenno [wennoq] or




[kandelaq] candle


[qcu nenteq]

copykandela

copyFalguera

copyahente

copybangkete


copyAmerica

copychlnelas

copysupero

copysirena

copykasera

copykafetera

copyS evero

bullagent

[barjketeq] banquet


[qamerlkaq] America


[sUperoq] soup bowl








53








buneng [bU bullbolo









bengngat

derraas

emma

ftetteng

kebba

leppas

melmel

nengneng

ngernger




54



[yegyeg] tremble









55





32114 [ a ]




56


























57







58



38 words

32122 [ a]







59


























60





baak [ ba qak] aged

















32131 [ u ]



61





p o s i t i o n s
















baduya

dagudug

agkurang

k u l u k o l

[baduyaq]

[dUgudUg]


[ k U l u k o l ]

a head wear



insufficientlaquo

au g e r

62


i n a u d l ayuyang











63

32132 [u]









p o s itions
















64








65





laud [laqUd] west


32133 [o]










s y l l a b l e s








66


tono [tonoq] tune1




67-




bullhoney

68




bato [batoq] stone









69










70


32211 [ i i ]




71

3 2212 [ e i ]







3 2213 [ a l ]



72






73






r a t t a n


besidebull

eyebrows


Long l i v e J

74





[bigal] bullshare

apay [qapal] why







Ilokano [ i ]










75








able
















choosing


76



3 2217 [Ul]









77




kasuy

nakapuv l r u y




78











79














[slUsiwan] sauce

lw-lwa

kiwklwaren

liwliwa

nlwnlwen

ngiwnglwat

plwplwlren

siwsiwan


palliw

l l l w

danlw

maatiw

[ p a i l i q l U ]

[ bull q i l i u ]

[bulldaniu]

[mai qatiu]

observation

bullhomesickness

l y r i c poem

to be defeated

3 2223 [aU]






80









81



82








83









84











85













8







88



pudno [pUdnoq] true




19












sekka [sekkaq] clay

sako [sakoq] sack










slak [syak3 I



9










92














bulleye 1

your bullplant









quake

96




cono buntog







96






[sigin]














o






l o l a lunes

98








99






[verdeq]

[koronaq] [ kurajj]

verde korona kurang


100







101

























102








s l i t

s e l l a g

sao

Soledad

[ s l q i t ]

[ s e i l a g ]

[sccqoq]

[soledad]

[sUkaq] Suka


thorn

moonlight

word utterance


bullvinegar












103







104




kaha [bullkahaqj

Bohol [bolaquonol]

bullshave

raquobox

name of a province

green oranges









c l u s t e r










necklace

105








106



























108








1 0 9

bullcopra 1





40



CVC-^V

or cvc 1 c 1 c 2 (c 3 )v


- v e i deg 2


110




IK n

IK

IK

IK

gt C

gt C-

gt C

gt C

P k -


Urn 4

P t k

D d S t + C 2 [ r ] f

P t k b d S raquo

m n + C 2 M f v

_s h

P t k

b d m n

[ y ] 1

J + C 2 [ y ] 1 r f v

bull s


I l l








112

[ g r ]

[ f r ]







bullgown1








113











dua [ dwaq] two

















114











115







Therefore

MK gt -VC( X) 0 ^ 2 ( 0 )V-


kopra k a t r e


-VC-jCC-jCgV-



116




I K 2





MK 5

MK6 gt Q1 [ p ] + C 2 [ l ] + C 3 [ y ]

MK gt C x [ p ] + C 2 [ r ] + C 3 [w]




































120


















121




FK gt -VC-jCg


k

FK-j C n

J r

+ C [ s ]


F K 3 gt C x [ r ] + C t d

FK^ gt C1 [ s ] + C 2 [ t ]

122







nurse






card blackboard


1231






i2gt










125



oxx xxo

oxxo

oxoxo

oo xo xo

ooxoxo

ooxoxoo

xx o xx

42


agblnnllangan


maklbinnilangan






42 Where x=

o = t




























12







as f o l l o w s



xxx xxxx

(b) Penultimate


xx xxx

xxxx xxxxx






128


young f r u i t 1










129








139













132







High 3

Normal 2

Low 1



133






Short pause

Long pause




134



















135





or 2 1 k 2 1












136











or f (s) ( t ) [ 2 l | l 2 f ]



or ] (1) (m) (n) (o) (q) [2l|324]

Chapter 4

PHONEMIC ANALYSIS















































139












140






Halle55








141













I 142







C U = V

D


58 Op c i t

bull7 143







60



pp 62 88 244 60









61 Chapter 3laquo



145

63 Hockett says









146


Phonemes t a M a




Manner of Art StOTD



p t mdash k ^ s

d



147







A a of


mdash


148


Close -vs-

Half-open -vs-

Open

bull

a

u

a

a


Front


- 79 -

_vs- Back bull u

a u


A u

7a

a


149





15Q





- u


151









152


A



u

o



15

e

a




o

a


of c h i l d r e n

154


u



e mdash o




155







156

Breath Stop p

F r i c

64

Voice Stop

F r i c

b

v


p

b





15


contemporary

A

a



158

A

g





f

v



159





bulla boys name






160



f t

m n

w




161




p t k




162

b d g



m n y



p t


A k





A q







t q








p q




164

t s


s h


b d


d mdash g



165








bullweeping



m n








n n






166

w- - y






Stops

amp

F r i c a t i v e s

Nasals

L a t e r a l

F l a p

Semivowels w

167



p

ff



168


A

A


V

A




169

V

m



d

n



added t o

g



170




m

w


n

A





171



r




r

y


sieve


172


n

1

r

y

173








2 vs 3

3 vs V

2 vs l

4 vs

I vs r

174






175











176



V V V







[C] gt CC vs C

177


C vs GC



parentsbull




18




(1) A4 vs 2 3 T A vs 3

4 vs 4

(2) AlJ vs 3 l | A vs 3


(4) 22| vs 2 l i A vs A

| vs J (5) 22| vs A 3 t I vs

A 2 vs 3

179



(1) 2 l j vs 23f

2 1 2 3



Awan

Ditoy

Juan

Saan

Wen

(2) 2l| vs 3l|




180 2 1 I 3 1


(3) 23| vs 2^


(4) 22 J vs 2 l J


There i s 2 JI I


Juan hwanl John


(5) 22J vs 23f





181







182



42221 Phonotactlcs



183







184




Sd gt CVv

bull i f f J

p t k

1 D J

( i )

( i i )

Examples

v ~ ~ gt | w CI-

Vy A a

o

-gt w a vu

( i i i )

( i v )


185


J





((C) l(v)


|p t k 1

deg l b 1


I o u J

(i)

( i i )

( i l l )

w (IV i (iv)

vy _-

bullA

Vy (v)

186

Examples o gt w _




c -gt y






187


P - A gt

I K 2 gt

I K 3 gt

I K ^ gt


MK-L gt

M K 2 gt

M K 3 gt

gt


bull p t1 k b- d g

r A H c s

ezcept v+ C 2 w

nf- y

+ C 2 y


MKc gt C 1 1 b d J + C 2 r + C 3 y

MK

-gt C 1 p + C 2 l + C 3 y

-gt C1 p + C 2 r + C 3 w

188


FK gt CT 1 r + c s 1 1 n r ) 2



42221 (c) Vowels












examples of each

189


e

a

o








Example








u

[u]laquo

r i L U J








r o o f


191




A

A


[ t ]

[qgt




[qgt





Auf hebung

192


b

d

g

m

n

Cd]

Cm]

Cmgt

Cn]

Everywhere

a l l positions

Everywhere

a l l positions

Everywhere

a l l positions

Everywhere

a l l positions

ba bSq [babaq]

bulldown


bullwisdom

dfi don C du don]

bullgrasshopper

tu r i d CtUred]

bullcourage


bpound leg Cbi leg]

power

mu ma lSm [mUmalem]

bulllate afternoon




bullstacks

earthquake


na ga nan Câganan]

bullto name

na naq Cncunaq]

bullopen mouthed

nway C nwan]

bullwater buffalo

raquoAufhebung

193


f

bull

s

h

A

Cf]

Cv]

Cs]

Ch]

Cn]


f f noq [finoq]

bull f i n e 1

q l f fwe raq










bullwobble

1 9 4



r

w

y

[ r ]

[ w ]

C u ]

C y ]

cigt

C i ]

E v e r y w h e r e








a f t e r [ i ] [ a ] o r [ a ]


c o n f u s i o n


bull s o a k 1


s t a b d e e p



c a t c h


d e p a r t u r e







a f t e r [ u ] [ a ] o r [ o ]

c l o u d y

n y o g [ n y o g ]

c o c o n u t

k a s u y

[ k a s u i ]

bull c a s h e w

s u y s o y

[ s U I s o l ]

f r a y r a v e l

^ A u f h e b u n g

195

42221 (e) Tonemes


2

3

4












196



statement There i s



ft] A f t e r [231] s i g n a l s 2 3 1









197




42221 (g) Stronemes







I t s very hot now



198











199









68




200







201










I cook i t

202















203








204







205







to go near to




206



-am

-em





207


o C a r-CF - i ^

gt u C a ku

bullC C +

-am -fin -Ik -em


back t o

Gradation Rule 3$


Gradation Rule 4


r - a k

4

-fim -an -Ik -em

v-W

69



208








209


70 431 Corpus







432 Concepts











210










211







Poll

t p a l Semi^f

lof 1 1

v pal


Lengthened

+v +v +b +b +b


212



1 s a ^|^ a bull n

ETIC FEAT





bullfv

Semi rt



+b +b

+v +v

213


2 1 2 -d y o s t 1 q a g n 1 n a q






bull b i l

Semi

^palshy

p a l bull b i l


+b +v +v +b

+v

214


2 s t

ETIC FEAT1






Semi

p a l


+v +b +b

+v +b

t

215


ETIC FEAT






bil

( a l Semij

( b i l ^pal-


1 2 1 q i t i f i 1 i p i n a s

+b

+b

Chapter 5






Rules


217






S

m n

w- y

218


4 Extra High

3 High 2 Normal Low






219

















s y l l a b l e









220




ml ^ CC(c)V(C)]


[C(c)VC(C)]


if J

221



A mdash-gt [i] A

f [ c ( v ) ]

Craquoc (c)]

[ raquo C c ( C ) ]







- s c h e m a t a

-bullC(c)7 r v







222







[ i ] C laquo c ( o ) _ ( v ) ]

PR 1 i gt

[I] [ C ( o ) _ ( V ) ]

(i)

( i i )

[e] [()C(c)

PR 2 e gt

[a] [OC l c )

reg

(i)

( i i )

[ a ] [(laquo)(C)C(c) ( V ) ] ^ j ltU

PR 3 a -gt

[a] [C(c) ([)] ( i i )

223



PR 5 u -gt

W [ c(c)_lt C 3]

(i)

( i i )

[ c v _ ]

cpyltc_v(gt]

PB 6s p - mdash

(1)

gt ( i i )


224

[t]A_y(r)] (1)

ki_]C_(f3J)V(c)]J

( i i )

( i i i )

[o-tb^


225

PR 9t q gt [q]

[_ltgt]

[cv ]

PR 10 b gt [b ] J [ V ( V ) ]

[cv ]

P R 11 a gt [ d]A [_v(Q)]

_][_( r 1)( (C)] [ r ] lev

[cv ]

FR 12 g gt [ g ] J [ _ V ( V ) ]

M l k _ ] [ _ ( [ r ] ) ( c ) V ( c ) ]

2 2 6

PR 13 m gt [a] [ V(

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

[ C V _ ( [ s ] ) ]

M[_v(0)]

PR 14 n gtlt

[ [ ] c c v _ i ^ ]

(i)

(n)

(ii i)

(iv)

gt] Ccv_X^ ] J (v)

227

[ c v _ ( )gt] P O -


( [1] [ (

PR 16 f gt [ f ]

)V(C)] 1 [ ][ cv(c)] J

PR 17 s -gt [ s ] J [ V( V])]


PR 18 h -gt

M L_v(vgt]

[ cV(C)] [yen][ V(C)]

228

PR 191 M gt [v] [ (c)V(C)] ( i )

PR 20 gt [ 1 ] J [ V(V)]


f[tk-v

PR 21 r gt [ r ] J [ V(V)]

t t k k b b d d~

( i )

( i i )

1 T3 TJ YcV (cVgt

( i )

( l i )

( i i i )

229

r W [ f c ] [ ( cU( v ) ]lt

PR 22 w mdash - gt ^ [ u ] C C [ i ] _ ]

W cQjgt i f mdash ]

( i )

( i i )

( i i i )


PR 23 y -gt


(i )

( i i )

( i i i )

2 3 0

The schemata

[ov ]

and



gt[ptk

y tgtdg

] [cv_]

A l l Claquos ]


qvh

[ P t t k ^


y

231

r C Xf ]

73 PR 24s 2 -PR 25

PR 26 3

bull-gt C 2 ] ^

-gt [ 3 ]

-gt [ i ] J

c

(4)

3

2 1

d[_]

]

_]

(ID

( i l l )

( i v )

PR 27 4 gt [gt] lt

1

c (4)

3

2

[_ ]

^ r mdash 3

( i )

( I I )

( I i i )

( i v )



232

PR 28 s 4 gt [|] [21 ] (i)

PR

[4] [ 2 3 1 _ ]

29 A gt

Ctl C 2 1 3 _ ]

C 3 1 _ ] J

(i)

( i l )

( i i i )

(iv)

PR 30s I - mdash gt [|] D 33 22 11

(i)

1|] C 2 1 _ ] v

PR 31 || gtbull

[ f ] (2)31J

(1)

( i i )

233

V raquo [bull]

[(x)(x)(x) x(x)(x)]

[(x)(x)x (x)(x)xx x ( x ) ( x ) ] J

PR 322

(i)

( i i )


( i i i )



lt$ VCA


cv VCJ




234


Deleted c 2vc





m CV

n gt

CV

235

MR 3b - Gradation


MR 3gt(2) o CJ c - 0 7


MR 3b(3)laquo

V c f c 2 A


236

cv c 1 c 2A

MB 3b(4) 0 cv c ^ C g J



o CV A [ j gt


2 3 7

52 Conclusions






238






239







240






242

A BOOKS















243
















244












C PERIODICALS



245

















246














247





Vt

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS




i i i




N P 0

CONTENTS
















25 Phonetic Data 39




ix


321 Vocoids i 46









3233 Lateral [ l ] 97









332 Length 129


3331 Juncture 131


X





4221 CONTRAST i 144








x l










BIBLIOGRAPHY 241


FIGURE PAGE










TABLE



CONTENTS










25 Phonetic Data 39





X







3233 Lateral 97


3235 Fricatives 100








332 Length 129




x i

CHAPTER PAGE








(b) Length 176








BIBLIOGRAPHY 241













2




mdash Cagayan




a r e a s

3

























qa ges kwamp l a q

4





C ebuano 6529882 241 Tagalog 5694072 210

Ilokano 3158560 117


Bikol 2108837 78


Pampango 875531 32













6







q u e s t i o n s



V i z c a y a
















7












3 vowels a i u


h s 1 r w y

a word accen t bull






7 I b i d pp 182-198

8 8



10 dialect



11






10 Ibid pp 100-101



9





e m l z a t i o n
















14 Ibid pp 11-29

10


15





15


17 Ibid p 70

11






12










13




s i t u a t i o n s










r u s t i c speech













Ik








15






















Speaker 2 P l a y

Speaker 1 Ublng




16



















s a r y





17








18


























19



g i c a l r u l e s













a n a l y s i s


Distribution


Chapter 2







21

















o f s p e e c h








22




Hard P a l a t e


pips


Trachea


23










24



24






25


















25 I b i d p i+





26














27









pp 8-9

28



Front Central

Fig 5 Vocoid Matrix

29









3 0







Plosive

Nasal

L a t e r a l

Flap

F r i c a t i v e

Semivocoid











31


L a b i a l Labio-

Dental

Dental amp

Alveolar

Velar G l o t t a l

Plosive

Nasal

L a t e r a l

Flap

F r i c a t i v e

Semivocoid












forms



32










32 Ibid p 9 9

33



















and coda thus


al-o qal qoq pestle





34




this study

















Onset Nucleus Coda



(c)(c)c

(c)c

c

V

V

(c)(c)

c(c)

35

Consonant

Vowel 33

S emi c ons onant

Semivowel


medial position




final position












Where C =

V =

c =

V =

3IV

36






Segmental Symbols

Symbol Example

















37



















38

Lgt] [3] [2] [1]

143

C 3

CD











Nakapinpintas j







39

lutoek [lUtoqek]

cook i t I


lutoekltluto + -ek

n gt [m]

C _ ]



word forms

^ becomes

^ comes from


is represented by




apply each time


are optional


the syllable -unit



25 Phonetic Data













41

















t i 1 Z 1 l 4 5 X


2 1 Z I 1

i 2















1 Z i 1 1



















thesis




dialect



44


L a b i a l Labio-

Dental

Dental amp

Alveolar

Velar G l o t t a l

Plosive M M

Ct] Ca]

M Cs]

[q]

Nasal M Cn]

L a t e r a l Ci]

Flap Cr]


Cs] Ch]

Ch]








46

Pitch

Intonation






321 Vocoids



















4-7


32111 [ i ]












ini t [ qinlt] sun



mikl [mlklq] noodle









amp8





49












sion f o r [ i ]












slk a [sikaq] you



50




51






32113 [ e ]








p o s i t i o n s











52







wenno [wennoq] or




[kandelaq] candle


[qcu nenteq]

copykandela

copyFalguera

copyahente

copybangkete


copyAmerica

copychlnelas

copysupero

copysirena

copykasera

copykafetera

copyS evero

bullagent

[barjketeq] banquet


[qamerlkaq] America


[sUperoq] soup bowl








53








buneng [bU bullbolo









bengngat

derraas

emma

ftetteng

kebba

leppas

melmel

nengneng

ngernger




54



[yegyeg] tremble









55





32114 [ a ]




56


























57







58



38 words

32122 [ a]







59


























60





baak [ ba qak] aged

















32131 [ u ]



61





p o s i t i o n s
















baduya

dagudug

agkurang

k u l u k o l

[baduyaq]

[dUgudUg]


[ k U l u k o l ]

a head wear



insufficientlaquo

au g e r

62


i n a u d l ayuyang











63

32132 [u]









p o s itions
















64








65





laud [laqUd] west


32133 [o]










s y l l a b l e s








66


tono [tonoq] tune1




67-




bullhoney

68




bato [batoq] stone









69










70


32211 [ i i ]




71

3 2212 [ e i ]







3 2213 [ a l ]



72






73






r a t t a n


besidebull

eyebrows


Long l i v e J

74





[bigal] bullshare

apay [qapal] why







Ilokano [ i ]










75








able
















choosing


76



3 2217 [Ul]









77




kasuy

nakapuv l r u y




78











79














[slUsiwan] sauce

lw-lwa

kiwklwaren

liwliwa

nlwnlwen

ngiwnglwat

plwplwlren

siwsiwan


palliw

l l l w

danlw

maatiw

[ p a i l i q l U ]

[ bull q i l i u ]

[bulldaniu]

[mai qatiu]

observation

bullhomesickness

l y r i c poem

to be defeated

3 2223 [aU]






80









81



82








83









84











85













8







88



pudno [pUdnoq] true




19












sekka [sekkaq] clay

sako [sakoq] sack










slak [syak3 I



9










92














bulleye 1

your bullplant









quake

96




cono buntog







96






[sigin]














o






l o l a lunes

98








99






[verdeq]

[koronaq] [ kurajj]

verde korona kurang


100







101

























102








s l i t

s e l l a g

sao

Soledad

[ s l q i t ]

[ s e i l a g ]

[sccqoq]

[soledad]

[sUkaq] Suka


thorn

moonlight

word utterance


bullvinegar












103







104




kaha [bullkahaqj

Bohol [bolaquonol]

bullshave

raquobox

name of a province

green oranges









c l u s t e r










necklace

105








106



























108








1 0 9

bullcopra 1





40



CVC-^V

or cvc 1 c 1 c 2 (c 3 )v


- v e i deg 2


110




IK n

IK

IK

IK

gt C

gt C-

gt C

gt C

P k -


Urn 4

P t k

D d S t + C 2 [ r ] f

P t k b d S raquo

m n + C 2 M f v

_s h

P t k

b d m n

[ y ] 1

J + C 2 [ y ] 1 r f v

bull s


I l l








112

[ g r ]

[ f r ]







bullgown1








113











dua [ dwaq] two

















114











115







Therefore

MK gt -VC( X) 0 ^ 2 ( 0 )V-


kopra k a t r e


-VC-jCC-jCgV-



116




I K 2





MK 5

MK6 gt Q1 [ p ] + C 2 [ l ] + C 3 [ y ]

MK gt C x [ p ] + C 2 [ r ] + C 3 [w]




































120


















121




FK gt -VC-jCg


k

FK-j C n

J r

+ C [ s ]


F K 3 gt C x [ r ] + C t d

FK^ gt C1 [ s ] + C 2 [ t ]

122







nurse






card blackboard


1231






i2gt










125



oxx xxo

oxxo

oxoxo

oo xo xo

ooxoxo

ooxoxoo

xx o xx

42


agblnnllangan


maklbinnilangan






42 Where x=

o = t




























12







as f o l l o w s



xxx xxxx

(b) Penultimate


xx xxx

xxxx xxxxx






128


young f r u i t 1










129








139













132







High 3

Normal 2

Low 1



133






Short pause

Long pause




134



















135





or 2 1 k 2 1












136











or f (s) ( t ) [ 2 l | l 2 f ]



or ] (1) (m) (n) (o) (q) [2l|324]

Chapter 4

PHONEMIC ANALYSIS















































139












140






Halle55








141













I 142







C U = V

D


58 Op c i t

bull7 143







60



pp 62 88 244 60









61 Chapter 3laquo



145

63 Hockett says









146


Phonemes t a M a




Manner of Art StOTD



p t mdash k ^ s

d



147







A a of


mdash


148


Close -vs-

Half-open -vs-

Open

bull

a

u

a

a


Front


- 79 -

_vs- Back bull u

a u


A u

7a

a


149





15Q





- u


151









152


A



u

o



15

e

a




o

a


of c h i l d r e n

154


u



e mdash o




155







156

Breath Stop p

F r i c

64

Voice Stop

F r i c

b

v


p

b





15


contemporary

A

a



158

A

g





f

v



159





bulla boys name






160



f t

m n

w




161




p t k




162

b d g



m n y



p t


A k





A q







t q








p q




164

t s


s h


b d


d mdash g



165








bullweeping



m n








n n






166

w- - y






Stops

amp

F r i c a t i v e s

Nasals

L a t e r a l

F l a p

Semivowels w

167



p

ff



168


A

A


V

A




169

V

m



d

n



added t o

g



170




m

w


n

A





171



r




r

y


sieve


172


n

1

r

y

173








2 vs 3

3 vs V

2 vs l

4 vs

I vs r

174






175











176



V V V







[C] gt CC vs C

177


C vs GC



parentsbull




18




(1) A4 vs 2 3 T A vs 3

4 vs 4

(2) AlJ vs 3 l | A vs 3


(4) 22| vs 2 l i A vs A

| vs J (5) 22| vs A 3 t I vs

A 2 vs 3

179



(1) 2 l j vs 23f

2 1 2 3



Awan

Ditoy

Juan

Saan

Wen

(2) 2l| vs 3l|




180 2 1 I 3 1


(3) 23| vs 2^


(4) 22 J vs 2 l J


There i s 2 JI I


Juan hwanl John


(5) 22J vs 23f





181







182



42221 Phonotactlcs



183







184




Sd gt CVv

bull i f f J

p t k

1 D J

( i )

( i i )

Examples

v ~ ~ gt | w CI-

Vy A a

o

-gt w a vu

( i i i )

( i v )


185


J





((C) l(v)


|p t k 1

deg l b 1


I o u J

(i)

( i i )

( i l l )

w (IV i (iv)

vy _-

bullA

Vy (v)

186

Examples o gt w _




c -gt y






187


P - A gt

I K 2 gt

I K 3 gt

I K ^ gt


MK-L gt

M K 2 gt

M K 3 gt

gt


bull p t1 k b- d g

r A H c s

ezcept v+ C 2 w

nf- y

+ C 2 y


MKc gt C 1 1 b d J + C 2 r + C 3 y

MK

-gt C 1 p + C 2 l + C 3 y

-gt C1 p + C 2 r + C 3 w

188


FK gt CT 1 r + c s 1 1 n r ) 2



42221 (c) Vowels












examples of each

189


e

a

o








Example








u

[u]laquo

r i L U J








r o o f


191




A

A


[ t ]

[qgt




[qgt





Auf hebung

192


b

d

g

m

n

Cd]

Cm]

Cmgt

Cn]

Everywhere

a l l positions

Everywhere

a l l positions

Everywhere

a l l positions

Everywhere

a l l positions

ba bSq [babaq]

bulldown


bullwisdom

dfi don C du don]

bullgrasshopper

tu r i d CtUred]

bullcourage


bpound leg Cbi leg]

power

mu ma lSm [mUmalem]

bulllate afternoon




bullstacks

earthquake


na ga nan Câganan]

bullto name

na naq Cncunaq]

bullopen mouthed

nway C nwan]

bullwater buffalo

raquoAufhebung

193


f

bull

s

h

A

Cf]

Cv]

Cs]

Ch]

Cn]


f f noq [finoq]

bull f i n e 1

q l f fwe raq










bullwobble

1 9 4



r

w

y

[ r ]

[ w ]

C u ]

C y ]

cigt

C i ]

E v e r y w h e r e








a f t e r [ i ] [ a ] o r [ a ]


c o n f u s i o n


bull s o a k 1


s t a b d e e p



c a t c h


d e p a r t u r e







a f t e r [ u ] [ a ] o r [ o ]

c l o u d y

n y o g [ n y o g ]

c o c o n u t

k a s u y

[ k a s u i ]

bull c a s h e w

s u y s o y

[ s U I s o l ]

f r a y r a v e l

^ A u f h e b u n g

195

42221 (e) Tonemes


2

3

4












196



statement There i s



ft] A f t e r [231] s i g n a l s 2 3 1









197




42221 (g) Stronemes







I t s very hot now



198











199









68




200







201










I cook i t

202















203








204







205







to go near to




206



-am

-em





207


o C a r-CF - i ^

gt u C a ku

bullC C +

-am -fin -Ik -em


back t o

Gradation Rule 3$


Gradation Rule 4


r - a k

4

-fim -an -Ik -em

v-W

69



208








209


70 431 Corpus







432 Concepts











210










211







Poll

t p a l Semi^f

lof 1 1

v pal


Lengthened

+v +v +b +b +b


212



1 s a ^|^ a bull n

ETIC FEAT





bullfv

Semi rt



+b +b

+v +v

213


2 1 2 -d y o s t 1 q a g n 1 n a q






bull b i l

Semi

^palshy

p a l bull b i l


+b +v +v +b

+v

214


2 s t

ETIC FEAT1






Semi

p a l


+v +b +b

+v +b

t

215


ETIC FEAT






bil

( a l Semij

( b i l ^pal-


1 2 1 q i t i f i 1 i p i n a s

+b

+b

Chapter 5






Rules


217






S

m n

w- y

218


4 Extra High

3 High 2 Normal Low






219

















s y l l a b l e









220




ml ^ CC(c)V(C)]


[C(c)VC(C)]


if J

221



A mdash-gt [i] A

f [ c ( v ) ]

Craquoc (c)]

[ raquo C c ( C ) ]







- s c h e m a t a

-bullC(c)7 r v







222







[ i ] C laquo c ( o ) _ ( v ) ]

PR 1 i gt

[I] [ C ( o ) _ ( V ) ]

(i)

( i i )

[e] [()C(c)

PR 2 e gt

[a] [OC l c )

reg

(i)

( i i )

[ a ] [(laquo)(C)C(c) ( V ) ] ^ j ltU

PR 3 a -gt

[a] [C(c) ([)] ( i i )

223



PR 5 u -gt

W [ c(c)_lt C 3]

(i)

( i i )

[ c v _ ]

cpyltc_v(gt]

PB 6s p - mdash

(1)

gt ( i i )


224

[t]A_y(r)] (1)

ki_]C_(f3J)V(c)]J

( i i )

( i i i )

[o-tb^


225

PR 9t q gt [q]

[_ltgt]

[cv ]

PR 10 b gt [b ] J [ V ( V ) ]

[cv ]

P R 11 a gt [ d]A [_v(Q)]

_][_( r 1)( (C)] [ r ] lev

[cv ]

FR 12 g gt [ g ] J [ _ V ( V ) ]

M l k _ ] [ _ ( [ r ] ) ( c ) V ( c ) ]

2 2 6

PR 13 m gt [a] [ V(

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

[ C V _ ( [ s ] ) ]

M[_v(0)]

PR 14 n gtlt

[ [ ] c c v _ i ^ ]

(i)

(n)

(ii i)

(iv)

gt] Ccv_X^ ] J (v)

227

[ c v _ ( )gt] P O -


( [1] [ (

PR 16 f gt [ f ]

)V(C)] 1 [ ][ cv(c)] J

PR 17 s -gt [ s ] J [ V( V])]


PR 18 h -gt

M L_v(vgt]

[ cV(C)] [yen][ V(C)]

228

PR 191 M gt [v] [ (c)V(C)] ( i )

PR 20 gt [ 1 ] J [ V(V)]


f[tk-v

PR 21 r gt [ r ] J [ V(V)]

t t k k b b d d~

( i )

( i i )

1 T3 TJ YcV (cVgt

( i )

( l i )

( i i i )

229

r W [ f c ] [ ( cU( v ) ]lt

PR 22 w mdash - gt ^ [ u ] C C [ i ] _ ]

W cQjgt i f mdash ]

( i )

( i i )

( i i i )


PR 23 y -gt


(i )

( i i )

( i i i )

2 3 0

The schemata

[ov ]

and



gt[ptk

y tgtdg

] [cv_]

A l l Claquos ]


qvh

[ P t t k ^


y

231

r C Xf ]

73 PR 24s 2 -PR 25

PR 26 3

bull-gt C 2 ] ^

-gt [ 3 ]

-gt [ i ] J

c

(4)

3

2 1

d[_]

]

_]

(ID

( i l l )

( i v )

PR 27 4 gt [gt] lt

1

c (4)

3

2

[_ ]

^ r mdash 3

( i )

( I I )

( I i i )

( i v )



232

PR 28 s 4 gt [|] [21 ] (i)

PR

[4] [ 2 3 1 _ ]

29 A gt

Ctl C 2 1 3 _ ]

C 3 1 _ ] J

(i)

( i l )

( i i i )

(iv)

PR 30s I - mdash gt [|] D 33 22 11

(i)

1|] C 2 1 _ ] v

PR 31 || gtbull

[ f ] (2)31J

(1)

( i i )

233

V raquo [bull]

[(x)(x)(x) x(x)(x)]

[(x)(x)x (x)(x)xx x ( x ) ( x ) ] J

PR 322

(i)

( i i )


( i i i )



lt$ VCA


cv VCJ




234


Deleted c 2vc





m CV

n gt

CV

235

MR 3b - Gradation


MR 3gt(2) o CJ c - 0 7


MR 3b(3)laquo

V c f c 2 A


236

cv c 1 c 2A

MB 3b(4) 0 cv c ^ C g J



o CV A [ j gt


2 3 7

52 Conclusions






238






239







240






242

A BOOKS















243
















244












C PERIODICALS



245

















246














247





Vt

Documents

A PHONOLOGICAL GRAMMAR OF A DIALECT OF ILOKANO by